TYPICAL SLAB REINF
FOR CONCRETE PLACEMENT AROUND WATERSTOP, SEE
3/8" TOOLED JOINT
3133
T/2
MAX
5"
ROUGHEN AND CLEAN
THICKNESS
SLAB
T
SLAB CONSTRUCTION JOINT
NTS
3142
8"
8"
EQUIPMENT PAD
1. 2.
NOTES:
THICKNESS, SEE PLANS
SLAB ON GRADE, FOR
SUSPENDED SLAB OR
TOOLED EDGE (3/4")
PAD
#4@12" ALL AROUND
JOINT, LEAVE ROUGH
CONSTRUCTION
REQD, 5" MAX
PAD HEIGHT AS
#3@12", 1" CLR
3200F NTS
EQUIPMENT PAD-TYPE F
SEE FOR GENERAL EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES. 3200
3210
UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE ENGINEER.
CAST-IN-PLACE ANCHOR BOLTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH
WHEN ANCHORAGE OF EQUIPMENT TO SLAB IS REQUIRED, USE
NTS
3210
NOTES:
EQUIPMENT PAD-TYPE D 3200D
3200
8"
ANCHOR BOLTS PER IN LIEU OF ADHESIVE ANCHORS.
IF ANCHOR BOLTS ARE CALLED OUT FOR ON DRAWINGS, PROVIDE SIZE TO FIT EQUIPMENT.
EQUIPMENT PAD SIZE PER DRAWINGS. WHERE PAD SIZE IS NOT SHOWN, SEE FOR GENERAL EQUIPMENT PAD NOTES.
3. 2.
1. MIN
6"
DRAWINGS
OTHERWISE ON
UNLESS NOTED
6" TYPICAL
EQUIPMENT MFR, NOTE 3
RECOMMENDED BY
LOCATION AS
ANCHORS, SIZE AND
UP TO 5/8" ADHESIVE
EQUIPMENT
ALL AROUND
EDGE OF SLAB
THICKENED
CENTERED
#5@12" EW,
NOTE 2
4"
4"
TOOL
RADIUS
SHORT
EDGE W/
ROUND
GRADE
FINISHED
DENSITY
RELATIVE COMPACTION
BASE, COMPACT TO 95%
4" COMPACTED AGGREGATE
Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
SD-5
83 NONE
A-32545 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:43:03 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 320 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
NTS
3303
TYPICAL WALL CORNER AND
INTERSECTION REINFORCING
3210
NTS
ANCHOR BOLT DETAIL
FLOOR DRAIN
NTS
3600
DEPRESSION
2'-0" DIA
SLAB ELEVATION
THAN ADJACENT
RIM 1/2" LOWER
SET FLOOR DRAIN
TYP
SLOPE
PROJECTION
AS REQD
TOP OF
FOUNDATION
ANCHOR BOLT,
SIZE AS SHOWN OR
AS REQD BY MFR
REMOVE FORM AT TOP
BY CUTTING AFTER
CONC IS CAST &
PRIOR TO GROUTING
GROUT
12dMIN
MFRREQDOR 8d 4d
d
BAR
DIA
SEE NOTE 2
1. 2.
NOTES:
d + 1", MIN
SHELTON, CT, OR EQUAL.
ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE BY THE ANCHOR BOLT SLEEVE COMPANY,
RESISTANCE REQUIRED.
3d WHERE MANUFACTURER VERIFIES NO BOLT PULLOUT
SLEEVE, NOTE 1
ANCHOR BOLT
BOLT DETAIL
MACHINERY ANCHOR
GROUT
W/ NON-SHRINK
FILL BLOCKOUT 13d+1"
DEPTH AS
REQUIRED
3" 3"
CLR
1"
PAD HEIGHT
TOP OF PAD
TOP OF
STRUCTURAL
BEAM
SLAB OR
BOLT BEND
ANCHOR BOLT BLOCKOUT
"D" "D" "D"
SINGLE REINFORCING MAT
PLAN
DOUBLE REINFORCING MAT
PLAN
SEE PLANS.
REINFORCING LAYOUT IS SHOWN. FOR SIZE AND SPACING,
TYPICAL HORIZONTAL WALL CORNER AND INTERSECTION
INTERSECTIONS.
AS NOTED FOR THE REINFORCING BETWEEN THE CORNERS OR
HORIZONTAL REINFORCING SHOWN ON THE WALL SECTIONS OR
THE SIZE AND SPACING SHALL BE THE SAME AS THE WALL
SPACING IS NOT SHOWN, NOTED OR TABULATED ON THE PLANS,
WHERE THE CORNER OR INTERSECTION REINFORCING SIZE AND
QUESTION.
D = LENGTH OF WALL PARALLEL TO THE BAR LENGTH IN
5. 4.
3. NOTES:
1. 2.
REINFORCING.
INTERSECTION
CORNER AND
SECTIONS. LAP WITH
AS SHOWN ON WALL
AND INTERSECTIONS
BETWEEN CORNERS
REINFORCING
HORIZ WALL
THE DWGS
AS NOTED ON
STD HOOK OR
"D"
"D"
OTHERWISE NOTED
90^ HOOK UNLESS
STD ACI-318
"D"
NOTE 3 NOTE 3 NOTE 3
NOTE 3NOTE 3
NOTE 3 NOTE 3 NOTE 3
NOTE 3NOTE 3
THE DWGS
AS NOTED ON
90° HOOK OR
STD ACI-318
CONCRETE REINFORCING NOTES.
OF THE TWO REINFORCING BARS BEING SPLICED, SEE
USE THE LAP LENGTH AS REQUIRED FOR THE SMALLER
THAT IN NO CASE SHALL IT BE LESS THAN 2.0 FEET.
8 FEET, OR 1.0 TIMES THE HEIGHT OF THE WALL, EXCEPT
LENGTH INDICATED AS "NOTE 3" SHALL BE THE LESSER OF D/4,
EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, THE
REINFORCING
AND INTERSECTION
LAP WITH CORNER
WALL SECTIONS,
AS SHOWN ON THE
REINFORCING
TYPICAL WALL
3305
NTS
PIPES THRU FOOTINGS
1 2
CL
NOTE 3
NOTE 8
PIPE
NOTE 3
d
DIA 3d MAX
8"
LAP
d 3d
A
__
1 1/2"
SECTION
NTS
A
__
B
__
VERT PIPE (WRAPPED)
IN PIPE SLEEVE
PIPE THRU FTG
1 1/2"
MIN
MIN
1 1/2", MIN
PIPES INSIDE WALL
LOCATE VERTICAL
HORZ, AT PIPE
PROVIDE #4
COVER TO PIPE.
TO REINF & CONC
PROVIDE CLEARANCE
AS REQD TO
THICKEN AT PIPE
TYP REINF
NOTE 3
MATCH FTG REINF
PROVIDE REINF TO
NOTE 8
PAD FTG SIMILAR
CONT FTG,
48" MIN TO NEXT BUNDLE
OPTIONAL BUNDLED PIPE SLEEVE
PLAN
NTS
B
__
12" 12"
NOTE 3
CLEARANCES TO REINF,
FOR PIPE COVER AND
DEEPEN FTG AS REQD
OTHERWISE DEEPIN THE FOOTING AS SHOWN.
INCREASE COMPACTED FILL DEPTH 1'-0" FOR EACH 6" INCREASE IN PIPE DIAMETER.
PROVIDE 18" MIN OF COMPACTED FILL ABOVE PIPES UP TO 12" DIA, FOR LARGER PIPES OR STEEL COLUMNS. NO VERTICAL PIPES ALLOWED IN FOOTINGS AT BRACED FRAMES.
NO HORIZONTAL PIPES ALLOWED THROUGH FOOTING WITH 2'-0" EACH SIDE OF HOLD-DOWNS PVC CONDUIT (PIPE) EMBEDDED IN CURB/STEM MAY BE WIRED TIED TO HORIZ REINF.
NO PIPE TO RUN PARALLEL IN FOOTINGS, STEM OR CURB.
GROUPS OF PIPES MAY BE BUNDLED AS SHOWN, EXEPT IN PAD FOOTINGS.
CLEARANCE BETWEEN PIPES TO BE 3d MIN TYP. WITH A MAXIMUM OF (8) PIPES PER 48".
MIN CONC COVER AT PIPES TO BE 3".
WRAPPED & SLEEVED PIPES SHALL HAVE 1 1/2" MIN CLEAR TO REINF STEEL. b. WRAPPED: PROVIDE 1/8" NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH (16) WRAPS MIN. a. SLEEVES: PROVIDE 2" MIN CLEAR ALL AROUND O.D. PIPE TO I.D. SLEEVE d. UNDERGROUND FIRE LINES 4" AND LARGER:
(8) WRAPS MINIMUM,UNO.
c. WRAPPED HORIZONTAL PIPES: PROVIDE 1/8" NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH (3) WRAPS MINIMUM,UNO.
b. WRAPPED VERTICAL PIPES: PROVIDE 1/8" NOMINAL SHEET FOAM WITH a. SLEEVES: PROVIDE 1" MIN CLR ALL AROUND O.D. PIPE TO I.D. SLEEVE, UNO.
ALL PIPES THROUGH FOOTINGS TO BE WRAPPED OR SLEEVED AS FOLLOWS:
PIPE = ANY PENETRATION THRU OR EMBEDDED IN FOUNDATION.
8. 7.
6. 5.
4. 3.
2. 1.
NOTES:
NTS
NOTE:
1. CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PAD 3201
2. CONCRETE PAD, SIZED PER DRAWINGS.
SHALL BE FORMED TO A DEPTH OF 1 1/2"
BY HAND TOOLING OR SAW CUTTING. CONTROL JOINTS
CONTROL JOINT SHALL BE FORMED IN FRESH CONCRETE
COMPACTION DENSITY
COMPACT TO 95% RELATIVE
4" AGGREGATE BASE
CENTERED
#4@12" EW,
ALL AROUND
EDGE OF PAD
THICKENED
TOOL
RADIUS
SHORT
EDGE W/
ROUND
SEE NOTE 2
SHOWN ON DWGS,
LOCATION(S) AS
CONTROL JOINT,
15' MAX
GRADE
FINISHED
TYP
4"
MIN
6" 2"
4"
NOTE 1
SD-6
84 NONE
A-32546 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:45:22 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 321 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
1. 2.
NOTES:
LAP
LAP
SINGLE MAT PLAN
EXTERIOR CORNER INTERIOR CORNER
DOUBLE MAT PLAN
LAP
LAP
EXTERIOR CORNER INTERIOR CORNER
WALLS
OF CELL
1/2" CLR
BARS AT
TYP VERT
BARS SIZE & SPG
MATCH TYP HORIZ
CORNER BARS
FAR FACE
HOOK AT
STANDARD 90?
BAR SIZE & SPACING
MATCH TYP HORIZ
CORNER BARS
LAP=48 BAR DIAMETERS OR 2'-0" MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
FAR FACE
HOOK AT
STANDARD 90?
CORNERS ONLY
BARS AT
WITHIN HORIZ
LOCATE VERTS
5 TYP VERTS,
VERTS
3 TYP
VERTS
2 TYP
3 TYP VERTS
CMU WALL CORNERS
NTS
4001
OPENINGS, CONTROL JOINTS, OR CORNERS LESS THAN 6'-0" IN LENGTH.
PROVIDE A STANDARD 90? HOOK EACH END ON ANY HORIZONTAL BAR BETWEEN
1. NOTES:
2. 3.
4. 5.
ELEVATION
STAGGER SPLICES IN ADJACENT HORIZONTAL BARS IN THE SAME COURSE BY 2'-0".
PROVIDE DOWEL BARS IN FOUNDATION TO MATCH ALL VERTICAL REINFORCING.
FOR ADDED REINFORCING AT WALL INTERSECTIONS AND CORNERS, SEE 4003
DO NOT PLACE VERTICAL CONDUIT IN THE SAME CELL AS VERTICAL REINFORCING.
REINFORCED CMU WALL
NTS
4002
6.SOLID GROUT ALL CMU WALLS UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.
7. FACILITY.
FOR TYPICAL WALL REINFORCING, SEE WALL SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR EACH NOTE 7
SEE
LEVELS
FLOOR
ROOF AND
AT ALL
WALL AND
TOP OF
BARS AT
HORIZ
2 TYP
REINF
VERT
TYP
TYP
MIN,
2'-0"
REINF
HORIZ
TYP
NOTE 2
SEE
LAP ALL OTHER VERTICAL BARS 72 BAR DIAMETERS.
LAP VERTICAL REINFORCING WITH WALL DOWELS 48 BAR DIAMETERS (2'-0" MIN), SEE NOTE 2
DIA LAP,
48 BAR
FIRST COURSE
HORIZ BAR IN
CONCRETE
TOP OF
SEE NOTE 4
DOWELS,
REINF SEE
OPENING
CMU
SEE NOTE 2
LAP, TYP,
72 BAR DIA
4001
8" CMU WALL
3/8"
3/8"
SEALANT
NOTE:
CMU CONTROL JOINT
NTS 4100
12" CMU WALL WITH 2 LAYERS OF REINFORCING IS SIMILAR.
BACK-UP ROD
CMU BLOCK
BOND BREAKER TAPE
JOINT
CELLS EACH SIDE OF
REINFORCING IN 2
PROVIDE TYP VERTICAL
REINFORCING.
CONTINUOUS
REINFORCING AND
TOP OF WALL
OPENING REINFORCING,
REINFORCING INCLUDING
NOT CUT STRUCTURAL
CONTROL JOINTS. DO
REINFORCING 2" FROM
NON-STRUSTURAL
TERMINATE ALL
CONTROL JOINT STRIP
STANDARD 180° HOOK PREFABRICATED
NTS
4004
"W"
"H"
NOTES:
OPENING
PAST EACH SIDE OF
OPENING. EXTEND 2'-0"
(1) #5 EACH SIDE OF
SIDE OF OPNG
PAST EACH
EXTEND 2'-0"
(1) #4 T&B
CMU CONTROL JOINTS PER DETAIL.
IN ANY DIMENSION. SEE DETAIL FOR LARGER OPENINGS.
1. THIS DETAIL APPLICABLE WHERE OPNG LESS THEN 3'-0"
4003
CMU OPENINGS LESS THAN 3'-0"
NTS
4004
T.O. CMU
HORIZ REINF CLR
2"
1 NOTES:
SECTION "A" SECTION "B"
HORIZ BOND BEAM OR CUT BLOCK UNITS
2 - #4 CONT IN DEEP CUT
4" 4"
(2) #5 HORIZ
(2) #4 HORIZ
JAMB OPENINGS AND CMU CONTROL JOINTS.
2. PLACE (2) #5 HORIZ AT WINDOW SILLS , SIM TO TOP OF OPENING.
A
B
OTHERWISE
WALL, UNLESS NOTED
OF OPENING & ENDS OF
FOOTING DOWELS
WITH MATCHING
(2) #5 VERT EA SIDE
ROOF
TO FLOOR OR
OVER OPEN'G
SOLID GROUT
NOTE 1
HORIZ REINF,
TYP WALL
THAN 6'-0"
GREATER
WIDTH IS
OPENING
WHERE
@ 8" OC
OF LINTEL &
EACH END
IN FIRST CELL
#3 VERT
IN BEAM
#3 VERT TIES
(2) #5 VERT
BLOCK
LINTEL
CMU OPENINGS GREATER THAN 3'-0"
SEE NOTE #2
OPENING,
SPLICE BARS OVER
OF OPENING, DO NOT
EXTEND 2'-6" EA SIDE
HORIZ BOND BEAM.
NOTED, 2 - #5 CONT IN
UNLESS OTHERWISE
SD-7
85 NONE
A-32547 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:31:40 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 322 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
NTS
LOUVER 8115
SILL
8100
NTS
2" DOOR SIZE
1/2" 5 3/4"
REINFORCING
STRUCT FOR
CMU WALL, SEE
SIDE
ALL AROUND EACH
BACK-UP ROD, TYP
SEALANT W/
SOLID AT JAMB
HM FRAME, GROUT
HEAD SIMILAR
NOTE:
DOOR JAMB - 8" CMU
SCHED
DOOR AS
JAMB ANCHOR
MFR STD
TOP AND BOTTOM
2'-0" EACH SIDE,
OPENING, EXTEND
#5 EACH SIDE OF
SIDES
AROUND BOTH
SEALANT ALL
SCREEN
AS SCHED
REMOVABLE
LOUVER
REQUIRED
SHIM AS
LOUVER SIZE
SILL FLASHING
BY LOUVER MFR
LOUVERHEIGHT
REMOVABLE
SCREEN
LOUVER, AS
SCHEDULED
SEALANT, ALL
AROUND BOTH
SIDES
#5 EACH SIDE OF
OPENING, EXTEND
2'-0" EACH SIDE,
TOP AND BOTTOM
3/4"
HEAD
(JAMB SIMILAR)
CONC WALL
CMU OR
CONC WALL
CMU OR
8110
NTS
FLUSH LANDING - TYPE A
OFFSET LANDING - TYPE B
1 2
1 4
DOOR THRESHOLD
DOOR AS SCHED
DOOR AS SCHED
DOOR SWEEP
BED OF SEALANT
THRESHOLD SET IN
DOOR SWEEP
BED OF SEALANT
THRESHOLD SET IN
JOINT FILLER
1/2" PREMOLDED
LANDING
JOINT FILLER
1/2" PREMOLDED
LANDING1/2" MAX
DOOR HEIGHT
1/4" MAX
DOOR HEIGHT
1/4"
NTS
NON-BRG WALL DETAIL
NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY
*PLYWOOD AND FINISHES
1/4"
CLR
2x @ 16"OC
BTM CHORD
JOIST OR TRUSS
EA END OF WALL
& 2'-0" MAX FROM
DTC @ 4'-0"OC
1/4"
CLR
BTM CHORD
JOIST OR TRUSS
6010
PINS @ 24" OC
SMOOTH SHANK SHOT
2x PT SILL W/ 0.145" DIA
BLKG @ JOISTS
@ TRUSSES 2x FULL DEPTH
2x6 BLK W/ 2-16d EA END
SD-8
86 NONE
A-32548 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:33:49 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 323 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
NTS
CHLORINE AND TURBIDITY ANALYZER
(COMMON SAMPLE)
13405 NTS
15000
A
A
2-1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
14"
16"
20"
24"
30"
36"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
3"
4"
4"
3"
3"
3"
3"
6"
6"
6"
6"
SIZE
PIPE
DIMENSION TABLE
PIPE SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT SADDLE
2 1/2" THRU 36" PIPE
PIPE SCHEDULE
CALLED FOR IN
INSULATION, IF
18" 6"
TABLE
PIPE, FOR SIZE SEE
SCHEDULE 40 STEEL
1'-0"
1'-0" SQ
EMBEDMENT DEPTH
ANCHORS, 9"
WITH 3/4" ADHESIVE
ATTACH TO CONC
STD PIPE FLANGE.
OR EQUAL
B-LINE FIG. B3092
WITH U-BOLT,
SADDLE SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE PIPE
GROUT
1" NON-SHRINK
INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
LOCATIONS (NEW
1'-0" AT PIPE SUPPORT
THICKEN SLAB TO
INSTALLATIONS ONLY)
SLAB REINFORCING (NEW
ADD 2 #5 EW TO
NTS
WITH CONCRETE PAD 15000A
SADDLE PIPE SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE-HEIGHT
DIMENSION TABLE
SIZE
PIPE
2-1/2"
3"
4"
6"
8"
12"
14"
16"
20"
24"
30"
36"
10"
18"
( A ) ( B )
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
2'-0"
3'-0"
3'-0"
3'-0"
4'-0"
6" 4'-0"
6"
6"
6"
6"
4"
4"
3"
3"
3"
3"
3"
2-1/2"
2-1/2"
OR EQUAL
B-LINE FIG. B3092
WITH U-BOLT,
SADDLE SUPPORT
ADJUSTABLE PIPE
( A )
FG
2 1/2" THRU 36" PIPE
PIPE SCHEDULE
CALLED FOR IN
INSULATION, IF
LEVELING GROUT
TABLE
PIPE, FOR SIZE SEE
SCHEDULE 40 STEEL 3" 1'-0" MIN
( B ), SQ
DEPTH
EMBEDMENT
ANCHORS, 9"
WITH 3/4" ADHESIVE
ATTACH TO CONC
STD PIPE FLANGE.
15006
NTS
P1001 OR EQUAL
UNISTRUT
TYPE 304 SST
P1325 OR EQUAL
UNISTRUT
TYPE 304 SST
PER DRAWINGS
AND ELEVATIONS
PIPE SIZES, LOCATIONS
NUMBER OF PIPES,
TYP
PIPE SCHEDULE,
CALLED FOR IN
INSULATION, IF
REQUIRED
CROSSBARS AS
AND SPACING OF
HEIGHT, NUMBER
TOC
U-BOLT INSTALLATION
PIPE TO ALLOW FOR
REQUIRED) AWAY FROM
TRIM INSULATION (IF
304 SST, OR EQUAL.
B-LINE FIG 3147B TYPE
FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK
OR EQUAL
UNISTRUT P2073 A
DEPTH, TYP
4" EMBEDMENT
ADHESIVE ANCHOR,
3/4-INCH DIAMETER SST
1" NON-SHRINK GROUT
TRAP
BUBBLE
TURBIDITY
CABLE
MFR COMM
POWER IN
SIGNAL OUT
MOUNTING AS REQ'D
BACKBOARD FOR WALL
POWER IN
SIGNAL OUT
PIPE
DRAIN
COMMON
UNIT
CLEANING
ANALYZER
CHLORINE
NOTE 2
pH SENSOR
CABLE
MFR COMM
TUBING
SAMPLE IN
(FLOW CONTROL)
NEEDLE VALVE
CONTROLLER (TYP)
TRANSMITTER/
SENSOR
CL2
NOTE 1, (TYP)
BALL VALVE
BACKBOARD OR WALL.
PANEL, WIRED AND PLUMBED PRIOR TO MOUNTING ON
2. REAGANTLESS CHLORINE ANALYZER PANEL, PRE-ASSEMBLED
1. PROVIDE SHUT OFF / ISOLATION VALVE FOR EACH ANALYZER.
NOTES:
15008A
NTS
FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK
TOP OF CONC
TYP
TO CROSS BEAM,
MOUNT PIPELINE
OUT TO OUT
SEE
SEE
EL VARIES
SEE DWG'S
15'-0" MAX
15009A
15009A
SD-9
87 NONE
A-32549 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:56:24 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 324 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
USE NEOPRENE
SLEEVE ON
COPPER AND PVC
PIPING AT STRAPS
AND BRACKETS.
PIPE BRACKETS, TYP
PIPE STRAPS, TYP
NOTE:
NTS
15010
PIPE SCHEDULE
CALLED FOR IN
INSULATION, IF
WALL MOUNTED
FLOOR MOUNTED AS REQD
2 MAXAS REQUIRED
STRUT PIPE SUPPORT SYSTEM
PIPE SUPPORTS
NOTE 1
ANCHOR EVERY 12" OC.
3/8" DIAMETER MIN, COORDINATED WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION
1. ATTACH TO WALL WITH SST ANCHORS,
NOTE :
REQUIRED BY LOADING
SIZE AND NUMBER AS
CONCRETE ANCHORS,
#3 TIES @ 1'-0" OC
4-#4
1'-6"
1" MIN NON-SHRINK GROUT
NOTES:
DIMENSION, 12" SQ MIN
3" GREATER THAN BASE
MATCH BASE DRILLING
W/ DOUBLE NUTS TO
4-5/8" ANCHOR BOLTS TYP 6"
TYP
1'-6"
ALSO USE FOR SUPPORT OF HORIZONTAL TEE OR CROSS.
TEE, ETC
BASE ELBOW,
1. NTS 15051
CONCRETE SUPPORT
DUCTILE IRON BASE ELBOW
D
MINIMUM THICKNESS
STEEL SEEP RING 1/4"
CL WALL
BOTH SIDES
AROUND
SEAL WELD
STEEL PIPE
LARGER
D+4" 14" AND
D+2" THRU 12"
STEEL WALL PIPE
NTS
15120A
PLANS, 9" MINIMUM
OTHERWISE ON
UNLESS SHOWN
PIPE INSTALLATION,
AS REQUIRED FOR
15009A
NTS
WT6 FLANGE
WT6 STEM
CG WT
CL PLATE &
3/16"
WT COLUMN
NOTE 1
SHRINK GROUT
1 1/2"± NONTOP OF CONC
2 1/2" 2 1/2"
2 1/2" 3 1/2"
SECTION DETAIL
SECTION DETAIL
SECTIONS AND DETAILS
FIXED PIPE SUPPORT RACK
3/16"
TOTAL 4/PLATE
A325N BOLTS1/2" DIA
CL COLUMN & PLATE
PL 3/8"x5"x12"
4 3/4" 4 3/4"
2 1/2"
1 1/4" TYP
C7x12.2
6"
4/ PLATE
HOLES, TOTAL
9/16" DIA
PL 3/8"x8"x9"
4/ PLATE
HOLES, TOTAL
13/16" DIA
COLUMN
WT 6x20
1.09"
1. 5/8" DIA SST EXPANSION ANCHOR WITH 4" EMBEDMENT, 4 PER BASE PLATE.
NOTES:
NTS
15102
PIPE FLOOR PENETRATION
FLEXIBLE PIPE WRAP
WITH 1/2" THICK
WRAP PIPE
FINISHED FLOOR
EXPOSED APPLICATIONS PASSING PIPE
CUT FLUSH FOR
1/2"
WITH JOINT SEALANT
FILL ANNULAR SPACE
SHOWN ON DRAWINGS
UNLESS OTHERWISE
4" FOR BURIED PIPING,
SD-10
88 NONE
A-32550 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 12:59:33 PM STANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 325 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
D
CL WALL
LARGER
D+4" 14" AND
D+2" THRU 12"
NTS
15120B
PLANS, 9" MINIMUM
OTHERWISE ON
UNLESS SHOWN
PIPE INSTALLATION,
AS REQUIRED FOR
DIP PIPE
INTEGRAL SEEP RING
DUCTILE IRON WALL PIPE NTS
15131
BREAKER
OTHER BOND
FELT OR
WITH 40-LB
WRAP PIPE
GROUT
NON-SHRINK
SPACE WITH
FILL ANNULAR
CORE DRILL
BLOCKOUT OR
PIPE SLEEVE,
PASSING PIPE
WITH GROUT SEAL
WALL SLEEVE
15230
NTS
WATER SERVICE
AIR RELEASE VALVE INSTALLATION
1" BAV-03
HOSE FITTING
W/ FEMALE
CONNECTION
BACKFLUSH
DRAWING
ARV-03, SIZE PER
PIPE TAP 15300
1/2" GSP DR
DRAIN
ROUTE TO
PROCESS PIPE
NIPPLES
TYPE 304 SST
DRAWINGS WITH
BAV-03, SIZE PER
WALL
FLOOR
NTS
15200D
2" MIN
2'-6"
THROUGH-WALL HOSE VALVE
HSV-01
HSV-02
3/4" ,OR
1 1/2"
PLATE, TYP
ESCUTCHEON VALVE
LINE, TO MATCH HOSE
3/4" OR1 1/2" SUPPLY
AS REQ'D
PIPE SUPPORT,
OR AS INDICATED ON DWGS
REQUIRED BY WALL TYPE,
WALL PENETRATION AS
DIRECTION
ENTER FROM ANY
SUPPLY LINE MAY
UNION
SEE SPEC SECTION 10400 FOR SIGN REQUIREMENTS.
SIGN S-101 IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE NEXT TO EACH HOSE VALVE.
WHERE HOSE VALVE IS SUPPLIED WITH NON-POTABLE WATER, INSTALL NOTE:
15201A
2 - CU FT SELECTED
1 1/2" TO 1" GRAVEL
NON-FREEZE POST HYDRANT
NTS
AS REQUIRED)
PROVIDE ADAPTERS
(SIZE VARIES,
SUPPLY LINE
VALVE SIZE
SIZE EQUAL TO
BRANCH LINE,
SEE SPEC SECTION 10400 FOR SIGN REQUIREMENTS.
SIGN S-101 IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE NEXT TO EACH HOSE VALVE.
WHERE HOSE VALVE IS SUPPLIED WITH NON-POTABLE WATER, INSTALL NOTE:
DRAIN HOLE
ON DRAWINGS
NO SLAB OR WALK SHOWN
OR 2'-0"x 2'-0"x 5" PAD IF
CONCRETE SLAB, WALK
ON DRAWINGS
SIZE AS SHOWN
2" HSV-03, VALVE
3/4" THROUGH
EARTH
GRAVEL TO UNDISTURBED
6" MIN COMPACTED
FROST DEPTH
MIN 1 FT BELOW
LOCATE DRAIN HOLE
SPECIFICATIONS TO
DEFINED IN
ON DRAWINGS OR
DEPTH AS SHOWN
PLAN-POST MOUNT
MOUNTED
STANCHION
MOUNTED
HANDRAIL POST
SECTION
WALL MOUNTED
2'-0"
6"
SIDEWALK
1'-0"
STANCHION
SEE NOTE 4
3/8" BOLTS
W/ PL
1/8x2x4"
POST
MIDDLE
RAIL
TOP RAIL
F E J
CAP
PL 1/8x2x4",
SEE NOTE 4 6"
2'-4" ON WALL
3'-0" 8"
2'-0" SQ
1/8
1/8
B
A
C
D
J E F
SEE NOTE 3
G
RADIUS H
HOSE RACK
NTS
15205
PL 1/8x2x4"
3/8" BOLTS W/
MOUNT, TYP FOR 4
HOLES FOR POST
BOLT LOCATION MTG
PIPE, HOT DIP GALV
2" DIA SCHED 40
TYP
WALL MOUNT,
MTG HOLES,
LOCATION OF
BOLT
W/ PL 1/8x2x4"
3/8" BOLTS
DIMENSION IN INCHES
RACK TYPE
A B C
12 10 9
6 9 3
12 4 10 13 2
D E G H J
TYPE A-3/4" & 1" HOSE 4
6 F
7-1/2 9-3/4
TYPE B-1 1/2" HOSE
NOTES:
5. 4.
3. 2.
1. 9 2
COLUMN AND HOSE RACK.
ONE EACH CORNER. INSERT DOUBLE SPACER NUTS BETWEEN
ATTACH TO STEEL COLUMN WITH (4) - 3/8" ROUND HEAD BOLTS, PLATES AND (4) - 3/8" STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS.
ATTACH TO VERTICAL HANDRAIL OR INDIVIDUAL POST WITH
COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION
ATTACH TO WALL WITH SST ANCHORS, 3/8" DIAMETER MIN,
ALUMINUM ALLOY PLATE.
EXTERIOR UNITS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM 3/16" 6061-T6
FABRICATION.
PLATE AND ENTIRE UNIT SHALL BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER INTERIOR UNITS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM 1/8" A-36 STEEL 7-1/2
SD-11
89 NONE
A-32551 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 1:01:08 PMSTANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 326 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
15240
NTS
NOTE:
CONNECTION ) IS INSIDE CONTAINMENT AREA.
SO THAT ENTIRE ASSEMBLY ( INCLUDING CHEMICAL
EXACT GEOMETRY MAY VARY, SEE DWGS. INSTALL
1/2" DIA-01
2" CPVC FILL LINE
2" x 1/2" TEE
2" CKV-06
FLOW
2" Y-STRAINER
2" DIA-01
2" MALE ADAPTER
CONNECTION
2" CHEMICAL
CHEMICAL
FILL CONNECTION
NATIONAL
PIPE THREAD
ON DRAWINGS
PIPE SIZE AS INDICATED
PROCESS PIPE SEE NOTES 1, 2, 3, AND 4
PIPE TAPS
4. 3.
2. 1.
NOTES:
15300
PIPE TAPS
NTS
LARGER, USE SERVICE SADDLE.
FOR EXISTING PVC, STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL PIPES 3" AND AND PRESSURE VESSELS, USE THRED-O-LET AS SHOWN.
FOR NEW STEEL AND STAINLESS STEEL PIPES 3" AND LARGER,
FOR DUCTILE IRON, ALL SIZES, USE SERVICE SADDLE.
SMALLER USE A BUSHING IN A TEE.
FOR STEEL, GALVANIZED STEEL, AND PVC 2 1/2" AND
NTS
NOTES:
PRESSURE GAUGE
SNUBBER
DIAPHRAGM SEAL
PIPE TAP 15300
1/2" PIPE NIPPLE
PROCESS PIPE
SNUBBER
PRESSURE GAUGE
PIPE TAP 15300 PROCESS PIPE
1/4" PIPE NIPPLE
DIAPHRAGM SEAL INSTALLATION
DIRECT INSTALLATION
15310
TRANSMITTER
TRANSMITTER
PRESSURE GAUGE OR
TRANSMITTER INSTALLATION
1/4" BAV-03
1/2" BAV-03
1/2" BAV-03
ELBOWS AS REQUIRED IN INSTRUMENT LOCATION.
4. FOR MULTIPLE INSTRUMENTS, PROVIDE TEE, PIPE NIPPLES AND
3. ALL PIPE NIPPLES TO BE TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL.
CHEMICAL AND ALL PROCESS PIPES THAT ARE NOT WATER OR AIR.
2. USE DIAPHRAGM SEAL INSTALLATION FOR SEWAGE, SLUDGE,
RECLAIMED WATER AND AIR PROCESS PIPING.
1. USE DIRECT INSTALLATION FOR POTABLE WATER, RAW WATER, 15350
CHEMICAL INJECTION POINT
NTS
L
NOTE 1
15300
PIPE TAP
(MIN 4" DIAMETER)
PROCESS PIPE
CHAIN
SAFETY
CONDUIT
15901
TUBING
CHEMICAL
FEED PUMP
CHEMICAL
FROM
CLAMP
PIPE
FITTING
BARBED
NOTE 3
NOTE 2
STOP WITH INJECTION QUILL
NON-METALLIC CORPORATION
CONNECTION SIZES WITH INJECTION QUILL.
NOTED OTHERWISE. COORDINATE PIPE AND TUBING
3. CPVC PIPING, FITTINGS AND VALVES SHALL BE 1/2" UNLESS AND A STRAIGHT RUN OF CHEMICAL TUBING TO CONDUIT.
REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO INJECTION POINT
PIPE TAP / INJECTION QUILL AND PROVIDE FITTINGS AS
2. LOCATE PIPE TAP ABOVE THE HORIZONTAL PLANE. ORIENT
OF PIPE DIAMETER. MINIMUM "L" DIMENSION SHALL BE 2-INCHES.
THAT "L" DIMENSION IS BETWEEN ONE-THIRD AND ONE-HALF
1. INJECTION QUILL SHALL EXTEND INTO PROCESS PIPE SUCH
BAV-06
NOTES:
15352
NTS
SAMPLE POINT
1. TO CONDUIT.
POINT AND A STRAIGHT RUN OF SAMPLE TUBING
REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR ACCESS TO SAMPLE
ORIENT PIPE TAP AND PROVIDE FITTINGS AS
NOTES:
CONDUIT
15901
FITTING
BARBED
CLAMP
PIPE
TUBING
SAMPLE
AREA
SAMPLE
TO
1/2" PVC NIPPLE
NOTE 1
15300
PIPE TAP
PROCESS PIPE
1/2" BAV-05
NOTE 1
NTS
SAMPLE SINK DETAIL
15360
28"
60"
4" 6" 4"
FAUCET
TO BOTH SIDES OF
1/2" CWS, CONNECT
SINK
K-6718 SERVICE
KOHLER MODEL
INSTANT-HOT
SCREWS
SST MACHINE
& ATTACH USING
BACKSPLASH
DRILL & TAP
BRACKETS
MOUNTING
FAUCET
1/2" CWS
SCREWS
SST SELF-TAPPING
ATTACH WITH
3/4" AL ANGLE
30"
PAINT W/ SYSTEM 200
3/4" AC PLYWOOD
PLAN
PAINT W/ SYSTEM 200
SECTION SECTION
15360A
FROM CWS
NTS
SAMPLE SINK DETAIL
15360A
1/2" BAV-03
897-CP OR EQUAL
FAUCET: CHICAGO
PIPE STRAP
2-HOLE
ANGLE
3/4" ALUMINUM
NOTE:
EQUALLY SPACED & CENTERED ACROSS SINK.
PROVIDE AS MANY AS NECESSARY FOR SAMPLES REQUIRED,
SINK
K-6718 SERVICE
KOHLER MODEL
STREET ELBOW
1/2" BRASS
SINK BACKSPLASH
DRILL 1/2" HOLE IN
AS REQUIRED
NIPPLE, LENGTH
1/2" BRASS PIPE
3/4" STRUT
SAMPLE TUBING
BARB FITTING 1/2" COUPLING
2" CONDUIT
SD-12
90 NONE
A-32552 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 1:02:59 PMSTANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 327 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng
t
i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023
LIVI
C
REDAK.AIMAS
NEER
GI
NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER
AINR OFILAC FO ETATS
No. C56653
15550
FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS
NTS
15552
DUCT THRU WALL
NTS
15554
WALL MOUNTED DUCT SUPPORT
NTS
15556
DUCT SUPPORT
NTS
15560
CONDENSATE DRAIN
NTS
15571
DUCT MOUNTED DIFFUSER REGISTER
NTS
2'-6" (MIN)
3'-0" (MAX)
316 SST ANCHORS
3/8" DIA (3 HOLES)
8" DIA BC
TYPICAL MOUNTING DETAIL 9" DIA
IPS x 31"
PIPE 1 1/4"
7'-0" (MIN)
7'-6" (MAX)
6'-3"
THIS SHEET)
(SEE DETAIL
BRACKET
MOUNTING
PLUGGED
FINISHED FLOOR
EYEWASH DETAIL
VALVE
HAND ACTIVATED
30°
3'-7"
CONTROL
FLOW
P.W. - CPVC
CONNECT 1 1/4"
1 1/4" COUPLER
3/4" DRAIN
SUPPLY
1 1/4" IPS PLUGGED
15420
SAFETY SHOWER / EYEWASH
NTS
EYEWASH SIGN
EMERGENCY
4. FINISH AND INSULATE PER SPECIFICATIONS.
3. PROVIDE STAINLESS STEEL SHOWER HEAD AND EYEWASH BOWL.
DELAY TIMER AT PLANT SCADA PRIOR TO SOUNDING ALARM.
2. PROVIDE FLOW SWITCH ALARM WITH (INITIALLY SET TO 20 SECONDS) MOUNTED OUTSIDE.
1. PROVIDE ANTI-SCALDING AND ANTI-FREEZING DEVICE WHEN
NOTES:
DUCT
SS BOLTS, 4" ON CENTER DUCT WORK
1" x 1/8" BAND IRON
SPECIFIED
MATERIAL AS
FLEXIBLE
DUCT
CENTER
RIVETS, 4" ON
12" ON CENTER
SS SHEET METAL SCREW,
SS BOLTS, 4" ON CENTER
SS BOLTS, 4" ON CENTER
1" x 1/8" BAND IRON
WASHER
WASHER
CONNECTION
FLANGED
WITH MATERIAL TAUT
INSTALLED 6" NOMINAL
1 1/2" MIN TO 3" MAX
1/2" 1/2" 1 1/2"
MATERIAL TAUT
6" NOMIAL WITH
MAX INSTALLED
1 1/2" MIN TO 3"
SS BOLTS
DUCTWORK
1" FLANGE AND HEM
RECTANGULAR FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
ROUND FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
SPECIFIED
MATERIAL AS
FLEXIBLE
1" x 1/8" DRAW BAND
CONNECTION
FLANGED
SLIP
1 1/2" POCKET
A-A
CMU WALL
16 GA. GALV STEEL (TYP)
RETAINING ANGLES MIN.
DUCTWORK
INSULATION
DUCTLINER/
CAULKING
PROOF
WEATHER
ALL AROUND
CLEARANCE
1/8" MINIMUM
(IF REQ'D)
BARS
SECURITY
OR CAULKING
INSULATION BATT
SCREW, 304 SS (TYP)
METAL SELF TAPPING
2"
SPACED A MAX. OF 6" ON CENTER.
SCREWS SPACED A MAX. OF 1" FROM EACH END OF DUCT AND
WALL SURFACES OF A MIN. OF 1". SHEET METAL SELF TAPPING
2. RETAINING ANGLES SIZED TO LAP DUCT A MIN OF 1-1/2" AND LAP
1. PROVIDE TAPCON SS ANCHOR MIN 1/4", SIZED AS RECOMMENDED.
NOTES:
NOTES:
1"
2"2"
2"
CL
REQ'D
EMBEDMENT SPACED AS
ANCHORS 1 3/4"
1/4" TAPCON 410 SS
CMU WALL
DUCTWORK
FASTENERS
EQUAL
UNISTRUT A100 OR
4. FASTENERS TO BE GALVANIZED STEEL OR STAINLESS STEEL MATERIAL.
3. LOCATED DUCTS AGAINST WALL OR MAX OF 2" FROM WALL.
2. UNISTRUT ARE SIZED FOR 10 FEET OF DUCT, MAX SPACING.
ALONG SIDES NEAREST ANCHORS.
1. MINIMUM NUMBER OF FASTENERS OF 3 ON 24" WIDTH AND UP, 1 1/2" x 16 GA. BAND GALV.
NOTES:
TRAPEZE DUCT HANGER
GALV OR DUCTMATE
1 1/4" x 1 1/4" x 1/8" ANGLE
DUCT INSULATION
FOR LOAD
HANGER SIZE
DOUBLE ROD
RODS FOR LOAD
SIZE THREADED
DUCT
RECTANGULAR
ROUND DUCT
MINIMUM STRAP SIZE
WIDTH
3/16 INCH STEEL x 2 INCH
WIDTH
1/8 INCH STEEL x 2 INCH
1/8 STEEL x 1-1/2 INCH WIDT
WIDT
0.058 INCH (16 GA) x 2 INCH
WIDTH
0.047 INCH (18 GA) x 2 INCH
>60 INCH
60 INCH
40 INCH
20 INCH
10 INCH
DUCTS
OF ROUND
DIAMETER
MAX
SS HARWARE
GALV
DUCT STRAPPING -
FLEXIBLE FIGURE 4-4.
CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS METAL AND
4. REFERNCE: SMACNA HVAC DUCT
REQUIRED BY PROJECT.
MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL REINFORCEMENT
3. REFERENCE: SMACNA SEISMIC RESTRAINT
MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED LOADS.
2. TRAPEZE MEMBERS ARE NOT TO EXCEED
FABRICATED FROM UNISTRUT-GALV.
1. RECTANGULAR DUCT HANGERS CAN BE
C-CHANNEL
ALTERNATE HANGER
ACU
ACU
ACU
FLOOR DRAIN
VENT
DRAIN PIPE
DRAIN TO GROUND
SPLASH BLOCK
P TRAP
CONCRETE CURB
VENT
DRAIN PIPE
DRAIN TO ROCK PIT
CONCRETE CURB
P TRAP
1-1/2" LOOSE ROCK
ROCK PIT, 3/4" THRU
0'-8" DIA x 3'-0" DEPTH
3" 3"
3"
VENT
DRAIN PIPE
DRAIN TO FLOOR DRAIN
CONCRETE CURB
P TRAP
DUCT LINER
DAMPER
OPPOSED BLADE
DUCT
SS HARDWARE
NOTES:
2. PROVIDE TURNING VANES UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.
1. PROVIDE SPACING AS REQUIRED FOR DIFFUSER OR REGISTER / GRILLE.
DUCT
DAMPER SS HARDWARE
OPPOSED BLADE
REGISTER
DIFFUSER
AIR FLOW
LISTED SIZE
LISTED SIZE
AIR FLOW
TURNING VANES
SD-13
91 NONE
A-32553 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 1:04:48 PMSTANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 328 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Drink ng t i W
r
SHEET
ORIGINAL SCALE:
DATE:
OF
CITY OF REDDING
ORIGINAL SCALE IN INCHES
0 2 1
DESIGNED BYDRAWN BYCITY OF REDDING RECORD DRAWING DATE
93 JOB NO. 2422 BID SCH NO. 5381 PUBLIC WORKS
DEPARTMENT
DRAWING NUMBER: ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WTP WELL 12
MAY 2023LIVI C REDAK.AIMAS NEER GI NELAN IOSSEFORP DERETSIGER AINR OFILAC FO ETATSNo. C56653 NTS
RECOMMEND CONNECTION
PIPE W/ MANUFACTURER
CONNECT TO CHEMICAL
EQUIPMENT
CHEMICAL TUBING
2" CONDUIT
DO NOT GLUE
2" CAP, AS REQ'D
CHEMICAL TUBING TERMINATION
15901
NOTE 1
OF DRILLED HOLE TO MINIMIZE WEAR OF TUBING.
THE PASSING CHEMICAL TUBING. ROUND EDGES
1. DRILL HOLE IN CAP TWICE THE DIAMETER OF
NOTES:
16112 NTS
JUNCTION BOX
UNDERGROUND CONCRETE
NOTE: ALL DIMENSIONS ARE MINIMUM
2'-0"
1'-0" 10"
FINISHED GRADE
WITH EXTENSION
PRECAST PULL BOX
COMPLETED, TYP
SEAL AFTER SPLICING IS
PACK ELBOWS WITH DUCT
LOCKWASHERS, TYP OF 2
BRASS HEX NUTS AND
3/8" BRASS 'L' BLOTS WITH
MARKING (15" x 10")
COVER WITH "ELECTRIC"
CAST IRON TRAFFIC
1'-1 1/4"
1'-7 3/8"
TOP VIEW
(WITH COVER)
INDICATED ON PLANS
SIZE AND QUANTITY AS
PVC CONDUIT STUB-UP,
AS INDICATED ON PLANS.
SIZE AND QUANTITY OF CONDUCTORS
CONNECTOR AND CAST RESIN KIT.
IN UG J-BOXES USING COMPRESSION
CONDUCTORS SHALL BE MADE
SPLICES, WHERE REQUIRED, IN
16410
NTS
AND RING
CAST IRON COVER
FINISHED GRADE
EXOTHERMIC WELD
360P36CILS80 OR EQUAL
HARGER CATALOG NO.
GROUND ACCESS WELL,
10"ø SCH 80 PVC
GROUNDING ROD
3/4" x 10' COPPER CLAD
CONDUCTOR
2/0 BARE COPPER 2'-3" 3'-0"
GROUND ROD WITH TEST WELL
SD-14
92 NONE
A-32554 S KADER J MARTIN
FILENAME:1481D-SD801.dgn PLOT DATE:12/23/2015 1:04:48 PMSTANDARD DETAILS Packet Pg. 329 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) ◄
,/ _/ i
-.
cus~~MER SERVICE PANEL
,4so,211v. 3!6 600A - ·
AV.NU-Bl£ I= -#F 21,67~
. "'"- ' ., -
.
)'
/ i , .._ '. ',
'._/,,.._, __ ., ,
u
m
<(
. "
4 AR
NORIJANA LANE
I I REU WORK ONLY
~1~/ !!!
------ ---·---····-"
-
4•c
------111 2 I
3-2/0 EPR
T3811
45' -~
1466 l
?5K ...
...... _, I
-
(1)-UPR-43-THREE PHASE RISER, PRIMARY 4"
i
N
ELECTRIC UTILITY PLAN
SCALE: 1"=40' * s
SHEET NOTES: 0 WORK LOCATION TAG ADJACENT TO THE TRANSFORMER ALSO INCLUDES ALL SECONDARY CONDUIT AND CONDUCTORS ASSOCIATED WITH THE SECONDARY OF THE TRANSFORMER. 0 PUBLIC WORKS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR UNDERGROUND CONDUIT STUB UP AT NEW RISER LOCATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH REU INSPECTOR AT (530) 510-3421 TO DETERMINE ACCEPTABLE POLE QUADRANT PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW RISER. CUSTOMER SHALL COIL sumCIENT CONDUCTOR AT BASE OF POLE FOR REU INSTALLED RISER. r;\. THE PUBLIC WORKS CONSULTANT SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING CUT SHEETS DESCRIBING \::../ THE ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT BEING PROPOSED FOR THIS PROJECT TO THE REU SERVICE PLANNER FOR REVIEW. SUBMITTAL SHALL INCLUDE PROJECT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION. GENERIC MANUFACTURER CATALOG INFORMATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. FAILURE TO PROVIDE THE REQUIRED SUBMITTAL WILL DELAY THE PROJECT. ELECTRIC SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT MUST MEET ELECTRIC UTILITY SERVICE ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS COMMITTEE (EUSERC) STANDARDS AS APPROVED BY REU. A
LINK TO THE MOST CURRENT EUSERC ACCEPTABILITY TABLE MAY BE FOUND ON THE FOLLOWING INTERNET PAGE:
https://www.cityofredding.org/departments/redding-electric-utility/reu-pages/electric-service-planning SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT WILL REQUIRE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (C.T.} TO BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY REU. C.T. INSTALLATION WILL REQUIRE 3-4 WEEKS ADVANCE SCHEDULING. FAILURE TO SCHEDULE THE C.T. INSTALLATION IN ADVANCE, COULD RESULT IN DELAYS IN THE ENERGIZING OF THE SERVICE. CONTACT THE REU UTILITY INSPECTOR TO SCHEDULE INSTALLATION OF CT'S. .
H:\Service Planning\1. Planning Projects\8. COR Public Works Projects\Well 12 WTP\WELL SITE 12 - lance Files\15-142 New Drawing 2023.dwg
REVISIONS
MA RK DATE DESCRIPTION BY CK'D APPR.
5/10/23 UPDATE OF ORIGINAL DESIGN TD CURRENT STANDARDS E.C. C.M. <(
'° LD
LD
r ii T38108
>< ' 50'
VERIFY SCALE
BAR IS ON E INCH ON
ORIGINAL DR AWING.
0 1 "
IF NOT ONE INCH ON
THIS SHEE T, ADJUST
SCALES ACCORDIN GLY
SYMBOL LEGEND
SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
4• PRIMARY CONDUIT
4 • SECONDARY CONDUIT
EXISTING OH WIRE
PUBLIC WORKS
CONSTRUCTION
STANDARDS
520.80, 521, 522, 543,
620, 622
520.80, 521, 522, 526,
620, 622
)( )( )( )( UG CABLE TO REMOVE
~ 31J PADMOUNT TRANSFORMER PAD 512, 515, 543
2-350
TWO RUNS OF:
3-#350 + 1-#4/0 USE-2/RHW-2
AL
EXISTING JOINTLY OWNED POLE,
W/PROPOSED RISER
WORK LOCATION IDENTIFIER
510
547
DIVISION OF WORK RESPONSIBILITIES:
CUSTOMER TO FURNISH AND INSTALL:
• ALL CONDUIT
• ALL SECONDARY CONDUCTORS
• THE TRANSFORMER PAD, IF NECESSARY
REU TO FURNISH AND INSTALL:
• ALL PRIMARY CONDUCTORS
• ALL PRIMARY CABLE TERMINATIONS
• THE TRANSFORMER
• ALL SECONDARY CONDUCTOR SPLICES
1 O' CLEARANCE TO
COMBUSTIBLE SURFACES
,----- -----7
I f\- I
I 3' CLEAR BACK I
: r _A_'.'~_;1~~~-7 1,
I i l
I :!WI : I
----=-=-=-=----~ 1~B_o_w __ -... i- LYJ + !ti~l~~a:, :g• I BOC I I 8' CI.E"AR, LEVEL WORKING
I I I SPACE IN FRONT
I L---------J I L ___________ __J
TRANSFORMER CLEARANCE DETAIL
(NOT TO SCALE)
DESIGN BY E.C. CHAM BERS
EC(~,H~ DRAWN BY
CH ECKED BY
CIRCUIT elAP E-1 6
ATLAS NO QJ£l fi T-38
SCALE DATE APPOVED BY:
ELECTRIC MANAGER AS NOTED 5/15/23 ENGINEERING -
GENERAL NOTES: PAGE
1. DETAILED CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS FOR WORK SHOWN ON
THESE DRAWINGS ARE DESCRIBED IN THE CITY OF REDDING PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS BOOK. STANDARDS REFERENCED
IN THE LEGEND OR LISTED ELSEWHERE ON THESE DRAWINGS SHALL
BE FOLLOWED WHEN PERFORMING WORK SHOWN ON THESE
DRAWINGS. STANDARDS ARE AVAILABLE ON-LINE OR AT THE PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT, CITY OF REDDING, 777 CYPRESS AVE.,
REDDING, CA.
REDDING ELECTRIC UTILITY 501 00
CONSTRUCTION REQUIR!::MENTS APPLICABLE FOR ALL TYPES OF SERVICE ____ ._-_ . --1
2. ALL SUB-GRADE WORK SHALL BE INSPECTED BY REU PRIOR TO COVER/BACKFILL. CALL THE REU INSPECTOR, CELL: 530-510-6746 TO SCHEDULE AN INSPECTION. SCHEDULE INSPECTIONS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO DESIRED BACKFILLING.
3. ITEMS AND TEXT SHOWN BOLD ON THESE DRAWINGS REPRESENT
WORK GOVERNED BY THE ELECTRIC UTILITY THAT IS PART OF THIS PROJECT. ITEMS AND TEXT SHOWN THIN OR SCREENED REPRESENT
EXISTING ITEMS OR PROJECT WORK THAT IS NOT COVERED BY THE ELECTRIC UTILITY DESIGN. BOLD TEXT ASSOCIATED WITH ITEMS
SHOWN THIN OR SCREENED REPRESENT WORK TO BE PERFORMED
ON THOSE ITEMS AS PART OF THIS PROJECT. REFER TO THE
"DMSION OF WORK RESPONSIBILITIES" SECTION ON THIS SHEET AND WORK LOCATION DESCRIPTIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
4. THIS DRAWING IS SCHEMATIC IN NATURE. EXACT DIMENSIONS OR
LOCATIONS OF ITEMS OR EQUIPMENT ARE NOT SHOWN UNLESS
SPECIFICALLY DIMENSIONED OR NOTED. TRENCH REQUIREMENTS, CONDUIT SPACING, CLEARANCES, ETC. SHALL BE AS DESCRIBED IN
THE PUBLIC WORKS CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS REFERENCED IN THE SYMBOL LEGEND ON THIS SHEET.
N
@
-1- -1-
~
RISER DETAIL
LOCATION 1
REU ONLY:
(i.e., Residential, Commercial, and Industrial)
1. The Developer/Customer shall perform all trenching and backfill per City of Redding Public Works Construction Standards pages 507, 521, and 620 through 624.20.
2. The Developer/Customer shall furnish and install (unless otherwise shown) all conduits for services, secondary and 4" primary conduits: Below grade conduits Shall meetthe requirements of Standard 521. For new primary express feeders, REU will normally tumish any required 6" condurts (excluding secondary or service) for the Developer's/Customer's installation. The Developer/Customer shall be required·to transport the 6" conduit to the Job site from the REU storage location. The customer/developer shall be responsible for _6" conduit required for relocations and undergrounding of existing REU facilities.
3. Bell ends shall be placed on all conduit terminations. Bell ends shali be oftl\e same type material ,is conduit to which they are attached (i.e., D.B., Sch. 40, Sch. 80).
4. All conduits installed by the Developer/Customer shall be cleaned by usi~g-brushes and/or swabs.
5. All 4" conduit runs less than 600' long without conductors shall have a minimum 1250Ib polyester MULSTAPE®, or equal (especially designed for that purpose) pull line provided and installed by the customer/developer. All 6" conduit and 4" conduit runs greater than 600' without conductors shall have a minimum 25001b polyester MULETAPE® or equal pull line provided and installed by customer/developer. ·
6, Conduit system is for future use as well as initial cable installation; therefore, Developer/Customer shall use all care required during pulling cable to insure that conduit is not damaged .
7. All conduit sweeps shall be PVC Schedule 40. All conduit riser bends shall be PVC Schedule 80, or equal, per Standard 547. co·nduit sweeps or bends shall not be cut or otherwise modified. All joints shall be glued per manufacturer's specification and provide a water tight fit.
8. Developer/Customer shall fumish and install all low voltage (O,OOOV) cable, Cable shall be XLPE Insulated, NEC type "U.S.E.-2" Aluminum per Standard 510, unless otherwise specified.
9. Developer/Customer shall coil 3' of cable in each splice enclosure with ends protected by plas1lc caps taped secure to the cable.
All cable wlll be spliced by REU except at the service entrance (note item 16 below). 1 o. The. Developer/Customer shall fumish and install all substructures, 3' x 5' boxes and smaller. REU will normally furnish for the Developer/Customer's installation any required boxes larger than 3' x 5'.
11. Conduit runs shall be limited to not more·than 3-90° bends, or a combination of angles with not more than 270" deflection throughout the conduit ru ii unless shown otherwise on REU flpproved plans.
12. All conduit and wire sizing will be by the Electric Utility Engineering staff.
13. There shall be no splices In low voltage (600V) wire except in REU approved splice enclosures.
14. All new panels over 200 amp rating shall be served by an underground service (City ordinance).
15. Developer/Customer shallfumish, install, own and maintain conduit 2 feet irom his outer building line to his terminating facility.
16. All service conductors shall be terminated by the Developer/Customer at his service entrw,ce panel. All terminalions will be by 2-hole NEMA pad compression lugs except for 200 amp and smaller residential panels. Service conductors larger than 4/0 must use 2- hole NEMA pad compression lugs. All connections Will be properly torqued and installed to manufacturer's specifications. Approved corrosion inhibitor will be applied on wire ends at all connections.
17. 18.
19. 20.
21. 22.
23. 24.
25,
26,
27. Replacement or enlargement of low voltage wire and conduit due to reloCiltion or increased load shall be the responsibility of the Developer/Customer .
REU will determine all points of service. Service points normally shall provide minimum cable lengths and provide accessibility for operations and maintenance.
The neutral conductor of low voltage (600V) tri'plex cable shall be insulated with a yellow pigmented XLP compound for easy identification. Single conductor cable used as neutral without yellow marking (pigmented) shall be identified at each splicing point by approved White electrical tape.
The Developer/Customer shall provide all necessary easements for .electric supply facilities as required by REU.
Developer/Customer shall be-responsible to locate and properly place electric utility facilities within utility easements and public right of way.
Developer/Customer shall furnish and install street light base, conduit, standard, arm, luminaire, and conductor per Standards 554, 555, and 556.
It is the responsibility of the Developer/Customer ta set all primary boxes so that the box lid is at the same elevation as the lowest final elevation of the adjacent sidewalk, top of curb or pavement edge (existing, proposed, or future). All secondary boxes will be set at the same elevation and slope of the adjacent sidewalk, curb or pavement.
All conduit and substructures to be used by REU must be inspected prior to bacidilling. Failure to obtain an inspection will require the installer to expose any or all of the buried facilities for an inspection. Call 224-4390, 48 hrs prior to back/illing, to schedule an inspection by the Electric Utility Inspector.
All utility padmount transformers and switchgear equipment shall be located within 8' of a paved driveable access.
Groundwater/starmwater iritruSion and migration in any trench iS the responsibility of the customer and/or his trenching agent for the life of facilities placed in the trench.
Electric meter service panels must meet Electric utility Service Equipment Requirements Committee (EUSERO) standards accepted by REU.
CHANGED CONSTRUCTION STANDARD REFERENCES TO PUBLIC WORKS STANDARDS $1:iEET 1 OF 1
ELECTRIC CONSTRUCTION STANDARD
~u ELECTRIC SERVICE CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
DES/REV
RO/JCR
DATE ASSl><£JINT DIRECTOR, DISTRIBUTION I REVISED ~ DWG. NO. Redding Electric Utilfty 02101187 ·· - hu 17 / fu.• /I~ I 03127/18 _,~ CS0102 fi'.
z
0 ('.)
w
Q'.
0 0
_J
0 RANCHO RD .. - VENTURE PKW'l , / ·-+---·- -+ --- I
RIU -
► • ◄
•
City of Redding Know wha t's below. Electric Utility Call before you dig.
TRANSFORMER - !CITY USE ONL YI
T-# KVA SECONDARY Phase COR # SERIAL NUMBER
Tl 1324L 500 480Y / 277V 3
ADDITIONAL WORK BY REU AT:
[j] REU TO INSTALL:
3 - 2/0 EPR ELBOWS.
@ REU TO RELOCATE:
FUSE LOCATION 1466
FROM POLE T38113
TO POLE T38112
REU TO REMOVE:
RISER & UG CABLE
ABC
ABC
5080 OLD OREGON TRL.
u
co
<(
WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT
CITY WELL
#E12 :
4 AR
NORDONA LN.
T11324L
500
1466
25K
!'i"
.A
' ---·
lD
LD
LI)
1468
100K
N
PRIMARY KEY SKETCH
$ 1"=200'
s
WORK-ORDER
15-142
PLANT REVISION:
SHEET 1 OF
NO.
1 1
r
I
I
93 OF 93 A-32555
Packet Pg. 330 Attachment: Plans (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant)
SPECIFICATIONS
For
WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT PLANT
(Job No. 2422)
BID SCHEDULE NO. 5381
Prepared by:
City of Redding
Public Works Department
Engineering Division
Chuck Aukland, City Engineer Date
FOR INFORMATION CONCERNING THIS PROJECT, CONTACT:
Kurt Maire, 530-225-4081, [email protected]
6/29/2023
Packet Pg. 331 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 2 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROPOSAL DOCUMENTS (BOUND SEPARATELY)
TITLE SHEET.......................................................................................................................... P1 ENGINEER’S ESTIMATE........................................................................................................ P2 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODES SECTIONS 10162 & 10232..................................................... P3 PUBLIC CONTRACT CODES SECTION 10285.1................................................................... P4 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT ................................................................................................ P5 LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS............................................................................................... P6 SIGNATURE PAGE................................................................................................................. P7 BIDDER’S BOND .................................................................................................................... P8
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
NOTICE INVITING BIDS ........................................................................................................... 4 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ................................................................................................. 6 PUBLIC WORK AGREEMENT.................................................................................................10 PUBLIC WORKS PAYMENT (LABOR AND MATERIALS) BOND ..........................................12 PUBLIC WORKS PERFORMANCE BOND..............................................................................13 PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BOND ...............................................................................14 SUPPLEMENTAL DISPOSAL SITE AGREEMENT .................................................................15 SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST..............................................................................................17 TEMPORARY WASTEWATER DISCHARGE APPLICATION .................................................19 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS....................................................................................................21 PROJECT INTRODUCTION AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS...............................................22 SCOPE OF THE WORK........................................................................................................22 TIME OF COMPLETION .......................................................................................................22 MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS..................................................................................22 Prebid Conference ...........................................................................................................22 Preconstruction Conference...........................................................................................22 Watering ...........................................................................................................................22 Surface Mining and Reclamation Act .............................................................................23 Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims ..............................23 Construction Area Signs .................................................................................................24 Sound Control Requirements .........................................................................................24 Erosion Control................................................................................................................24 Local Topsoil....................................................................................................................28 Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS) ..................................................................................29 Plastic Netting..................................................................................................................29 Fiber Rolls ........................................................................................................................29 Packet Pg. 332 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 3 Gravel Check Dam ...........................................................................................................30 Informational Handouts...................................................................................................30 Staging Areas...................................................................................................................31 CONTRACT ITEM LIST.....................................................................................................32 SECTION 1 GENERAL .........................................................................................................33 SECTION 2 SCOPE OF WORK............................................................................................36 SECTION 3 CONTROL OF THE WORK...............................................................................38 SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS .............................................................................40 SECTION 5 LEGAL RELATIONS & RESPONSIBILITIES....................................................41 SECTION 6 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS...................................................................48 SECTION 7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT....................................................................49 PART 2 MODIFICATIONS TO CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS...............................................54 VOLUME 1 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Volume 2 - Drawings...................................................................................A-32463 to A-32555 Packet Pg. 333 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 4 NOTICE INVITING BIDS
WELL 12 WATER TREATMENT PLANT
(Job No. 2422)
BID SCHEDULE NO. 5381
In accordance with the Municipal Code of the City of Redding, sealed bids will be received at the office of the City Clerk, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001, until 3 p.m., August 3, 2023 at which time they will be publicly opened and read for the performing of the work as follows:
Installation of a new water treatment plant at the City’s Enterprise Well 12, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, to reduce arsenic, iron, and manganese into the City’s water system. In general, the work will include procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter, a chemical storage and feed facility, an above grade bolted steel tank, construction of a new mechanical building, sludge dewatering facilities, associated piping and electrical improvements, and offsite storm drain and sewer improvements.
The Engineer’s Estimate is $5,300,000. There are 350 working days.
The Contractor shall possess a valid Class A license at the time the bid is opened.
No contractor or subcontractor may be listed on a bid proposal for this project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5. Failure to register prior to bid opening shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive and no exception will be allowed including the renewal exception allowed in Labor Code Section 1725.5(c).
No contractor or subcontractor may work on a public works project unless registered with the Department of Industrial Relations pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5.
This project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the Department of Industrial Relations.
A pre-bid conference is scheduled between staff and interested bidders at 10:00 am on July 12, 2023 at the project site, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, at which time the project requirements will be reviewed and potential bidders will be allowed access to inspect the existing site and facilities.
Each bid shall be made in accordance with the specifications and proposal requirements thereof and no bid will be received unless it is made on a proposal form furnished by the City Engineer.
Each bid must be accompanied by cash, certified or cashier’s check, or original bidder’s bond made payable to the City of Redding for an amount equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the total amount of the bid as a guarantee that the Contractor will execute the contract in conformance with his proposal and the specifications. Such Guarantee shall be forfeited should the bidder to whom the contract is awarded fail to enter into the contract.
The City of Redding hereby notifies all bidders that it will affirmatively insure that in any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, all businesses will be afforded full opportunity to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, national origin, gender, disability, or other protected class in consideration for an award.
The State of California general prevailing wage rate shall be the current prevailing wage for each craft, classification, or type of workman needed to execute the contract as determined by the Packet Pg. 334 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 5 Director of the California Department of Industrial Relations, pursuant to California Labor Code Part 7, Chapter 1, Sections 1770, 1773, and 1773.1. Copies of the current prevailing wage rates are available on their internet web site at: www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR/PWD Copies of referenced Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, commonly called the “Greenbook,” 2021 Edition containing the General Provisions and Standard Technical Specifications may be obtained from Building News, Inc., 990 Park Center Drive, Suite E, Vista CA 92081 (888) 264-2665.
Plans, specifications, proposal, contract forms, and addenda may be obtained at www.cityofredding.org/pwbids at no charge. Supporting documents as required (i.e. environmental permits, geotechnical reports, record drawings, etc.) will also be posted on this site. Supporting and informational documents are for informational purposes only and for the convenience of the Bidders and are not considered a part of the Contract.
City bid documents are provided electronically and free of charge. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to verify the completeness of their printed bid documents before submitting their bid and accompanying executed addenda acknowledgement forms. Users are cautioned that City of Redding does not assume any liability or responsibility based on any defective or incomplete copying, excerpting, scanning, faxing, downloading, or printing of the contract documents.
The contract documents shall supersede any information posted on www.cityofredding.org/pwbids.
Be advised that the information contained on www.cityofredding.org/pwbids may change and without notice to prospective bidders. It is the responsibility of each prospective bidder to check the City’s website (www.cityofredding.org/pwbids) on a daily basis through the close of bids for any applicable addenda or updates. Notifications updates, bidder inquiries, or addenda will not be provided via email or any other method.
For general information please contact the City of Redding Public Works – Engineering office at 530-225-4170. For technical questions please contact Kurt Maire at [email protected] or 530-225-4081. Bids must be submitted on City supplied forms. No bid will be accepted from a contractor who is not licensed in accordance with the provisions of California Business and Professions Code Sections 7000 et seq. and regulations adopted by the Contractors’ State Licensing Board, as amended. The envelope enclosing the proposal shall have stated thereon, “Well 12 Water Treatment Plant, (Bid Schedule No. 5381).” The City Council of the City of Redding reserves the right to accept or reject any and/or all bids and to make that award which is in the best interest of the City.
CHUCK AUKLAND, CITY ENGINEER
Publishing Dates: 7/3/2023
Packet Pg. 335 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 6 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
A. Introduction
Each proposal shall be made in accordance with the specifications and contract documents prepared by the City of Redding, Public Works Department, Engineering Division, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001.
B. Bidder’s Understanding
The Bidder shall examine carefully the site of the proposed work and the Contract Documents therefor. The submission of a proposal shall be conclusive evidence that the Bidder has investigated and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered, as to the character, quality and quantities of work to be performed and materials to be furnished, and as to the requirements of the contract documents.
C. Preparation And Submission Of Proposals
Proposals shall be submitted on the forms provided by the City Engineer and must be signed by the Bidder or his authorized representative. When signing the proposal, please set forth whether the entity/individual is a corporation, a partnership, a joint venture, a sole proprietorship, etc. The name of the person signing the documents, as well as their authorized capacity, must be typed or printed below the signature. Any corrections to entries made on proposal forms shall be initialed by the person signing the proposal.
Bidders must quote on all items appearing on the Proposal form, unless specific directions allow for partial bids. Failure to quote an item means that the item will be provided at no cost. The bidder shall legibly enter unit or lump sum price in figures, for all items required on the Proposal.
When bids on all items are not required, Bidders shall insert the words “NO BID” where appropriate. In case of discrepancy, between unit prices and totals, unit prices will prevail. Failure to legibly quote on items may disqualify the bid. Alternate bids will not be considered unless specifically called for in the proposal form.
Telegraphic and facsimile proposals will not be considered.
In order to insure consideration, the proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope clearly marked PROPOSAL, including the name of the job, and the opening date and filed with the City Clerk, City of Redding, 777 Cypress Avenue, Redding, CA 96001, before the time set forth in the Notice Inviting Bids. Proposals received after the time indicated will be returned unopened whether or not bids are opened exactly at the time fixed in the Notice Inviting Bids.
D. Proposal Guaranty
All Bids shall be accompanied by cash, certified check, cashier’s check, or bidder’s bond executed by a lawfully authorized surety company, made payable to the City of Redding.
The Proposal Guaranty must be enclosed in the same envelope with the proposal. The amount of the Proposal Guaranty shall not be less than 10 percent of the total amount of the Proposal unless otherwise noted in the Notice Inviting Bids. The Proposal will not be considered unless one of the forms of Proposal Guaranty is enclosed with it. Bidder’s Bond shall be dated.
Packet Pg. 336 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 7 A Bidder’s Bond will be accepted only if it is an original made out on either the Bidder’s bond form enclosed in these documents or on a form which conforms to it. Bidder’s Bond shall be signed by Bidder and by Surety. Surety’s signature shall be notarized and the proof of notary and the power of attorney shall also be original and attached to the original bond at the time the bid is opened. Copies will not be accepted in satisfaction of these requirements.
E. Public Works Contractor Registration Program
All contractors and subcontractors who bid or work on a public works project must register with the Department of Industrial Relations (DIR) at:
http://www.dir.ca.gov/Public-Works/PublicWorks.html
The City will not accept a bid with, enter into a contract with, or allow work on a project from an unregistered contractor. Failure of a prime contractor to register prior to bid opening shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive by the City and no exception will be allowed including the renewal exception allowed in Labor Code Section 1725.5(c).
An inadvertent error in listing a subcontractor who is not registered pursuant to Labor Code Section 1725.5 in a bid proposal will be allowed, provided that within 24 hours after the bid opening, the subcontractor is registered and has paid the penalty registration fee specified in subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subdivision (a) of Labor Code Section 1725.5.
F. List of Subcontractors
Each bidder shall submit with his Proposal a list of subcontractors in conformance with Section 3-3, “Subcontractors,” of the Standard Specifications. Public Contract Code Section 4104 requires contractors to list subcontractor license numbers at time of bid. Failure to list the license number shall cause the bid to be deemed nonresponsive.
Subcontractors may be listed on more than one Prime Contractor bid.
G. Addenda and Explanations to Bidders
Any explanation regarding the meaning or interpretation of plans, specifications, or other Contract Documents shall be requested in writing, with sufficient allowance of time for receipt of reply before the time set for opening of proposals. Any such explanations or interpretations will be made in the form of Addenda to the documents and will be furnished to all listed planholders.
Bidders shall acknowledge receipt via email at [email protected] of all Addenda posted on www.cityofredding.org/pwbids prior to bid opening. Failure to acknowledge receipt of all Addenda via email shall cause the bid to be nonresponsive and may be rejected. Oral explanations and interpretations shall not be binding.
All bidder inquiries must be received 7 calendar days prior to the bid opening.
Packet Pg. 337 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 8 H. Correction of Withdrawal of Proposals
Bid proposal packets shall be submitted to the City Clerk’s office prior to the closing date and time indicated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Bid proposal packets shall not be considered as officially submitted until the Clerk’s office has stamped and accepted the proposals. Once bid proposal packets are officially received, the packets shall not be returned to the bidder and any changes or corrections to the bid proposal shall only be allowed as follows:
1. Request for Correction to Bid Proposal
Any changes or corrections to the bid proposal shall be made in writing, shall clearly define the nature of the changes, and shall be hand delivered to the City Clerk’s office in person prior to the official closing time for submitting proposals. The written changes or corrections shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which has the bidders name and bid schedule number clearly marked on the outside. The envelope shall also clearly indicate on the front that it contains a correction to the original bid.
The Clerk’s office shall stamp the new envelope as “Received” and sign and date the front of the envelope. The bidder (or the bidder’s representative) and the office staff person shall both sign, date, and print their names over the seal of both the original bid proposal packet and the new envelope containing the corrected documents as evidence that the two envelopes were not opened. In the presence of the bidder (or the bidder’s representative), the office staff person shall staple the new envelope to the original bid proposal packet.
At the bid opening, the person supervising the bid opening shall open and publicly announce the contents of both the original bid proposal packet and the new envelope with the corrections. The material in both envelopes shall be treated as one document and the correction document shall take precedence in determining the corrected bid amount. The Clerk’s office shall maintain both documents in the bid file along with both sides of the envelopes.
2. Request for Withdrawal of Bid Prior to Bid Opening
Requests for withdrawal of bids shall be made either in person or in writing. No telephonic requests, FAX transmittals, or emails shall be considered for the withdrawal of a bid.
If the request is made in person, the requesting party and the office staff person processing the request shall both sign their names and write the date over the seal on the bid proposal envelope as evidence that it was not opened. The office staff person shall then write on the front of the bid proposal envelope “Bid requested to be withdrawn on [date] by [printed name of requesting party].” The office staff person and the requesting party shall then sign, date and print their names on the front of the bid proposal envelope. A copy of the front and back of the bid envelope shall be kept in the bid file.
If the request is made in writing, the office staff person shall sign his/her name and write the date over the seal of the bid proposal envelope. The office staff person shall then write on the front of the bid proposal envelope “Bid requested to be withdrawn by letter from [name] dated [date].” The office staff person shall then sign, date, and print his/her name on the front of the bid proposal envelope and shall staple a copy of the letter Packet Pg. 338 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 9 requesting the bid withdrawal to the bid proposal envelope. The original letter and a copy of the front and back of the signed bid envelope shall be kept in the bid file.
At the bid opening, the bid proposal packet will NOT be opened. The bid proposal packet and a copy of the letter requesting withdrawal, if any, shall be returned unopened to the bidder in the same manner as bid securities are returned to unsuccessful bidders.
I. BID OPENING
At the time and place fixed for opening of Proposals, the contents of all proposals will be read publicly. All bidders and other interested parties are invited to be present in person or by representatives.
J. PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Upon request, the Contractor will be provided five (5) sets of plans (11 x 17) and specifications at the Preconstruction Conference. Additional sets will be available from the Engineer at the Contractor’s expense.
Packet Pg. 339 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant)
PUBLIC WORK AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into in duplicate, on the date below written, by and between the CITY OF REDDING, State of California, a Municipal Corporation and General Law, City through its City Council, hereinafter referred to as City, and Contractor
Address
City
hereinafter referred to as Contractor.
WITNESSETH, that, for the considerations hereinafter mentioned, the City and the Contractor agree as follows:
The Contractor agrees, at his own expense, to furnish all labor, materials, tools and equipment, and to perform all the work required to construct and complete in good and workmanlike manner, in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, and to the satisfaction of the City, those improvements entitled:
Project Title
Bid Schedule No. #
Job No. #
The Contract Documents herein referred to consist of the following document:
Notice Inviting Bids
Instructions to Bidders
Proposal
Bidder’s Bond
Agreement
Payment Bond
Performance Bond`
General Provisions
Special Provisions
Addendum
Contract Drawings
Public Liability Insurance
Fire Insurance
Workers’ Compensation Insurance
It is expressly agreed between the parties hereto that should there be any conflict between the terms of this instrument, or any of the other Contract Documents, and the bid or proposal of the Contractor, then this instrument, together with the other Contract Documents, shall control and nothing therein shall be considered as an acceptance of the terms of said bid or proposal of said Contractor.
The City shall make payments on the account of the Contract as specified in the General Provisions.
Except as provided in Section 12940 et seq. of the Government Code, Contractor shall not discriminate against any person because of his/her race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sexual orientation, domestic partners, sex gender identify, gender expression, age or other protected class nor refuse to hire or employ the person or to refuse to select the person for a training program leading to employment, or to discriminate against the person in compensation or in terms, conditions or privileges of employment. The Contractor shall insert in all subcontracts for any work covered by this [agreement/contract] this nondiscrimination provisions.
Packet Pg. 340 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) The City agrees to pay the Contractor for the performance of the contract, subject to additions and deductions provided therein, the following prices, and the Contractor agrees to receive and accept said following prices as full compensation for furnishing all materials and for doing all the work contemplated and embraced in this agreement, and for all loss or damage arising out of the nature of the aforesaid work or from the action of the elements and from any unforeseen difficulties or obstructions which may arise or be encountered in the prosecution of the work until its acceptance by the City, and for all risks of every description connected with the work, and for all expenses incurred by or in consequence of the suspension or discontinuance of the work and for well and faithfully completing the work and the whole thereof in the manner and according to the Contract Documents and the requirements of the City Engineer, to wit:
The Contractor shall commence work within the time period set forth in the General Provisions and shall diligently prosecute the same to completion within ________ (__) working days from the date of the commencement of work.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have hereto set our hands and seals this ___ day of ________, 2023.
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
By:
CITY OF REDDING
By:
City Attorney Mayor
Name of Contractor
ATTEST:
By:
Type of Entity
City Clerk Taxpayer Identification
By:
“Name” as Filed with IRS
By:
Contractor
By:
(Seal)
Packet Pg. 341 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 12 BOND NO.:
PUBLIC WORKS PAYMENT (LABOR AND MATERIALS) BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:
THAT WHEREAS, athe City Council of the City fo Redding, a Municipal Corporation, in the State of California as Owner, has on , conditionally awarded to as Principal, a Contract to do and perform the following work to-wit:
as will more full appear in said Contract, the terms and conditions of said contract being fully incorporatred herein by this reference; and
WHEREASE, under the terms of the Contract and pursuant to Chapter 5 of Title 3 of Part 6 of Division 4 of the California Civil Code (commencing with Civil Code 9550), Principal is required to furnish a good and sufficient payment bond to secure payment of the claims to which reference is made in Civil Code Section 9554; NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal and , a corporation duly authorized and admitted to transact business and issue surety bonds in the State of California, hereinafter call Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner, and unto all persons or entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions in the penal sum of Dollars ($ ) lawful
money of the United States of America, for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLICATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall fail to pay for any materials or equipment furnished or used in performance of the Contract, or for any work or labor thereon of any kind, or for amounts due under the Unemployment Insurance Act with respect to such work or labor, or for any amounts required to be deducted, withheld, and paid over to the Franchise Tax Board or the Employment Development Department from wages of employees of the Contractor and all subcontractors with respect to such work or labor, then the Surety shall pay the same in an amount not to exceed the sum specified above. If suit is brought upon this bond, Surety shall pay, in addition to the above sum, all costs, expenses and fees, including attorney’s fees, reasonably incurred by any party in successfully enforcing the obligation secured hereby, all to be taxed as costs and included in any judgment rendered. Should the condition of this bond be fully performed, then this obligation shall become null and void, otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect, and shall bind Contractor, Surety, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally.
It is hereby stipulated and agreed that this bond shall insure to the benefit of all persons, companies, corporations, political subdivisions, State agencies and other entities entitled to assert a claim against a payment bond under any of the aforesaid Civil Code provisions, so as to give a right of action to them or their assigns in any suit brought upon this bond. The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the Contract or to the work to be performed thereunder or to the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligations on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension, alteration, or addition. Furthermore, and for valuable considerations, Surety hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 2819, 2845, and 2849.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this day of , .
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Principal
City Attorney By:
ATTEST: (Seal)
Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety
By: (Seal)
Attorney-In-Fact
Packet Pg. 342 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 13 Bond No.:
PUBLIC WORKS PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS
THAT WHEREAS, the City Council of City of Redding, a Municipal corporation, as Owner, at its regular meeting held on , has awarded to as Principal, a contract to do and perform the following work to-wit:
as will more fully appear in said contract, the terms and conditions of said contract being fully incorporated herein by this reference.
WHEREAS, said Principal is required under terms of said contract to furnish a bond for the faithful performance of said contract;
NOW, THEREFORE, we, the Principal and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Owner in the sum of ($ ) lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment whereof, well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors or assigns, or subcontractors, shall in all things stand to and abide by, and well truly keep and perform the covenants, conditions, and agreements in the said contract and any alteration thereof as there provided, on his or their part, to be kept and performed at the time and in the manner therein specified and in all respects according to their true intent and meaning and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, its officers, and agents as therein stipulated then this obligation shall become null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and virtue.
As the Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or the work to be performed thereunder or the specifications accompanying the same shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract or to the work or to the specifications.
If said Owner shall require any further or other bond for its protection in the premises, such further or other bond shall be furnished by the Principal with Surety or Sureties satisfactory to the Owner within ten days after notice of such requirement is given to the Principal, and in case of failure on the part of the Principal to comply with said requirement, the Owner shall have the right, at its option, to terminate said contract with said Principal.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this day of , .
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Principal
City Attorney By:
ATTEST: (Seal)
Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety
By: (Seal)
Attorney-In-Fact
Packet Pg. 343 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 14 Bond No.:
PUBLIC WORKS MAINTENANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS
THAT WE, the undersigned, as Principal, and
a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of California, and authorized to do business in the State of California, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the CITY OF REDDING, hereinafter called Obligee, in the sum of ( )
Dollars, lawful money of the United States of America, for the payment of which well and truly to be made, we do hereby jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, said Principal has heretofore entered into a contract with the Obligee above named for , and
WHEREAS, the work called for under said contract has been completed and accepted by said Obligee:
NOW, THEREFIREM THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if said Principal shall, for a period of one year(s) from and after the day of , , \indemnify the Obligee against any loss or damage directly arising by reason of any defect in the material or workmanship which may be discovered within the period aforesaid, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise the same shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereto set our hands and seals on this day of , .
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
Principal
City Attorney By:
ATTEST: (Seal)
Pamela Mize, City Clerk Name of Surety
By: (Seal)
Attorney-In-Fact
Packet Pg. 344 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 15 SUPPLEMENTAL DISPOSAL SITE AGREEMENT
Contract B/S No.:
Job No.:
Chuck Aukland
City Engineer
777 Cypress Avenue
Redding, CA 96001
Dear Sir:
In accordance with Section 401, Removal, of the Standard Specifications, the following agreement for usage of the disposal site for subject contract is submitted, as required prior to disposal of said materials.
WHEREAS, Contractor has entered into Contract B/S No. with the City of Redding, hereinafter called “City,” for the performance of work on , and
WHEREAS, pursuant to the authority of said Contract, ,
Contractor, and , Owner have entered into an
agreement under which Contractor may dispose of materials on Owner’s Property.
NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to said Contract B/S No. Contractor and Owner hereby notify the City that disposal of materials by Contractor on Owner’s property located at will be done pursuant to agreement
between Contractor and Owner and not pursuant to the arrangement between the City and Owner, dated , and Owner specifically agrees that the City is hereby released from any and all obligations to Owner under the City’s said arrangement with Owner.
Date Owner
Date Contractor
By:
Authorized Agent
Title
c: City Engineer
Contractor
Property Owner
Resident Engineer
Packet Pg. 345 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 16 CONTRACT PROVISION REQUIRING PERSONAL CERTIFICATION OF ALL CLAIMS:
I, , being the
(must be an officer) of
(General Contractor), declare under penalty of perjury under the laws of the State of California, and do personally certify and attest that I have thoroughly reviewed the attached claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time, and know it’s contents, and said claim is made in good faith; the supporting data is truthful and accurate/that the amount requested accurately reflects the contract adjustment for which the Contractor believes the owner is liable; and, further, that I am familiar with California Penal Code Section 72, pertaining to false claims, and further know and understand that submission or certification of a false claim may lead to fines, imprisonment and/or other severe legal consequences.
Submission of a claim, properly certified, with all required supporting documentation and written rejection or denial of all or part of the claim by owner, is a condition precedent to any action, proceeding, litigation, suit, or demand for arbitration by Contractor.
Packet Pg. 346 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 17 SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST
Project:
Contractor Name & Address:
Subcontractors
(Name, Business, Address, Phone
Bid Item
Number(s)
% of Bid Item
Subcontracted
Describe Work When Less
than 100% of Work is
Subcontracted
Dollar Amount Based on Bid
Amount
I certify that the Standard Specifications and Special Provisions for labor set forth in the contract apply to the subcontracted work.
Contractor Signature: Date:
This section is to be completed by the Resident Engineer
1. Total of Bid Items $
2. Specialty items previously approved (if applicable, see note in the instructions) $
3. Total (lines 1+2) $
4. Contractor must perform with own forces (lines 1 minus 2) x % $
5. Bid items subcontracted $
6. Balance of work Contractor to perform (line 1 minus 5) $ Approved:
Resident Engineer Date:
Packet Pg. 347 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 18 INSTRUCTIONS FOR COMPLETING SUBCONTRACTING REQUEST FORM All First-tier subcontractors shall be included on a subcontracting request.
Submit in accordance with Section 1-6 of these Special Provisions. Type or print requested information. A copy is to be retained by the Contractor. Submit to project’s Resident Engineer.
After approval, the original will be returned to the Contractor.
When an entire item is subcontracted, the value to be shown is the Contractor’s bid price. When a portion of an item is subcontracted, describe the portion, and show the percent of bid item and value.
Packet Pg. 348 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 19 Return completed application to:
City of Redding, Public Works
Industrial Waste Division
P.O. Box 496071
Redding, CA 96049-6071
530-224-4319 Fax 530-224-6052
TEMPORARY WASTEWATER DISCHARGE APPLICATION
Submit at least two weeks prior to anticipated discharge to the Public Works Industrial Waste Division.
Type or print clearly, attach additional sheets if necessary.
Company Name: Site Address: Telephone:
Responsible Party: Mailing Address, City, State, Zip: Telephone:
Contact Person:
Cell phone:
Mailing Address, City, State, Zip:
Email:
Telephone:
Fax:
Property Owner: Mailing Address, City, State, Zip: Telephone:
Emergency Contact Person: Title: Telephone: After hour phone:
Correspondence to be sent to: ☐ Responsible Party ☐ Contact Person ☐ Property Owner ☐ Other:
Billing to be sent to: ☐ Responsible Party ☐ Contact Person ☐ Property Owner ☐ Other:
I have read this application and the attached material. The information provided is accurate and complete.
Signature: Printed Name, Title Date
Nature of discharge: ☐ Groundwater well purge for sampling ☐ Excavation Water ☐ Tank Cleaning Water ☐ Other:____________________________________________________________________________ Type of Contamination: ☐ Petroleum products ☐ Sediment ☐ Chlorine ☐ Other:_______________________ Description of liquid treatment, storage, and disposal activity:
Discharge will be: ☐ Intermittent ☐ Continuous Flow rate: _________ gal/minute ☐ Estimated ☐ Measured Total Volume: __________ gal ☐ Estimated ☐ Measured Proposed Discharge Dates from: _________ to __________ Discharge location (submit site layout drawing(s), including discharge and sample points):
Pollutants and concentrations (submit analytical results):
Solid residue disposal method:
Notes:
A
C
B
Packet Pg. 349 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 20 Site proposing temporary discharge must be connected to the City of Redding sanitary sewer.
Sewer Account No.: Billed to:
Other businesses on account:
List other environmental control permits held by this operation:
EPA ID Number:
Notes:
Office Use Only
Received by: Permit Number: Issue Date: Expiration Date: Manhole Number:
WWTP:
☐ Stillwater
☐ Clear Creek
Permit Fee:
$500 billed by City
Industrial Waste at
the end of the
project.
Volume
Discharge:
Unit Cost: Volume Cost:
$6.59/CCF
(CCF = 748 gallons)
$8.81/1000 gallons
Prices valid through
12/31/23
Connection Fee: Total Cost:
Billed at the end
of the project
Notes: Volume cost is waived on water and sewer line projects managed by the City of Redding Public Works Department.
Supplemental Information Required:
☒ Plumbing Plans ☒ Site Plan ☒ Pretreatment Facilities ☐ Water Meter on Site ☐ City Meter Needed Analytical Reports Required: ☐ Petroleum Products ☐ Solids ☐ Chlorine Residual ☐ Other Notes:
Date Requested: Date Received: Approved by: Approval Date:
D
Packet Pg. 350 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 21 REFERENCE DOCUMENTS
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) the “Greenbook,” 2021 Edition and current supplements as amended, prepared by the Southern California Chapter of American Public Works Association, and the Southern California District, Associated General Contractors of California, relates to the Work of this Project and is hereby made a part of this Contract as though fully contained herein.
The Contractor is hereby specifically directed, as a condition of the Contract, to obtain the necessary number of copies of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction, to acquaint himself with the Articles contained therein, and to notify and apprise all subcontractors and any other parties to the Contract, or individuals or agencies engaged in the work, as to its contents.
No contractual adjustments shall be due or become critical as a result of failure on the part of the Contractor to fully acquaint himself with the conditions of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.
Copies of Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction commonly called the “Greenbook,” 2021 Edition and current supplements, may be obtained from Building News, Inc., 990 Park Center Drive Suite E, Vista, CA (888) 264-2665.
City of Redding Construction Standards
The documents hereinafter referred to as the “City Standards” shall be the current version posted on the City of Redding website:
https://www.cityofredding.org/departments/public-works/engineering/construction-standards Other Reference Specifications
Where other reference specifications such as those of ASTM, AASHTO, etc., have been referred to, the applicable portion of such specifications shall become a part of these Contract Documents.
In case of conflict between the Standard Specifications and these special provisions, the special provisions shall take precedence over and be used in lieu of the conflicting portions.
Packet Pg. 351 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 22 PROJECT INTRODUCTION AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
SCOPE OF THE WORK
The work to be performed under this contract consists of the following:
Installation of a new water treatment plant at the City’s Enterprise Well 12, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, to reduce arsenic, iron, and manganese into the City’s water system. In general, the work will include procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter, chemical storage and feed facility, an above grade bolted steel tank, construction of a new mechanical building, sludge dewatering facilities, associated piping and electrical improvements, and offsite storm drain and sewer improvements.
TIME OF COMPLETION
Attention is directed to Sections 6-1 and 6-3 of the General Provisions, “Construction Schedule and Commencement of Work” and “Time of Completion.” In accordance with the provisions of these Subsections, the Contractor shall begin work within fifteen (15) days after the date of the execution of the construction contract and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion within a period not to exceed three hundred and fifty (350) working days. The contract time shall commence on the fifteenth day after execution of the construction contract or on the date of commencement of the work, whichever occurs first.
MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS
Prebid Conference
A prebid conference is scheduled between staff and interested bidders at 10:00 am on July 12, 2023 at the project site, at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, at which time the project requirements will be reviewed and potential bidders will be allowed access to inspect the existing site and facilities.
Preconstruction Conference
A meeting will be scheduled between staff and the successful bidder at a time and place determined by the Engineer to review the project plans, specifications, and any special requirements of the funding program.
Watering
Watering shall consist of developing a water supply and furnishing all water required for the work, including water used in the performance of work paid for as extra work, and applying all water.
Developing a water supply may include obtaining water for contract purposes from fire hydrant(s) located at or near the work site as determined by the City of Redding Water Division or from private sources provided by the Contractor at his expense. If he obtains water from a fire hydrant, the Contractor shall install a hydrant meter and control valve on the fire hydrant designated as the water source. The Contractor shall obtain the hydrant meter and control valve from the City of Redding Water Division.
The cost of the hydrant meter and control valve are as follows:
Packet Pg. 352 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 23 $25.00 (nonrefundable; payable when picked up)
$225.00 (refundable deposit for any nonpayment on account and/or repairs to hydrant meter and control valve; payable when picked up)
$255.65 (monthly charge for 3-inch hydrant meter and control valve; billed monthly) The cost of water is $1.47/CCF.
In the event that a water truck or tank is filled directly from a fire hydrant, there shall be either an air gap or a backflow device acceptable to the City Water Division on the filler pipe.
Full compensation for developing a sufficient supply of water required for the work shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involving the use of water and no separate payment will be made therefor.
Full compensation for applying water will be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items requiring water and no separate payment will be made therefor, except that applying water for work paid for extra work in accordance with Section 7-4,”Payment for Extra Work,” will be paid for as a part of said extra work.
Surface Mining and Reclamation Act
Attention is directed to the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, commencing in Public Resources Code, Mining, and Geology, Section 2710, which establishes regulations pertinent to surface mining operations.
Material from mining operations furnished for this project shall only come from permitted sites in compliance with the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, and listed in the California Department of Conservation’s Office of Mine Reclamation 3098 list.
The requirements of this section shall apply to all materials furnished for the project, except that the Contractor, with the approval of the Engineer, may use in the proposed construction such stone gravel, sand, or other material suitable in the opinion of the Engineer as may be found in excavation. The Contractor will be paid for the excavation of those materials at the contract price paid for excavation, but the Contractor shall replace at the Contractor’s expense with other suitable material all of that portion of the material so removed and used which was contemplated for use in the work, except that the Contractor need not replace, at the Contractor’s expense, any material obtained from structure excavation used as structure backfill. No charge for materials so used will be made against the Contractor. The Contractor shall not excavate or remove any material from within the project location that is not within the excavation, as indicated by the slope and grade lines, without written authorization from the Engineer.
Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims The Contractor’s attention is directed to the Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims found in the Agreement. The Contract Provision Requiring Personal Certification of all Claims shall be completed and included with any claim for additional compensation and/or extension of time.
Packet Pg. 353 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 24 Construction Area Signs
Construction area signs shall be furnished, installed, maintained, and removed when no longer required in conformance with the plans and these special provisions. The Contractor shall be fully and completely responsible for the furnishing, installing, and maintaining all construction area signing. This requirement shall apply continuously and not be limited to working hours.
The Contractor shall notify the appropriate regional notification center for operators of subsurface installations at least 2 working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, prior to commencing excavation for construction area sign posts. The regional notification centers include, but are not limited to, the following:
Notification Center Telephone Number
Underground Service Alert-Northern California (USA) 811 Excavations required to install construction area signs shall be performed by hand methods without the use of power equipment, except that power equipment may be used if it is determined there are no utility facilities in the area of the proposed post holes.
Full compensation for “Construction Area Signs” shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for in the items involved and no separate payment will be made therefor.
Sound Control Requirements
The noise level from the Contractor’s operations, between the hours of 8:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m., shall not exceed 86 dbA at a distance of 50 feet without the written approval of the Engineer. This requirement in no way relieves the Contractor from responsibility for complying with local ordinances regulating noise level.
Said noise level requirement shall apply to all equipment on the job or related to the job, including but not limited to trucks, transit mixers, or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by the Contractor. The use of loud sound signals shall be avoided in favor of light warnings except those required by safety laws for the protection of personnel.
Full compensation for conforming to the requirements of this section shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involved and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Erosion Control
Erosion Control shall conform to the provisions in Section 3-12.6, “Water Pollution Control,” of these special provisions and shall consist of applying Erosion Control materials to the areas shown on the plans, embankment and excavation slopes and other areas disturbed by construction activities and as directed by the Engineer.
Erosion Control is to be placed between September 1st and March 15th. Areas completed and ready for application of Erosion Control outside of these dates shall be temporarily stabilized until the acceptable window begins, or as directed by the Engineer. Areas may be temporarily stabilized using soil binders, temporary seed and straw, or just straw. Prior to application of permanent seed, areas temporarily stabilized using soil binders must be scarified by track walking Packet Pg. 354 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 25 or other means to break up crusted soils. If areas were temporarily stabilized using seed and straw or just straw, the straw and thick vegetation must be removed and soils scarified prior to application of permanent seed. Topsoil shall be placed in those areas to receive permanent stabilization prior to application of permanent seed, or as directed by the Engineer.
Erosion control materials shall consist of seed, fertilizer, fiber, straw, and tackifier.
Seed is required to be labeled under the California Food and Agricultural Code and shall be labeled by the vendors supplying the seed. Seed shall have been tested for purity and germination not more than 12 months prior to the application of the seed. Seed labels furnished by the vendors shall indicate the purity, germination, and pure live seed (PLS) as determined by testing. Results from testing the seed for purity and germination shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to applying seed.
Seed shall be delivered to the job site in unopened separate containers with the seed tag attached. Containers without a seed tag will not be accepted.
Seed for erosion control work shall consist of one or more of the following types:
Temporary
Seed for temporary erosion control work shall consist of the following mix:
Species Lbs. PLS/Acre
Hordeum vulgare 250
Permanent
Seed for permanent erosion control work shall consist of the following mix:
Species Lbs. PLS/Acre
Achillea millefolium 2
Bromus carinatus 15
Eschscholzia californica 3
Trifolium willdenovii 5
Festuca microstachy 5
Hordeum vulgare 100
Total 130
Fertilizer shall consist of a natural based product with a slow release formulation of 7-2-3 (N-PK), 10 percent sulfur is optional, or as approved by the Engineer. Fertilizer for erosion control work shall conform to the requirements of the California Food and Agricultural Code, shall be pelleted or granular form for hydroseeding, and shall have a minimum guaranteed chemical Packet Pg. 355 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 26 analysis of 7 percent nitrogen, 2 percent phosphoric acid, 3 percent water soluble potash, and 10 percent sulfur. Fertilizer shall be a formulation suitable for hydroseeding purposes and soluble in water.
Straw for erosion control work shall be sterile upland straw, dry oat, wheat, or rice straw, free from weeds and foreign matter detrimental to plant life. The Contractor shall furnish evidence that clearance has been obtained from the County Agricultural Commissioner, as required by law, before straw obtained from outside the County is delivered to the site of the work. Straw that has been used for stable bedding shall not be used. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable.
Straw shall be chopped and uniformly applied at a rate specified in this section.
Fiber must be wood fiber, cellulose fiber, alternate fiber, or a combination of these fibers. • Wood fiber must be long strand, whole wood fiber thermomechanically processed from clean whole wood chips.
• Cellulose fiber must be made from natural or recycled pulp fiber, such as wood chips, sawdust, newsprint, chipboard, corrugated cardboard, or a combination of these materials. • Alternate fiber must be a long strand, whole natural fiber made from clean straw, cotton, corn, or other natural feed stock.
Fiber must:
1. Disperse into a uniform slurry when mixed with water.
2. Contain ¾-inch fiber strands for at least 25 percent by total volume.
3. Have at least 40 percent retained when passed through a No. 25 sieve.
4. Have an initial moisture content of no more than 15 percent of its dry weight when tested under CA Test 226. The moisture content must be marked on the packaging.
5. Have a water holding capacity, by weight, of at least 1,200 percent when tested under the procedure designated in Caltrans final report, CA-DOT-TL-2176-1-76-36, “Water holding capacity for hydromulch,” available from METS.
6. Be nontoxic to plants and animal life.
7. Be free of synthetic or plastic materials, lead paint, printing ink, varnish, petroleum products, seed germination inhibitors, and chlorine bleach.
8. Contain less than 250 parts per million of boron.
9. Contain less than 7 percent ash when tested under the Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry, TAPPI Standard T 413.
10. Be colored to contrast with the area on which the fiber is to be applied. The coloring agent must be biodegradable, nontoxic, and free from copper, mercury, and arsenic and must not stain concrete or painted surfaces.
Packet Pg. 356 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 27 Fiber for temporary hydraulic mulch must be at least 50 percent wood fiber. The remaining percentage must be cellulose fiber, alternate fiber, or a combination.
Tackifier must be:
1. Free from growth or germination inhibiting factors.
2. Nonflamable.
3. Nontoxic to aquatic organisms.
4. Functional for a minimum of 180 days.
General purpose tackifier may be either a plant-based product or a polymeric emulsion blend as follows:
1. Plant based tackifier must be a natural high molecular weight polysaccharide. A high viscosity hydrocolloid that is miscible in water, and labeled as either guar, psyllium, or starch, as follows:
1.1. Guar gum-based product must be derived from the ground endosperm of the guar plant, Cyanmopsis tetragonolobus. It must be treated with dispersing agents for easy mixing. It must be able to be diluted at the rate of 1 to 5 pounds per 100 gallons of water.
1.2. Psyllium based product must be manufactured from the finely ground, mucilloid coating of Plantago ovata or Plantago ispaghula seeds and able seeds and able to dry and form a firm but rewettable membrane.
1.3. Starch based product must be a nonionic, water-soluble, granular material derived from corn, potato, or other plant-based source.
2. Polymeric emulsion blend tackifier must be a prepackaged liquid or dry powder, aniomic formulation with a residual monomer content not exceeding 0.05 percent by weight. The tackifier must contain and be labeled with one of the following as the primary active ingredients:
2.1. Acrylic copolymers and polymers.
2.2. Polymers of methacrylates and acrylates.
2.3. Copolymers of sodium acrylates and acrylamides.
2.4. Polyacrylamide and copolymer of acrylamide.
2.5. Hydrocolloid polymers.
Erosion control materials shall be applied in separate applications in the following sequence:
A. The following seed and fertilizer mixture shall be applied with hydro-seeding equipment within 30 minutes after the seed has been added to the mixture:
Packet Pg. 357 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 28 Material Temporary Pounds
Per Acre (Minimum)
Permanent Pounds
Per Acre (Minimum)
Seed 250 130
Commercial Fertilizer 600 600
Fiber 125 125
B. Straw shall be applied at the rate of 2 tons per acre, or 2.5 tons per acre for slopes greater than or equal to 4 percent slope, based on slope measurements. Incorporation of straw will not be required. Straw shall be distributed evenly without clumping or piling. When weather conditions are suitable, straw may be pneumatically spread.
C. The following mixture in the rates indicated shall be applied with hydro-seeding equipment:
Material Temporary Pounds
Per Acre (Minimum)
Permanent Pounds
Per Acre (Minimum)
Fiber 500 500
Tackifier 150 150
The ratio of total water to total tackifier in the mixture shall be as recommended by the manufacturer.
Once seed is started in an area, straw and stabilizing emulsion applications shall be completed in that area on the same working day.
The rates of erosion control materials may be changed by the Engineer to meet field conditions.
Erosion control will be measured by the square yard or acre.
Full compensation for “Erosion Control” shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for “Water Pollution Control” and no separate payment will be made therefor.
Local Topsoil
This work includes excavating, stockpiling, removing from stockpiles, spreading, and consolidating topsoil.
Material
Topsoil obtained from sources within the right-of-way shall be excavated to the lines and depths as directed by the Engineer. All lumps or clods shall be broken up before the topsoil is spread.
Topsoil obtained from within the project will be considered as selected material. Imported topsoil must consist of fertile, friable soil of loamy character that contains organic matter in amounts natural to the region and be capable of sustaining healthy plant life. Imported topsoil must be free from deleterious substances such as litter, refuse, toxic waste, stones larger than 1 inch in size, coarse sand, heavy or stiff clay, brush, noxious weeds, and other substances detrimental to plant, animal, and human health.
Packet Pg. 358 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 29 Construction
Preparation shall include all the work required to make ready the areas for application of topsoil and erosion control materials. Rocks and debris larger than 2-1/2 inches in maximum dimensions shall be removed and disposed of outside the highway right-of-way as permitted by the Engineer.
Topsoil shall be spread uniformly at the rate specified in the special provisions or shown on the plans. The finished surface after spreading topsoil shall be approximately 1 inch below the top of adjacent grade.
Topsoil shall not be placed until all equipment, except equipment required for spreading topsoil, is through working in an area.
Spread topsoil to a uniform thickness. Topsoil shall be placed a minimum of 6 inches thick on all disturbance areas to be seeded and mulched per “Erosion Control” of these special provisions.
Topsoil shall be placed 4 inches thick on cut slopes that are 2:1 and flatter. Cut slopes shall be scarified to a depth of 2 inches prior to placing topsoil to ensure sufficient contact. Topsoil shall be roughened by trackwalking or rolling with a sheepsfoot roller prior to seeding and mulching.
Trackwalk topsoil with tracked equipment run perpendicular to slope contours. Water may be used to assist this process but must not cause erosion. Finished surfaces after topsoil placement must achieve a minimum of 85 percent compaction.
Full compensation for local topsoil shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for “Water Pollution Control” and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS)
See Section 3-12.6, “Water Pollution Control” and National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Permit-Water Quality Order 2009-009 DWQ and its amendments.
REAPS will not be subject to cost adjustments per Section 7-3.5, “Contract Unit Prices,” of the Standard Specifications.
The contract unit price paid for “Rain Event Action Plans (REAPS)” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in REAPS, complete in place, including uploading REAPS to the State SMARTS website as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
Plastic Netting
Photodegradable or biodegradable plastic netting shall not be used in fiber rolls, erosion control blankets, or any other erosion control BMP unless specified or approved by the Engineer.
Fiber Rolls
Fiber rolls shall conform to the provisions in Section 3-12.6, “Water Pollution Control,” of the Standard Specifications and these special provisions and shall consist of applying fiber rolls materials to the areas shown on the plans, embankment, and excavation slopes and other areas disturbed by construction activities and as directed by the Engineer.
Packet Pg. 359 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 30 Fiber rolls shall be premanufactured roll of rice or wheat straw, wood excelsior, or coconut fiber encapsulated within a biodegradable jute, sisal, or coir fiber netting. The netting shall have a minimum durability of one year after installation. The netting shall be secured tightly at each end of the roll. Rolls shall be between 8 inches and 10 inches in diameter and shall have a minimum weight of 1 pound per linear foot and a minimum length of 20 feet.
Wood stakes shall be a minimum of 1” x 1” x 24” in size and made of untreated fir, redwood, cedar, or pine and cut from sound timber. They shall be straight and free of loose or unsound knots and other defects which would render them unfit for the purpose intended. Metal stakes shall not be used.
Fiber rolls shall be installed by constructing a furrow to a depth between 2 inches and 4 inches, and to a sufficient width to hold the fiber roll. The bedding area for the fiber rolls shall be cleared of obstructions including rocks, clods, and debris greater than one inch in diameter before installation. Stakes shall be installed 48 inches apart along the length of the fiber rolls and stopped at 12 inches from each end of the rolls. Stakes shall be driven to a maximum of 2 inches above, or flush with the top of the roll. Fiber rolls shall be placed parallel to the slope contour and 8 feet apart on 2:1 slopes and as shown on the plans.
If the intended function of the fiber rolls to disperse concentrated water runoff and to reduce runoff velocities is impaired, the Contractor shall take action to repair or replace the fiber rolls. Split, torn, or unraveling rolls shall be repaired or replaced. Broken or split stakes shall be replaced.
Sagging or slumping fiber rolls shall be repaired with additional stakes or replaced. Locations where rills and other evidence of concentrated runoff have occurred beneath the rolls shall be corrected. Fiber rolls shall be repaired or replaced within 24 hours of identifying the deficiency.
Fiber rolls will be measured by lineal foot.
Full compensation for “Fiber Rolls” shall be considered as included in the contract lump sum price paid for “Water Pollution Control” and no separate payment will be made therefor.
Gravel Check Dam
Gravel check dams shall consist of natural ¾-inch rock. Check dams shall be placed parallel to the contour on finish graded surfaces as shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer.
Check dams shall be placed in a linear fashion to a single peak height of 10 to 12 inches with a natural angle of repose.
The contract price paid per ton for “Gravel Check Dam” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in installing check dams, complete in place, including surface preparation, repairing, or replacing check dams as shown on the plans, as shown on the plans, as specified in these special provisions, and as directed by the Engineer.
Informational Handouts
Informational handouts are posted on the City’s webpage at www.cityofredding.org/pwbids.
Informational handouts include but are not limited to:
• Geotechnical Report – Well 12 Arsenic / Iron / Manganese WTP Packet Pg. 360 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 31 Informational handouts are for the convenience of the Bidders and do not constitute a part of the contract.
Staging Areas
The Contractor’s attention is directed to Section 3-12.4 for storing materials. The Contractor may utilize some of the project site for its staging and storage, as needed. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to secure its staging and storage areas and obtain additional temporary staging areas that may be needed during construction from individual property owners prior to use.
Staging areas are for temporary working space, vehicle and equipment parking, and material storage. The space shall not be used in any manner that will cause permanent defacement of the property. The Contractor shall restore all temporary staging areas to their original condition at project closeout and provide the Engineer with a signed statement from each property owner stating that the end condition of the property is satisfactory as required by special provisions Section 400-Protection and Restoration.
Full compensation for obtaining temporary staging areas shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items requiring staging areas and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
As-Built/Record Documents
The Contractor shall keep and maintain on the Project Site, one record set of the Contract Documents, which shall be updated weekly to reflect current as-built conditions of the Work as it progresses and document changes to the Work shown on the Project Plans.
Record Documents shall be produced by marking a full-size copy of the Project Plans. The Contractor’s as-built information shall be clear and legible, marked in red, and at a minimum identify the following: the exact horizontal and vertical location of all installations in their finished condition, including all underground work and components; all electrical, plumbing and mechanical installations; all changes in construction, materials and installed equipment; and buried or concealed construction and utility features that are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording of all buried utilities that differ from locations indicated in the Contract Documents.
The updated drawings shall be available for review by the Engineer and Inspector. Failure to comply with the preparation and submission of as-builts may result in the Engineer withholding the current progress payment, or be subject to administrative deductions as per Section 7-3.2.
Where specified in the Special Provisions or Technical Specifications as a condition to certification of final completion, the Contractor shall provide the original Record Documents, together with a certification by the Contractor that the Record Documents are a true representation of the Work as actually constructed. Timely submission of complete Record Documents shall be a condition to certification of final completion and to final payment. Delays in the submission of complete Record Documents may subject the contractor to liquidated damages.
Full compensation for As-Built/Record Documents shall be considered as included in the contract price paid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefor.
Packet Pg. 361 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 32 CONTRACT ITEM LIST
Water Pollution Control
Attention is directed to Special Requirements for “Erosion Control” and Section 3-12.6, “Water Pollution Control,” of the special provisions.
Trench Sheeting and Shoring
The Contractor shall design, furnish, install, and maintain a system of temporary supports, including all bracing and associated items, to retain excavations in a safe manner and to control ground movements. Upon completion of the required excavation and pipe and/or structure installation, the Contractor shall remove the support system and backfill the excavation in accordance with the Plans and Technical Specifications.
The Contractor shall be solely responsibility for designing and constructing trench sheeting and shoring systems and shall submit a Shoring Plan in accordance with 5-7.2.2 of the Standard Specifications.
The contract lump sum price paid for “Trench Sheeting & Shoring” shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals and for doing all the work involved in Trench Sheeting & Shoring, complete in place, including all planning, design, engineering fees, labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved with the installation and removal of temporary sheeting, shoring, and bracing for excavations, as required by the Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Technical Specifications, Cal-OSHA, and as directed by the Engineer.
Well 12 Water Treatment Plant
The contract lump sum price paid for “Well 12 Water Treatment Plant” shall include full compensation for furnishing materials (unless otherwise noted in the Plans or Specifications), labor, tools, equipment, incidentals and for doing all the work involved in construction of the new water treatment plant at Well 12, complete in place, including but not limited to all the work involved with the required planning, engineering, permitting, mobilization, surveying, demolition, civil improvements, structural improvements, mechanical improvements, electrical improvements, and instrumentation improvements, as well as testing, training, startup, cleanup, and demobilization, except for items of work and costs included in Contract Items for “Water Pollution Control” and “Trench Sheeting and Shoring” listed above as required by these Contract Documents.
Packet Pg. 362 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 33 PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 1 GENERAL
1-1 General
The following terms are added:
“Wherever in these documents the words “City” or “Agency” appear, it shall be understood to refer to and indicate the City of Redding, a general law city, existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of California.
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice.”
1-2 Terms and Definitions
Definitions are amended or added as follows:
1. Bid Guaranty – The cash, cashier’s check, certified check, or bidder’s bond accompanying the Bid as a guaranty that the Bidder will enter into a contract with the Agency for the performance of the work.
2. Board, Council, and Agency – The officer or body constituting the awarding authority of the Agency.
3. City, Contractor, and Engineer - The City, Contractor, and Engineer are those as defined in the Standard Specifications. They are treated throughout the contract document as if each were of the singular number and masculine gender.
4. Date of Execution of the Contract – The date on which the Contract is signed by the Agency’s authorized representative.
5. Plans – The drawings, profiles, cross sections, working drawings and supplemental drawings, or reproductions thereof, approved by the Engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions, or details of the Work. Plans may either be bound in the same book as the Specifications or bound in separate sets, and are part of the Contract Documents regardless of the method of binding.
6. Standard Specifications – Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (SSPWC) the “Greenbook,” 2021 Edition and current supplements as amended, prepared by the Southern California Chapter American Public Works Association, and the Southern California Districts, Associated General Contractors of California.
Packet Pg. 363 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 34 1-6 BIDDING AND SUBMISSION OF THE BID
1-6.1 General
Add the following paragraph:
“When an item of work is designated as (S) in the Bid or Proposal, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be designated as a “Specialty Item.” 1-7 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT
1-7.1.1 Acceptance or Rejection of Proposals
The City reserves the right to reject any and all proposals. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any proposal which is incomplete, illegible, or irregular may be rejected; any proposal having erasures or corrections in the price sheet may be rejected; any proposal in which the unit price is omitted or in which the unit price is obviously unbalanced may be rejected; any proposal accompanied by an insufficient or irregular bid security may be rejected. 1-7.1.2Forfeiture of Proposal Guaranty
If a bidder should, after being awarded the contract, fail to execute the contract and furnish the necessary bonds, certifications, and insurance in the manner and within the time provided in these specifications, the bid security shall be forfeited to the City as liquidated damages, and the award of the contract shall be annulled.
1-7.1.3 Return of Proposal Guaranties
All securities will be returned except that of the successful bidder and that of the next lowest bidders up to four (4), which the City will hold until the contract documents have been executed and the required contract bonds and insurance have been submitted by the successful bidders and accepted by the City or until bids are rejected.
1-7.1.5 Award of Contract
Any contract awarded will be to the lowest responsible bidder who submits a responsive bid. Any award will be made within 90 days after the opening of the proposals. The period of time specified above within which the award of contract may be made shall be subject to extension. All bidders who submitted a bid that was not rejected will be asked to extend their bids.
All bids will be compared on the basis of the Engineer’s estimate of the quantities of work to be done.
1.7.1.5 Execution of Contract
The contract in form and content satisfactory to the City shall be executed by the bidder to whom the contract is awarded and returned, together with all required bonds, policies, and certificates, within 10 days, (not including Sundays and legal holidays), after award of the contract. No proposals shall be considered binding on the City until the contract has been executed by all parties thereto.
Packet Pg. 364 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 35 1-7.1.6Early Start to Work
The Contractor may start job site activities before receiving notice of Contract approval under the following conditions;
1. Submit the contract, bonds, and insurance listed in 1-7.1.5, Execution of Contract.
2. Provide a letter to the City with at least 72-hour notice requesting an early start of work.
3. Request and obtain an encroachment permit from the City.
4. Receive written approval from the City Engineer to start work.
5. Perform work at your own risk.
6. If the Contract is approved, work already performed that complies with the Contract is authorized.
7. If the Contract is not approved, the Contractor shall leave the job site in a neat condition, restore the site or facility to its former condition or equal. The City will not pay for this work.
8. The City does not adjust working days for work performed before Contract approval.
9. Ground disturbing/job site activities are still subject to the requirements of the Water Pollution Control Plan or Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan. 1-7.2 Contract Bonds
Delete this section in its entirety and add the following:
“Before execution of the Contract by the Agency, the Bidder shall file with the Agency surety bonds satisfactory to the Agency in the amounts and for the purposes noted below. Bonds shall be duly executed by a responsible corporate surety, authorized to issue such bonds in the State of California shall be issued by a surety who is listed in the latest revision of the U.S.
Department of Treasury Circular 570, is authorized to issue bonds in California, and whose bonding limitation shown in said circular is sufficient to provide bonds in the amount required by the Contract. The Bidder shall pay all bond premiums, costs, and incidentals.
Each bond shall incorporate, by reference, the Contract and be signed by both the Bidder and Surety and the signature of the authorized agent of the surety shall be notarized.
The Bidder shall provide two good and sufficient surety bonds. The “Payment Bond” (Material and Labor Bond) shall be for not less than 100 percent of the contract price, to satisfy claims of material suppliers and of mechanics and laborers employed by it on the work. The bond shall be maintained by the Contractor in full force and effect until the Work is accepted by the Agency, and until all claims for materials and labor are paid, and shall otherwise comply with the Civil Code.
The “Performance Bond” shall be for 100 percent of the contract price to guarantee faithful performance of all work, within the time prescribed, in a manner satisfactory to the Agency, and that all materials and workmanship will be free from original or developed defects. In Packet Pg. 365 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 36 addition, the Performance Bond shall include a one-year Maintenance Bond which shall begin upon acceptance of the Work. The amount of the Maintenance Bond shall be for 50 percent of the final contract price. The Maintenance Bond shall be submitted on the form contained in these specifications or on a form which conforms to it prior to release of final payment (less retention) for the work.
Should any bond become insufficient, the Contractor shall renew the bond within ten (10) days after receiving notice from the Agency.
Should any Surety at any time be unsatisfactory to the Agency, notice will be given the Contractor to that effect. No further payments shall be deemed due or will be made under the Contract until a new Surety shall qualify and be accepted by the Agency.
Changes in the Work, or extensions of time, made pursuant to the contract, shall in no way release the Contractor or Surety from their obligations. Notice of such changes or extensions shall be waived by the Surety.”
SECTION 2 SCOPE OF WORK
2-2 PERMITS
Add the following paragraph(s):
“The Contractor and any subcontractor working under the Contractor shall obtain a City business license prior to doing any work on a job site in the City. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor, who is signature to the Contract, to notify their subcontractor(s) to abide to this requirement. In the event a required business license is not obtained, the City shall give the Contractor written notice of 10 days to correct the deficiency. In the event the business license(s) is not obtained, the City shall withhold the estimated cost of the license(s) from the next payment to the Contractor until the license is obtained. If during the course of construction, a City business license expires and the Contractor or subcontractor continues to work, these same provisions will apply.”
The Contractor shall obtain all required Building Division permits for the work on this project.
Project plans, not including deferred submittals have been checked and approved by the Building Division and are ready to be released to the Contractor at time of permitting. The shade structure is a deferred submittal item which requires a separate Building Division Permit. Following review and approval by Engineer, the Contractor shall submit the shade structure drawings, structural calculations, and permit application to the Building Division to obtain the building permit. Permit fees, development fees, etc., will be waived for all work associated with this project.
2-10 DISPUTED WORK
Delete the first paragraph in its entirety and replace with the following:
“In accordance with Public Contract Code Section 9204 the following shall apply to any claim by Contractor:
“Claim” means a separate demand by a contractor, which includes any of the following. (1) a time extension, including, without limitation, for relief from damages or penalties for delay assessed by the City, (2) payment by the City of money or damages arising from Packet Pg. 366 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 37 work done by, or on behalf of, the contractor pursuant to the contract and payment for which is not otherwise expressly provided or to which the claimant is not otherwise entitled, (3) payment of the amount that is disputed by the City.
Upon receipt of a claim sent by registered mail or certified mail with return receipt requested, the City will conduct a review of the claim and, within a period not to exceed 45 days, will provide a written statement identifying what portion of the claim is disputed and what portion is undisputed. Upon receipt of a claim, the City and Contractor may, by mutual agreement, extend the time period provided in this subdivision.
The Contractor shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the claim.
Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement.
If the Contractor disputes the City’s written response, or if the City fails to respond to a claim issued pursuant to this section within the time prescribed, the claimant may demand in writing an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute.
Upon receipt of a demand in writing sent by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, the City shall schedule a meet and confer conference within 30 days for settlement of the dispute.
Within 10 business days following the conclusion of the meet and confer conference, if the claim or any portion of the claim remains in dispute, the City shall provide the claimant a written statement identifying the portion of the claim that remains in dispute and the portion that is undisputed. Any payment due on an undisputed portion of the claim shall be processed and made within 60 days after the City issues its written statement. Any disputed portion of the claim, as identified by the Contractor in writing, shall be submitted to nonbinding mediation, with the City and the claimant sharing the associated costs equally. The City and claimant shall mutually agree to a mediator within 10 business days after the disputed portion of the claim has been identified in writing. If the parties cannot agree upon a mediator, each party shall select a mediator and those mediators shall select a qualified neutral third party to mediate with regard to the disputed portion of the claim.
Each party shall bear the fees and costs charged by its respective mediator in connection with the selection of the neutral mediator. If mediation is unsuccessful, the parts of the claim remaining in dispute shall be subject to applicable procedures outside this section.
For purposes of this section, mediation includes any nonbinding process, including, but not limited to, neutral evaluation or a dispute review board, in which an independent third party or board assists the parties in dispute resolution through negotiation or by issuance of an evaluation. Any mediation utilized shall conform to the time frames in this section.
Unless otherwise agreed to by the City and the Contractor in writing, the mediation conducted pursuant to this section shall excuse any further obligation under Public Contractor Code Section 20104.4 to mediate after litigation has been commenced.
This section does not preclude the City from requiring arbitration of disputes under private arbitration or the Public Works Contract Arbitration Program, if mediation under this section does not resolve the parties’ dispute.
Failure by the City to respond to a claim from a Contractor within the time periods described in this subdivision or to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section Packet Pg. 367 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 38 shall result in the claim being deemed rejected in its entirety. A claim that is denied by reason of the City’s failure to have responded to a claim, or its failure to otherwise meet the time requirements of this section, shall not constitute an adverse finding with regard to the merits of the claim or the responsibility or qualifications of the claimant.
Amounts not paid in a timely manner as required by this section shall bear interest at 7 percent per annum.
If a subcontractor or a lower tier subcontractor lacks legal standing to assert a claim against the City because privity of contract does not exist, the Contractor may present to the City a claim on behalf of a subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor. A subcontractor may request in writing, either on his or her own behalf or on behalf of a lower tier subcontractor, that the Contractor present a claim for work which was performed by the subcontractor or by a lower tier subcontractor on behalf of the subcontractor. The subcontractor requesting that the claim be presented to the City shall furnish reasonable documentation to support the clam. Within 45 days of receipt of this written request, the Contractor shall notify the subcontractor in writing as to whether the Contractor presented the claim to the City and, if the original Contractor did not present the claim, provided the subcontractor with a statement of the reasons for not having done so.
A waiver of the rights granted by this section is void and contrary to public policy, provided, however, that (1) upon receipt of a claim, the parties may mutually agree to waive, in writing, mediation and proceed directly to the commencement of a civil action or binding arbitration, as applicable; and (2) the City may prescribe reasonable change order, claim, and dispute resolution procedures and requirements in addition to the provisions of this section, so long as the contractual provisions do not conflict with or otherwise impair the time frames and procedures set forth in this section.”
The second paragraph of Section 2-10 is amended to read:
“Although not to be construed as proceeding under extra work provisions, the Contractor shall keep records of Disputed Work in accordance with Section 7-4, and shall furnish the records to the Agency by the close of the next working day following each date that the Disputed Work is performed. Failure to create and maintain the required records will operate as a waiver of the Disputed Work claim. Failure to present the records to the Agency in the time required herein shall operate as a waiver of the Disputed Work claim for each date that the records are not timely presented.”
SECTION 3 CONTROL OF THE WORK
3-3 SUBCONTRACTORS
The second paragraph is amended to read:
“…before work starts, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval a Subcontracting Request form listing the name, business address, contractor license number, Department of Industrial Relations Public Works Contractor Registration Number, and a description and value of each portion of Work…”
3-5 INSPECTION
Add the following paragraph:
Packet Pg. 368 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 39 “The City will not make inspections on weekends, holidays, or outside the normal work hours of 7 a.m. to 5 p.m. except when agreed to by the Engineer. At the Engineer’s direction compensation may be demanded of the Contractor if overtime inspections are required (withheld from monies due the Contractor).”
3-8 SUBMITTALS
3-8.4 Supporting Information
Delete Item M and add the following:
m) Data, including, but not limited to, make model, serial number, manufacturer, catalog sheets, manufacturer’s brochures, technical bulletins, and other information necessary to describe a system, product or item. The City will furnish the Contractor with electronic spreadsheet forms (Microsoft Excel) to be completed and submitted to the Engineer. This information is required for motors, instruments, electrical equipment and panels, valves, and pumps as specified in the technical specifications, shown on the plans, directed by the Engineer or these Special Provisions.
n) Operations and Maintenance (O&M) manuals shall be furnished as specified in the technical specifications and these Special Provisions. The Contractor shall furnish an electronic Adobe Acrobat (pdf) copy of the O&M manual.
o) Training shall be provided as specified in the technical specifications and these special provisions. Where applicable the Contractor shall provide video training electronically. 3-10 SURVEY
3-10.1 General
Replace with the following:
“The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all survey, layout, and staking required for construction. Location and elevation of bench marks are shown in the Plans for the Contractor’s use. The Contractor shall locate and protect survey control points and bench marks prior to starting site preparation
3-12.6.4 Dewatering
Add the following after the second paragraph:
Temporary Wastewater/Discharge
In the event that the Contractor proposes to discharge any groundwater, runoff, or other project required dewatering to the City’s wastewater collection system, the Contractor will be required to submit a Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application. The Contractor shall submit the application to the City Industrial Waste Division a minimum of two weeks prior to any temporary discharge into the City sanitary sewer system. The Contractor may be responsible for water sampling prior to discharge if the City determines contamination may exist.
At no time shall the Contractor discharge any groundwater, run-off, potable water, or other non-storm water into the storm drain system, creeks, streams, ditches, or other conveyances Packet Pg. 369 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 40 whereby the water could enter such areas without obtaining written approval from the Regional Water Quality Control Board and the Engineer. Existing discharge permits obtained by the City of Redding for Water Utility operations shall not be used for this purpose.
The cost for the Temporary Wastewater Discharge Application is as follows:
$500 Filing Fee
$8.81/1,000 gallons (Prices valid through 12/31/2023) Volume Cost Full compensation for temporary wastewater discharge shall be considered as included in the prices paid for the various contract items of work involving temporary wastewater discharge and no separate payment will be made therefor.
3-13 COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE, AND WARRANTY
3-13.3 Warranty
Delete the fourth paragraph and add the following:
“The Contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Engineer any or all such work that may prove defective in workmanship or materials within that period, ordinary wear and tear and unusual abuse or neglect excepted, together with any other work which may be damaged or displaced in so doing.
In the event of failure to comply with the above mentioned conditions within a reasonable time after being so notified in writing, the Engineer is authorized to have the defects repaired and made good at the expense of the Contractor who will pay the costs and charges therefore immediately upon demand.
The signing of the agreement by the Contractor shall constitute execution of the above guaranties. A contract maintenance bond shall remain in full effect during the guaranty period and will not be released until the expiration of such period. Said bond shall be in an amount equal to 50 percent of the final contract price. The Maintenance Bond shall be submitted on the form contained in these specifications or on the form which conforms to it prior to release of final payment (less retention) for the work.”
SECTION 4 CONTROL OF MATERIALS
4-1 GENERAL
Add the following sentence to the first paragraph:
“If required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall furnish duplicate invoices to the Engineer on all material furnished to the job.”
Add the following paragraph:
“If the Contractor does not remove such condemned work and materials within a reasonable time, fixed by written notice, the City may remove them and may store the material at the expense of the Contractor. If the Contractor does not pay for the expense of the removal Packet Pg. 370 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 41 within 10 days written notice, the City may sell such material at auction or at private sale, and may account for the net proceeds thereof, after deducting all the costs and expenses that should have been borne by the Contractor.”
4-1.2 Protection
Add the following after the first sentence of the first paragraph:
“Unless otherwise specifically stated in the special provisions, any existing equipment or material either to be salvaged or reused in the work shall be restored and protected by the Contractor and shall remain the property of the Agency. Equipment shall be removed with care to prevent unnecessary damage.”
SECTION 5 LEGAL RELATIONS & RESPONSIBILITIES
5-1 LAWS AND REGULATIONS
Add the following after the first paragraphs:
“Contractor shall post job site notices as prescribed by regulation.” Title VI Assurances
During the performance of this Agreement, the Contractor, will ensure that no person is excluded from participating in, denied the benefits of, or otherwise subjected to discrimination under any of its projects, activities, or services and business opportunities on the basis of race, color, national origin, age, sex, or disability as afforded by Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 and related statutes, as amended. All persons, regardless of their citizenship status, are covered under this regulation.
Equal Employment Opportunity Clause
During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows:
1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, religious creed, color, national origin, ancestry, physical disability, medical disability, medical condition, genetic information, marital status, sex, gender, gender identity, gender expression, age, or sexual orientation of such persons. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, domestic partners, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous spaces, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause.
2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisement solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation, domestic partners, or national origin.
Packet Pg. 371 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 42 3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the said labor union or workers’ representatives of the Contractor’s commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment.
4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order NO. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.
5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.
6. In the event of the Contractor’s noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part, and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further City contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order No. 11246 September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.
7. The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order No. 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance; provided, however, that in the event the Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency, the Contractor may request the City to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the City.”
Packet Pg. 372 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 43 5-3 LABOR
5-3.2 Prevailing Wage
Add the following paragraphs:
“All contractors and subcontractors shall furnish electronic certified payroll records directly to the Labor Commissioner (aka Division of Labor Standards Enforcement).
The Contractor and its agents shall comply with Sections 1771, 1774-1776, 1777.5, 1813, and 1815 of the Labor Code.
Attention is directed to Section 1735 of the Labor Code, which reads as follows:
A contractor shall not discriminate in the employment of persons upon public works on any basis listed in subdivision (a) of Section 12940 of the Government Code, as those bases are defined in Sections 12926 and 12926.1 of the Government Code, except as otherwise provided in Section 12940 of the Government Code. Every contractor for public works who violates this section is subject to all the penalties imposed for a violation of this chapter.”
5-3.3 Payroll Records
Add the following paragraph:
“When submitting certified payroll, eliminate the social security number. Should the City request certified payrolls with social security numbers, hard copies shall be provided.
Disclaimer:
Electronic submission of information is offered for convenience of the submitting party. When submitting any information electronically, the submitting party agrees and accepts full responsibility for such submission(s), including, but not limited to, any subsequent disclosure by the City, intentional, or otherwise. The City accepts no responsibility or liability for any information submitted electronically.”
5-3.5 Apprentices
Add the following after the first paragraph:
“The provisions in Section 1777.5 and Section 1777.6 of the California Labor Code concerning the employment of apprentices shall be complied with by the Contractor or any subcontractor under him.
The responsibility for compliance with this section for all apprenticeship occupations shall rest solely with the prime Contractor.
Compliance with California Labor Code Section 1777.5 requires all public works contractors and subcontractors to:
Submit contract award information to the applicable joint apprenticeship committee which shall include an estimate of journeyman hours to be performed under the contract, the Packet Pg. 373 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 44 number of apprentices to be employed, and the approximate dates the apprentices will be employed.
Employ apprentices on the public work in a ratio to journeymen of no less than one hour of apprentices work for every five hours of labor performed by a journeyman.
Pay the apprentice rate on public works projects only to those apprentices who are registered, as defined in Labor Code Section 3077.
Contribute to the training fund in the amount indicated in the PWR publication for journeymen and apprentices. Contractors who choose not to contribute to the local training trust fund must make their contributions to the California Apprenticeship Council, P. O. Box 420604.
Information relative to apprenticeship standards, wages schedules, and other requirements may be obtained from the Director of Industrial Relations, ex officio the Administrator of Apprenticeship, San Francisco, California, or from Sacramento of Division of Apprenticeship Standards, Telephone (916) 263-2877.” 5-4 INSURANCE
Delete Sections 5-4.1 through 5-4.4 in its entirety and replace with following:
“Liability Insurance and Auto Insurance
The Contractor shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work hereunder by the Contractor, its agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
The Contractor shall furnish the Agency a policy or certificate evidencing liability insurance with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this subsection. The endorsements are to be signed by a person authorized by the insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. All endorsements are to be received and approved by the Agency before work commences.
Notwithstanding any inconsistent statement in the policy or any subsequent endorsement attached thereto, the Agency shall be the insured or named as an additional insured covering the work, whether liability is attributable to the Contractor or the Agency. Except as provided for in Subsection 6-5, the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents are to be covered as insured for general liability and automobile liability, and contractor’s pollution insurance as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Contractor; with limits of liability indicated below and including coverage no less than the following:
1 Premises and operations.
2 Products and completed operations. Completed Operations Liability shall be kept in force for one year after the date of final acceptance by the City. 3 Contractual liability insuring the obligations assumed by the Contractor in this contract.
Packet Pg. 374 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 45 4 Broad form property damage (including completed operations). 5 Fire legal liability, Explosion, Collapse and Underground Hazards. 6 Personal Injury Liability.
7 Independent Contractors.
8 Contractor’s Pollution Insurance.
The coverage shall provide the following minimum scope and limits:
1. Insurance Services Office Commercial General Liability coverage (occurrence form CG 001) in the amount of $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury, and property damage.
2. Insurance Services Office Automobile Liability Code 1 (any auto) (form CA 0001, Ed 1/87), in the amount of $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.
3. Course of Construction Insurance providing coverage for all “risks” of loss in the amount of the completed project value.
4. Contractor Pollution Liability, in the amount of $2,000,000, to include but not limited to coverage for bodily injury, property damage and cleanup arising from pollution conditions created by the Contractor or encountered during work at job site. Coverage must apply to cleanup, damage or injury that occurs on, or that originates from, the site.
Insurance is to be placed with insurers with current A.M. Best’s rating of not less than A-: VII.
Any deductibles or self-insured retentions must be declared to and approved by the Agency.
At the option of the Agency, either: the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductibles or self-insured retentions as respects the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents; or the Contractor shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses.
All liability policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that:
1. The Agency, its officers, officials, employees and agents are added as additional insureds.
2. For any claims related to this project; the Contractor’s insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents shall be excess of the Contractor’s insurance and shall not contribute with it.
3. Any failure to comply with reporting or other provisions of the policies including breaches of warranties shall not affect coverage provided to the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, or agents.
Packet Pg. 375 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 46 4. The Contractor’s insurance shall apply separately to each insured against whom claim is made or suit is brought, except with respect to the limits of the insurer’s liability.
5. In the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail return receipt requested, giving a sufficient time before the date thereof to comply with any applicable law or statue but in no event less than 30 days before expiration or cancelation is effective.
Course of construction policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that:
1. The Agency shall be named loss payee.
2. The insurer shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Agency.
The Contractor shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsement of each subcontractor. All coverage for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
Workers’ Compensation Insurance
Said certification is included in the contract by reference and signature and return of the contract shall constitute signing and filing of said certificate.
The Contractor shall also comply with Section 3800 of the Labor Code by securing, paying for and maintaining in full force and effect for the duration of the contract Workers’ Compensation Insurance, with limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of California and Employee’s Liability with limits of $1,000,000 per accident. The Workers’ Compensation insurance must be accompanied by a Waiver of Subrogation endorsement. The Contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance to the Engineer before execution of the Contract. The agency, its officers, officials, employees, and agents, will not be responsible for any claims in law or equity occasioned by failure to the Contractor to comply with this paragraph.
All compensation insurance policies shall bear an endorsement or shall have attached a rider whereby it is provided that, in the event of expiration or proposed cancellation of such policies for any reason whatsoever, the Agency shall be notified by registered mail not less than 30 days before expiration or cancellation is effective.
No separate payment will be made for insurance. Payment shall be considered as included in the contract price.
5-4.5 Contractor’s Performance
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the City and its officials, employees, agents, representatives and volunteers from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, or liability of every nature arising out of or in any way connected with the performance or attempted performance of the provisions of this Contract, caused in whole or in part by any negligent or willful act or omission of the Contractor, regardless of whether caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Nothing contained in the foregoing indemnity provisions shall be construed to require the Contractor to Packet Pg. 376 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 47 indemnify the indemnified party in contravention of Section 2782 of the Civil Code for the active or sole negligence or willful misconduct of that indemnified party.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor’s duty to defend shall extend, without limitation, to any suit or action founded upon any losses, claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, attorney’s fees, or liability of every nature arising out of or in any way connected with the performance or attempted performance of the provisions hereof, or in any way arising out of or connected with this Contract.
The defense and indemnity obligations expressly extend to and include any and all claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, liability occasioned as a result of the violation by the Contractor, the Contractor’s agents, employees, or independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers of any provisions of federal, state or local law, including applicable administrative regulations.
The defense and indemnity obligations also expressly extend to and include any claims, demands, damages, costs, expenses, or liability occasioned by injury to or death of any person, or any property damage to property owned by any person while on or about the site or as a result of the Work, whether such persons are on or about the site by right or not, whenever the Work is alleged to have been a contributing cause in any degree whatsoever.
In claims against any person or entity herein indemnified that are made by an employee of the Contractor or an employee of any of the Contractor’s agents, independent contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, a person indirectly employed by the Contractor or by any of the Contractor’s agents, independent contractors, subcontractors or suppliers, or anyone for whose acts the Contractor or any of the Contractor’s agents, independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers may be liable, the defense and/or independent contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers under workers’ compensation acts, disability acts, or other employee benefit acts.
The defense and indemnification obligations herein shall not be limited by any assertion or finding that the person or entity indemnified is liable by reason of non-delegable duty.
The defense and indemnities set forth herein shall not be limited by the insurance requirements set forth in the Contract.
The defense and indemnification requirements herein set forth shall extend to claims occurring after this Contract is terminated as well as while it is in force.
Indemnification of Adjacent Property Owners
In the event the Contractor enters any agreement with the owners of any adjacent property to enter upon or adjacent to such property for the purpose of performing this Contract, the Contractor shall fully indemnify, defend and save harmless such person, firm, or corporation, state or other governmental agency which owns or has any interest in the adjacent property. The form and content of the indemnification agreement shall be approved by the Agency prior to commencement of any work on or about such property. The Contractor also shall indemnify the Agency, its officers, officials, employees, agents, representatives, and volunteers a provided in the Contract. These provisions shall be in addition to any other requirements of the owners of adjacent property.”
Packet Pg. 377 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 48 5-7 SAFETY
5-7.1 Work Site Safety
5-7.1.1 General
Add the following:
“Accidents
The Contractor shall provide at the site, such equipment and medical facilities as are necessary to supply first aid service to anyone who may be injured in connection with the work.
The Contractor must promptly report in writing to the Engineer all incidents whatsoever arising out of, or in connection with, the performance of the work whether on, or adjacent to the site, which caused death, personal injury, or property damages, giving full details and statements of witnesses. In addition, if death or serious injuries or serious damages are caused, the incident shall be reported promptly by telephone or messenger to both the Engineer and owner, if other than Agency.
If any claim is made by anyone against the Contractor or any subcontractor on account of any accident, the Contractor shall promptly report the facts in writing to the Engineer, giving full details of the claim.”
5-7.4 Hazardous Substances
Add the following paragraphs:
“When applicable, the Contractor shall file with the Redding Fire Department and the Shasta County Department of Public Health, hazardous materials release response plans and inventories (business plans) and Shasta County Department of Public Health fees for the prevention and mitigation of hazardous material releases in accordance with Chapter 6.95 of the California Health and Safety Code.
Contractors, including subcontractors, shall not perform work on or around City of Redding Asbestos Cement Pipe (ACP) infrastructure unless the Contractor has had and can provide appropriate documentation of approved ACP initial and refresher training in compliance of all federal, State and local laws, regulations and standards.
Training Requirements
No employee or contractor is permitted to handle or work on or around ACP without completing an approved training course on ACP.”
SECTION 6 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS
6-1 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
6-1.1 Construction Schedule
Add the following after the first paragraph:
Packet Pg. 378 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 49 “A weekly construction schedule shall be furnished in writing, if required by the Engineer, one working day prior to the first working day of the week to which the schedule is pertinent. The weekly construction shall be in such form and in such detail as to accurately and clearly show the major type and location of the work to be performed during the work week. In addition, all requests for survey work required to be provided by the City shall be a part of this schedule.” 6-2 PROSECUTION OF THE WORK
Add the following paragraph:
“Work Done by the Agency for the Contractor
The City will not perform any work for the Contractor except in emergency situations or as otherwise agreed to by the Engineer. The City will be reimbursed for any work done for the Contractor (withheld from monies due the Contractor). This will include all costs (direct straight time or overtime wages, all overhead, administration, engineering, vehicle, and equipment costs).”
6-9 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
Delete this section in its entirety and add the following:
“Failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the time allowed will result in damages being sustained by the Agency. Such damages are, and will continue to be, impracticable and extremely difficult to determine. For each consecutive calendar day in excess of the time specified, as adjusted in accordance with Subsection 6-4, for completion of the Work the Contractor shall pay to the Agency, or have withheld from monies due it, the sum of $1,000.
Execution of the Contract shall constitute agreement by the Agency and Contractor that $1,000 per day is the minimum value of the costs and actual damage caused by failure of the Contractor to complete the Work within the allotted time, that such sum is liquidated damages and shall not be construed as penalty, and that such sum may be deducted from payment due the Contractor if such delay occurs.”
SECTION 7 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
7-2 LUMP SUM WORK
Add the following section:
“Lump Sum Cost Schedule of Values
The Contractor shall furnish to the Engineer a schedule of values for each contract lump sum item of work described in this section.
The Contractor shall determine the quantities required to complete the work shown on the plans. The quantities and values shall be included in the schedule submitted to the Engineer for approval. The Contractor shall be responsible for the accuracy of the quantities and values used in the schedule submitted for approval. Any quantities shown on the plans or noted in these specifications are approximate and shall be considered as informational only.
Packet Pg. 379 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 50 No adjustment in compensation will be made in the contract lump sum prices paid for the various work items due to any differences between the quantities shown in the cost breakdown furnished by the Contractor, or the planned quantities, and the quantities required to complete the work as shown on the plans and as specified in these special provisions.
The sum of the amounts for the units of work listed in the cost break-down shall be equal to the contract lump sum price bid for the work. Overhead, profit, bond premium, temporary construction facilities, plant and other items shall be included in each individual unit listed in the cost break-down and shall not be listed separately.
The cost break-down shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval within 15 days after the contract has been approved. The cost break-down shall be approved, in writing, by the Engineer before any partial payment for the lump sum items of work will be made.
At the Engineer’s discretion the approved cost break-down schedule may be used to determine partial payments during the progress of the work and as the basis of calculating the adjustment in compensation for the item or items of work due to changes ordered by the Engineer. When an ordered change increases or decreases the quantities of an approved schedule, the adjustment in compensation may be determined at the Engineer’s discretion in the same manner specified for increases and decreases in the quantity of a contract item of work in accordance with Section 2, “Scope of the Work” of the Standard specifications and elsewhere in these special provisions.”
7-3 PAYMENT
7-3.1 General
Add the following paragraphs:
“’In accordance with Labor Code Section 3700, every contractor will be required to secure the payment of compensation to his or her employees.
Attention is directed to the provisions of Sections 10262 and 10262.5 of the Public Contact Code and Section 7108.5 of the Business and Professions Code concerning prompt payment to subcontractors.
The Contractor shall return all moneys withheld in retention for the subcontractor within 30 days after receiving payment for work satisfactorily completed, even if the other contract work is not completed and has not been accepted. This requirement shall not be construed to limit or impair any contractual, administrative, or judicial remedies otherwise available to the Contractor or subcontractor in the event of a dispute involving late payment or nonpayment by the Contractor or deficient subcontract performance or noncompliance by a subcontractor.” Delete the last sentence of the eighth paragraph and substitute the following:
“Prior to the expiration of 60 days from the date of completion, or as prescribed by law, the amount deducted from the final progress pay estimate and retained by the Agency will be paid to the Contractor, except 125 percent of such amounts as are required by law to be withheld by properly executed and filed notices to stop payment, or as may be authorized by the contract to be further retained. Upon settlement of all notices to stop payment, any remaining funds held by the Agency, less an amount for expenses incurred by the Agency in conjunction with the notice(s) to stop payment will be paid to the Contractor.” Packet Pg. 380 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 51 Add the following paragraph:
“Manufacturers warranties and guarantees furnished for materials used in the work and instruction sheets and parts lists supplied with materials shall be delivered to the Engineer prior to acceptance of the project.”
7-3.2 Partial and Final Payment
The first paragraph shall read:
“The closure date for the purpose of making monthly progress payments shall be the last Friday of the month.”
Delete the third paragraph and substitute the following:
“From each progress payment, 5 percent will be deducted and retained by the Agency, and the remainder less the amount of all previous payments will be paid. Administrative deductions for missing documents including, but not limited to, as-builts, product warranties, operation and maintenance manuals, and bonds may be taken. Each administrative deductions withheld will be a minimum of $5,000 and a maximum of $25,000.
In accordance with Labor Code Section 1771.5(b)5, the Agency shall withhold contract payments when payroll records are delinquent or inadequate.
In accordance with Labor Code Section 1771.5(b)6, the Agency shall withhold contract payments equal to the amount of underpayment and applicable penalties when, after investigation, it is established that underpayment has occurred.” Add the following after the last paragraph:
“Final Pay Quantities
When an item of work is designated as (F) or (S-F) in the Engineer’s Estimate, the estimated quantity for that item of work shall be the final pay quantity, unless the dimensions of any portion of that item are revised by the Engineer, or the item or any portion of the item is eliminated. If the dimensions of any portion of the item are revised, and the revisions result in an increase or decrease in the estimated quantity of that item of work, the final pay quantity for the item will be revised in the amount represented by the changes in the dimensions. If a final pay item is eliminated, the estimated quantity for the item will be eliminated. If a portion of a final pay item is eliminated, the final pay quantity will be revised in the amount represented by the eliminated portion of the item of work.
The estimated quantity for each item of work designated as (F) or (S-F) in the Engineer’s Estimate shall be considered as approximate only, and no guarantee is made that the quantity which can be determined by computations, based on the details and dimensions shown on the plans, will equal the estimated quantity. No allowance will be made in the event that the quantity based on computations does not equal the estimated quantity.
In case of discrepancy between the quantity shown in the Engineer’s Estimate for a final pay item and the quantity or summation of quantities for the same item shown on the plans, payment will be based on the quantity shown in the Engineer’s Estimate.” Packet Pg. 381 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 52 7-3.3 Delivered Materials
Add the following paragraph:
When an item of work is designated as (P) the Agency will include in the progress payments 50 percent of the cost of materials delivered but not incorporated in the work when requested by the Contractor. Before these costs will be included, the Contractor must present to the Engineer, copies of his invoices.
7-4 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK
7-4.2 Basis for Establishing Costs
7-4.2.1Labor
The first paragraph is amended to read:
“The cost of labor shall be the actual wages paid which shall include any employer payments to or on behalf of the workers for health and welfare, pension, vacation, and apprenticeship funds. To the actual wages paid will be added a labor surcharge set forth in the Department of Transportation publication entitled Labor Surcharge and Equipment Rental Rates found at the following web site.
http://www.dot.ca.gov/hq/construc/equipmnt.html
The rates are in effect on the date upon which the work is accomplished. The labor surcharge shall constitute full compensation for all payments imposed by State and Federal laws including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation insurance, and liability insurance.” 7-4.2.3Tool and Equipment Rental
Delete the second paragraph and add the following:
“Regardless of ownership; the latest edition of the State of California Department of Transportation equipment rental rates shall be used to determine equipment rental costs.” 7-4.3 Markup
Delete this section in its entirety and add the following:
a. Work by Contractor. The following percentages shall be added to the Contractor’s costs and shall constitute full payment for all overhead and profit.
Overhead costs shall include, but not be limited to such items as project superintendence, project managers, field and home office expenses.
1) Labor 35%
2) Material 15%
Packet Pg. 382 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 53 3) Equipment Rental & Other Items 15%
4) Subcontractor Work 10% (this markup may be applied a maximum of one time to the extra work bill)
b. Work by Subcontractor. When extra work is performed by a subcontractor, the following percentages shall be added to the subcontractor’s costs and shall constitute full payment for all overhead and profit.
Overhead costs shall include, but not be limited to such items as project superintendence, project managers, field and home office expenses.
1) Labor 35%
2) Material 15%
3) Equipment Rental & Other Items 15%
4) Second-Tier Subcontractor 10% (this markup may be applied a maximum of one time to the extra work bill)
Packet Pg. 383 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 54 PART 2 MODIFICATIONS TO CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS
Refer to the Technical Specifications, and the City of Redding Construction Standards at:
https://www.cityofredding.org/departments/public-works/engineering/construction-standards Packet Pg. 384 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Project No. 21-065
DOCUMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF
CITY OF REDDING
WELL 12
ARSENIC/IRON/MANGANESE WATER TREATMENT PLANT
JOB NUMBER 21-065
BID SCHEDULE NUMBER 5381
VOLUME 1 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
(DIVISIONS 1-16)
May 2023
BID DOCUMENTS
ENGINEER:
WATER WORKS ENGINEERS, LLC.
CONTACT:
SAMI KADER, (530) 355-7646
5-31-23
Packet Pg. 385 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Packet Pg. 386 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) TOC-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
City of Redding
Well 12 – Arsenic/Iron/Manganese Water Treatment Plant
Section Title
DIVISION 1
01110 SUMMARY OF WORK
01130 SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
01200 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
01310 PROJECT MEETINGS
01320 PROGRESS SCHEDULE
01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
01330 CL O&M MANUAL REVIEW CHECKLIST
01400 QUALITY CONTROL
01420 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS
01500 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
01505 MOBILIZATION
01610 GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
01700 INITIAL SUPPLY OF TREATMENT CHEMICALS
01750 TESTING, TRAINING AND START-UP
01800 OPERATIONAL COMPLETION AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT
01810 CLEANING
DIVISION 2
02200 SITE PREPARATION
02220 DEMOLITION
02300 EARTHWORK
02390 RIPRAP
02770 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
02830 CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
DIVISION 3
03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK
03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
03251 CONCRETE JOINTS
03300 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
03400 PRECAST CONCRETE
03600 GROUT
Packet Pg. 387 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) TOC-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Section Title
DIVISION 4
04200 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
DIVISION 5
05051 ANCHORS, INSERTS, AND DOWELS
05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS
DIVISION 6
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06200 GLUED LAMINATED CONSTRUCTION
06610 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 7
07211 BUILDING INSULATION
07320 STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF
07600 METAL FLASHING, GUTTERS, DOWNSPOUTS AND OTHER ROOFING
SPECIALTIES
07900 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8
08100 METAL DOORS
08700 DOOR HARDWARE
DIVISION 9
09890 CHEMICAL RESISTANT CONCRETE COATINGS
09900 PAINTING
DIVISION 10
10400 IDENTIFICATION DEVICES
10520 SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Packet Pg. 388 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) TOC-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Section Title
DIVISION 11
11205 END SUCTION CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS
11400 CHEMICAL METERING PUMP SYSTEM
11405 FILTER ROLL OFF CONTAINER
11540 GREENSAND FILTRATION SYSTEM
11805 INLINE RAPID MIXER
DIVISION 12 NOT USED
DIVISION 13
13006 PRE-ENGINEERED FRP ENCLOSURE
13008 PRE-ENGINEERED METAL SHADE STRUCTURE
13204 FRP CHEMICAL STORAGE TANKS
13210 BOLTED STEEL WATER STORAGE TANK
13212 SACRIFICIAL ANODE CATHODIC PROTECTION SYSTEM
13300 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS (IC) – GENERAL PROVISIONS 13305 I&C - CONTROL DESCRIPTIONS
13306 I&C – APPLICATIONS ENGINEERING SERVICES
13311 I&C – PLC HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE
13330 I&C – CONTROL PANELS AND PANEL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT
13341 I&C – FLOW DEVICES
13342 I&C - LEVEL DEVICES
13343 I&C – PRESSURE DEVICES
DIVISION 14 NOT USED
DIVISION 15
15010 PIPING SUPPORT SYSTEMS
15080 PIPING INSULATION
15100 PIPE AND FITTINGS
15100 PS PIPE SCHEDULE
15100 PSDS CHE PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET - CHEMICAL TUBING AND CONDUIT 15100 PSDS CPVC PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – SOLVENT WELDED CHLORINATED
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PIPE
15100 PSDS DIP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – DUCTILE IRON PIPE 15100 PSDS GSP PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE 15100 PSDS PVC1 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – SOLVENT WELDED POLYVINYL
CHLORIDE PIPE
15100 PSDS PVC3 PIPING SYSTEM DATA SHEET – POLYVINYL CHLORIDE DRAIN,
WASTE AND VENT PIPE
15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES
Packet Pg. 389 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) TOC-4
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Section Title
15200 VALVES AND OPERATORS
15200 VS VALVE SCHEDULE
15400 PLUMBING FIXTURES
15500 HEATING, VENTILATION AND AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT 15990 PRESSURE TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS
15995 DISINFECTION OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS
DIVISION 16
16000 ELECTRICAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
16050 REFERENCE FORMS
16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING
16073 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION
16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLE
16123 CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES
16130 RACEWAYS AND BOXES
16135 OUTLET, PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES
16136 UNDERGROUND DUCTBANKS
16140 WIRING DEVICES
16269 VFD 600V
16442 PANELBOARDS
16443 MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
16461 LOW VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS
16500 LIGHTING FIXTURES
APPENDIX A GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
Packet Pg. 390 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01110
SUMMARY OF WORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF WORK
A. The Work covers the construction of the EW-12 (Well 12) Water Treatment Plant and performing related required work, located as shown on these Drawings and Specifications. This generally includes:
1. Construction of a new mechanical building.
2. Procurement and installation of a Greensand Filter and associated piping.
3. Construction of a new chemical storage and feed facility.
4. Installation of an above grade steel bolted tank.
5. Construction of a sludge dewatering facility.
6. Construction of approximately 550 feet of 21î storm drain piping and associated structures and manholes.
7. Construction of approximately 650 feet of 8î sewer piping and manholes.
B. The Work is located at the Well 12 pump station building located at 5080 Old Oregon Trail, Redding CA, 96002 and the adjacent southern property located at 5110 Old Oregon Trail, Redding CA, 96002.
C. The Work will be constructed under one contract. The Contract Documents include the following:
1. Volume 1 ñ Technical Specifications.
2. Volume 2 ñ Drawings
1.2 COORDINATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for coordination of all of the Work of this Contract.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, direct and cooperate fully with all Subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, distributors, installers, testing agencies and all others whose services, materials or equipment are required to ensure completion of the Work within the Contract Time.
C. Work of Others:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with and coordinate CONTRACTORís Work with the work of any other contractor, utility service companies, or OWNERís employees performing work at the site.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall also coordinate their Work with the work of others to assure compliance with schedules.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall attend and participate in all project coordination or progress meetings and report on the progress of all Work and compliance with schedules.
4. If any part of the work depends upon the work of others for proper execution or results, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and promptly report to the ENGINEER any Packet Pg. 391 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
apparent discrepancies or defects in such work of others that render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results.
5. Failure of the CONTRACTOR to so inspect and report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of others as fit and proper except as to defects which may develop in the work of others after execution of the work by the CONTRACTOR.
D. Interference with work on utilities:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the OWNER or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the work.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule the work so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities.
E. Responsibility for Damage:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall not be responsible for damage done by CONTRACTORs not under their jurisdiction.
2. The CONTRACTOR will not be liable for any such loss or damage, unless it is through the negligence of the CONTRACTOR.
1.3 WORK BY OTHERS
A. OWNER will perform the following work:
1. Operation of all existing system valves and equipment, unless specified otherwise.
1.4 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Site Investigation and Representation
1. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the nature and location of the work, the general and local conditions, particularly those bearing upon availability of transportation, disposal, handling and storage of materials, availability of labor, water, electric power, roads, and uncertainties of weather, tide stages, or similar physical conditions at the site, the conformation and conditions of the ground, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work and all other matters which can in any way affect the work or the cost thereof under this Contract.
2. The CONTRACTOR further acknowledges that it has satisfied itself as to the character, quality, and quantity of surface and subsurface materials to be encountered from inspecting the site and from evaluating information derived from exploratory work that may have been done by the OWNER or included in these Contract Documents. Any failure by the CONTRACTOR to become acquainted with all the available information will not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the work.
3. Field Verification:
a. Before undertaking each part of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall carefully study and compare the Contract Documents and check and verify pertinent figures shown thereon and all applicable field measurements. b. As the work proceeds, the CONTRACTOR shall field verify the depth and location of all buried utilities, and existing systems, and location of hazardous waste and contaminants.
c. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly report in writing to the ENGINEER any conflict, error, or discrepancy which the CONTRACTOR may discover and shall obtain a
Packet Pg. 392 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
written interpretation or clarification from the ENGINEER before proceeding with any work affected thereby.
B. Existing Utilities and Improvements
1. Location of Underground Utilities:
a. Known existing underground conduits, pipelines and other utilities have been shown on the contract drawings in their approximate locations (within 3 feet of actual location). However, the accuracy or completeness of utilities indicated on the drawings is not guaranteed.
b. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to determine the exact location of all utilities and their service connections. c. All potholing or other procedures for verifying utility location shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary to prepare for excavation at least 4 working days in advance of scheduled excavation.
d. The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the ENGINEER as to any utility located by him which has been incorrectly shown or omitted from the drawings. e. If the CONTRACTOR cannot locate an underground utility whose presence is indicated on the Drawings, the ENGINEER shall be notified in writing. f. The CONTRACTOR shall ascertain the exact locations of underground utilities whose presence is indicated on the Drawings, the locations of their service laterals work and of service laterals or appurtenances of any other underground utilities which can be inferred from the presence of visible facilities such as buildings, meters and junction boxes prior to doing work that may damage such utilities or interfere with their service.
g. Utilities Not Shown on Drawings:
1) Attention is directed to the possible existence of underground utilities not indicated on the Drawings and to the possibility that underground utilities may be in a location different from that indicated on the Drawings. 2) If the ENGINEER determines that the underground utility for which such notice has been given has not been depicted on the Drawings with reasonable accuracy (within 3 feet of actual location), the additional cost incurred in locating the utility will be paid for as extra work as provided in the General Conditions.
3) If the CONTRACTOR discovers underground an utility not indicated on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately give the ENGINEER and the Utility Company written notification of the existence of such utility. 4) Such utilities shall be located and protected from damages as directed by the ENGINEER and the cost of such work will be paid for as extra work as provided in the General Conditions.
2. Utility Coordination:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall notify Underground Service Alert (USA) at least 4 days prior to excavation, telephone (800) 642-2444.
b. The CONTRACTOR shall also contact all utility owners not registered with USA but known to have utilities in the project area to field locate underground utilities at least 4 days prior to excavation.
c. The CONTRACTOR shall notify all owners of utilities when the Work is in progress and shall make arrangements as are necessary to make any emergency repairs.
d. Existing utilities that are shown or that are made known and located to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, and that are to be retained; and all utilities that are constructed during excavation operations shall be properly supported and protected from damage during the progress of the work.
Packet Pg. 393 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-4
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Utility Protection and Damage:
a. Existing utilities that are shown or that are made known and located to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, and that are to be retained, and all utilities that are constructed during excavation operations shall be properly supported and protected from damage during the progress of the work. b. Should any damage to a utility occur during the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER or the utility at once and render all assistance possible to repair the damage and restore the service. c. No extra compensation will be made for the repair of any services or utility damaged by the CONTRACTOR nor for any damage incurred through neglect or failure to provide adequate protection to existing utilities. d. The provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling.
e. Damaged water pipelines will be repaired by the OWNER at the CONTRACTOR's expense. If the CONTRACTOR fails to pay the cost of repairs to water pipelines within thirty days of receipt of the invoice, the OWNER reserves the right to withhold the amount owed from the CONTRACTOR's Progress Payment. f. Damage Report:
1) In the event that the CONTRACTOR damages any underground utilities not shown on the Drawings or not depicted on the Drawings with reasonable accuracy (within 3 feet of actual location) or any lateral service the location of which could not be inferred by the CONTRACTOR, a written report thereof shall be made immediately to the ENGINEER.
2) The CONTRACTOR's report shall also advise the ENGINEER of any schedule delays. Compensation for such delays will be determined in accordance with the General Conditions. The CONTRACTOR shall be entitled to no other compensation for any such damage.
4. All utilities encountered along the line of the work shall remain continuously in service during all work under the Contract, unless otherwise shown on the drawings, or unless other arrangements satisfactory to the ENGINEER are made with the owner of said utilities.
C. CONTRACTOR's Responsibility for Utility Facilities and Service
1. Where the CONTRACTOR's operations could cause damage or inconvenience to railway, telephone, television, power, oil, gas, water, sewer, or irrigation systems, the CONTRACTOR shall make all arrangements necessary for the protection of these utilities and services.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely and directly responsible to the owner and operators of such properties for any damage, injury, expense, loss, inconvenience, delay, suits, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage which may result from the construction operations under this Contract.
3. Neither the OWNER nor its officers or agents shall be responsible to the CONTRACTOR for damages as a result of the CONTRACTOR's failure to protect utilities encountered in the work.
4. In no event shall interruption of any utility service be allowed outside working hours unless granted by the owner of the utility.
5. No sand, mud, rocks or other construction debris shall be disposed of in the sanitary sewers or storm sewers.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall replace, at its own expense, any and all existing utilities or structures removed or damaged during construction, to their existing condition unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents.
Packet Pg. 394 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-5
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
7. The CONTRACTOR shall repair or replace, at its own expense, all pavement damaged during the construction, to its existing condition unless otherwise provided for in these Contract Documents.
D. Names of Known Utilities Serving the Area
1. The following is a list of the known public utilities serving the area:
a. Water ñ City of Redding
b. Sewer ñ City of Redding
c. Telephone ñ AT&T
d. Electric ñ City of Redding
e. Gas ñ Pacific Gas and Electric
E. Railroads
1. The CONTRACTOR shall not perform work or occupy any part of railroad property without a permit authorizing the same.
F. Interfering Structures
1. The CONTRACTOR shall take necessary precautions to prevent damage to existing structures whether on the surface, aboveground, or underground. An attempt has been made to show major structures on the Drawings. While the information has been compiled from the best available sources, its completeness and accuracy cannot be guaranteed, and it is presented as a guide to avoid possible difficulties.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing structures, trees, shrubs, and other items on the project site that are to be preserved, by substantial barricades or other devices commensurate with the hazard, from injury or destruction by vehicles, equipment, workmen, or other agents.
3. Where existing fences, gates, buildings, or any other structure must be removed to properly carry out the work, or are damaged during the work, they shall be restored at the CONTRACTOR's expense to their original condition or better.
4. Without additional compensation, the CONTRACTOR may remove and replace in a condition as good as or better than original, any small structures such as fences, and signposts that interfere with the CONTRACTOR's operations.
G. Field Relocation
1. During the progress of construction, it is expected that minor relocations of the work will be necessary.
2. Such relocations shall be made only by direction of the ENGINEER.
3. If existing structures are encountered that will prevent construction as shown, notify the ENGINEER before continuing with the work in order that the ENGINEER may make such field revisions as necessary to avoid conflict with the existing structures.
4. If the CONTRACTOR shall fail to notify the ENGINEER when an existing structure is encountered, and shall proceed with the work despite this interference, CONTACTOR shall do so at their own risk.
5. Any CONTRACTOR request(s) for additional compensation or contract time resulting from necessary field relocations will be considered as set forth in the General Conditions.
6. If the CONTRACTOR fails to notify the ENGINEER when a structure which interferes with construction is encountered, and proceeds with the work despite this obstruction, the CONTRACTOR shall do so at their own risk and at no additional cost to the OWNER.
Packet Pg. 395 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-6
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.5 REFERENCE POINTS AND SURVEYS
A. Location and elevation of bench marks are shown on Drawings.
B. Dimensions for lines and elevations for grades of structures, appurtenances, and utilities are indicated on Drawings, together with other pertinent information required for laying out Work. If conditions vary from those indicated, notify OWNER immediately, who will make minor adjustments required.
C. OWNER may perform checks to verify accuracy of CONTRACTOR's layout Work and that completed Work complies with Contract Documents.
D. Any existing survey points or other control markers destroyed without proper authorization will be replaced by owner of the survey points or control markers at CONTRACTOR's expense.
E. CONTRACTOR's Responsibilities:
1. Provide all survey and layout required.
2. Locate and protect reference points prior to starting site preparation.
3. Notify OWNER at least 3 working days in advance of time when grade and line to be provided by others will be needed.
4. Check and establish exact location of existing facilities prior to construction of new facilities and any connections thereto.
5. In event of discrepancy in data provided by OWNER, request clarification before proceeding with Work.
6. Provide cut sheets for all staking.
7. Preserve and leave undisturbed control staking until ENGINEER has completed checks it deems necessary.
8. Re-establish reference points resulting from destruction by CONTRACTOR's operations.
9. Cooperate with ENGINEER so that checking and measuring may be accomplished with least interference to CONTRACTOR's operations.
1.6 SEQUENCE AND PROGRESS OF WORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a Construction Schedule covering the entire Work in accordance with Section 01320, Progress Schedule.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the requirements of Section 01130, Special Project Constraints, into the Construction Schedule.
C. Alternate Sequence:
1. The CONTRACTORís schedule may use a different sequence from that shown or specified, if techniques and methods known to the CONTRACTOR will result in cost and time savings to the OWNER, still achieve the required objective and maintain the same or greater level of treatment.
2. The ENGINEERís determination on the acceptability of any alternative sequence from that shown or specified shall be final.
Packet Pg. 396 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01110-7
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.7 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate use of the premises, for the CONTRACTORís storage and the operations of the CONTRACTORís workmen, with OWNER and utility service companies.
B. Restriction of Work Area:
1. The full use of the premises for storage, the operations of workmen and for all other construction activities will not be available to the CONTRACTOR.
2. The CONTRACTOR must operate entirely within the space allowed to the CONTRACTOR.
3. The Drawings defines the area allocated to the CONTRACTOR.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for obtaining and paying all costs in connection with any additional work area, storage sites, access to the site or temporary right-of-way, which may be required for proper completion of the Work.
D. Limitations on Use of Work Area:
1. It shall be understood that responsibility for protection and safe-keeping of equipment and materials on or near the site will be entirely that of the CONTRACTOR and that no claim shall be made against the OWNER or their authorized representatives by reason of any act.
2. It shall be further understood that should any occasion arise necessitating access to the sites occupied by these stored materials or equipment, the ENGINEER shall direct the CONTRACTOR owning or responsible for the stored materials and equipment to immediately move the same.
3. No materials or equipment may be placed upon the property of the OWNER, other than in the designated areas as shown on the Drawings, unless the ENGINEER has agreed to the location contemplated by the CONTRACTOR to be used for storage.
4. All stored materials shall be labeled according to the appropriate contractor or Subcontractor with the manufacturer's label as well.
5. Appropriate material safety data sheets (e.g., MSDS) shall be provided.
E. The CONTRACTOR shall be required to share use of the premises with other Contractors whose services the OWNER has obtained or will obtain for construction of other facilities on the site.
1.8 USE OF OWNERíS FACILITIES
A. The CONTRACTOR may use existing facilities or equipment in the Work for construction purposes, only if the OWNERís written permission is obtained.
B. Restore existing facilities and equipment used for temporary purposes to original condition in a manner satisfactory to OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
++ END OF SECTION ++
Packet Pg. 397 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01130-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01130
SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 LIMIT OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ON WORK SITE
A. Traffic Control:
1. During non-work hours, the CONTRACTOR shall keep all lanes of traffic open and clear. All trenches shall be backfilled or covered with suitable steel plates and open to traffic.
2. No equipment, construction material or excavated material that will interfere with traffic shall be stored on streets or roadways at any time.
1.2 SEQUENCE OF WORK
A. General:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule and sequence their work in order to complete the Work by the specified completion date.
2. Re-vegetation of graded areas shall take place as quickly as possible as weather permits.
1.3 PROJECT CONSTRAINTS
A. Maintenance of OWNERís Operations:
1. Constraints listed herein involve limits on activities during construction. These limits relate to the critical nature of the existing water system.
2. Continuous operation of OWNER's facilities is of critical importance. Schedule and conduct activities to enable existing facilities to operate continuously, unless otherwise specified.
3. Work Plan:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a detailed Work Plan and time schedule for all construction activities that will make it necessary to remove a tank, pipeline, electrical circuit, equipment, structure, road or other facilities from service, including the critical outages identified herein.
b. The Work Plan shall, at a minimum, identifying:
1) the date and time when each activity will occur;
2) what equipment will be present including standby equipment; 3) what assistance will be required by OWNERís operating personnel; 4) an emergency backup plan identifying what action will be taken if Work cannot be completed within the allotted time; and
5) what individual will be in charge of the activity.
c. Submit Work Plan 10 days prior to the scheduled activity.
4. Perform Work continuously during critical connections and changeovers, and as required to prevent interruption of OWNER's operations.
5. Shutdowns:
a. Coordinate proposed Work with OWNER and facility operations personnel before affecting unit shutdowns. The CONTRACTOR shall provide written confirmation of the shutdown date and time two (2) working days prior to the actual shutdown.
Packet Pg. 398 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01130-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
b. Under no circumstances shall the CONTRACTOR cease Work at the end of a normal working day or at the end of a working week if such actions may inadvertently cause a cessation of any facility operating process, in which case, remain onsite until necessary repairs are complete.
6. Do not close lines, open valves or gates, shut down equipment, or take other action which would affect the operation of existing systems, except as specifically required by the Contract Documents and after approval of OWNER.
7. Do not proceed with Work affecting a facility's operation without obtaining OWNER's advance approval of the need for and duration of such Work.
B. Relocation of Existing Facilities:
1. During construction, it is expected that minor relocations of Work will be necessary.
2. Provide complete relocation of existing structures and Underground Facilities, including piping, utilities, equipment, structures, electrical conduit wiring, electrical duct bank, and other necessary items.
3. Use only new materials for relocated facility. Match materials of existing facility, unless otherwise shown or specified.
4. Perform relocations to minimize downtime of existing facilities.
5. Install new portions of existing facilities in their relocated position prior to removal of existing facilities, unless otherwise accepted by OWNER.
C. Overtime:
1. Conduct Work outside regular working hours on prior written consent of OWNER to meet Project schedule and avoid undesirable conditions.
2. All overtime Work by the CONTRACTOR necessary to conform to the requirements of this Section and related Sections shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR, at no cost to the OWNER and shall be performed in accordance with the General Conditions.
The CONTRACTOR shall make no claims for extra compensation as a result thereof.
1.4 SHUTDOWNS AND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING CONSTRAINTS
A. Scheduled Shutdowns:
1. All Work requiring the OWNERís facilities to be out-of-service shall be performed during scheduled shutdowns which are identified in the Contractorís overall project schedule.
2. The OWNERís staff will continue to perform administrative, operation and maintenance functions during shutdowns.
B. Key work sequencing constraints are as follows:
1. Old Oregon Trail and Rancho Road must remain open to vehicular traffic during the installation and tie-in of the new storm drain facilities. CONTRACTOR to utilize a traffic control plan during the sewer force main installation.
2. Tie-in of the sewer line to the Rancho Industrial Lift Station will require a short duration shutdown and will be required to be done at night.
3. The existing Well 12 system must be on-line as much as possible during construction, especially during the summer/high demand months (May-October).
Contractor shall take steps to sequence construction and protect the functionality of the existing Well 12 system as much as possible during construction. The following are significant considerations for this to be possible:
a. Installation of new electrical transformer and electrical service prior to demolition of existing transformer and electrical service so that the shut-down period for transition from the existing transformer to the new transformer is minimized.
Packet Pg. 399 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01130-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
b. Timing the demolition and reconstruction of the existing Well 12 discharge piping to occur during the winter/low-flow months (November-April). c. Coordinating the timing of modifications to controls and communication systems.
This is not an exhaustive list of necessary coordination of the construction schedule with OWNER operations. CONTRACTOR shall work with OWNER to coordinate the construction schedule, minimize the impacts of construction on ongoing operation of the facility and keep facility shut-down durations to as short as possible, timed during low demand periods when feasible.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 400 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01200-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01200
MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Payment will be made at the price bid for each item listed on the bidding form or as extra work as provided in the General Conditions.
B. No initial progress payment (other than a single mobilization payment as described in Article 1.3 below) will be made prior to acceptance by the ENGINEER of the CPM Construction Schedule, the associated Schedule of Costs, and the list of anticipated submittals.
C. No subsequent progress payment will be made prior to receipt by the ENGINEER of the monthly update of the Construction Progress Schedule, as specified in Sections 01310, Project Meetings and 01320, Progress Schedule.
D. No subsequent progress payment will be made prior to receipt by the ENGINEER of Certified Payrolls for the previous month.
1.2 SCHEDULE OF COSTS FOR PAYMENTS
A. Submit to the ENGINEER, within 5 days of acceptance of the Construction Schedule, five (5) copies of a Schedule of Costs. The Schedule of Costs shall be a form showing a detailed breakdown of quantities and prices of work and materials required to perform and complete the contract.
B. The Schedule of Costs shall provide a cost breakdown for each element detailed in the approved Construction Schedule. The total of the price breakdown must agree with the lump-sum price bid. The elements listed and price breakdown shall not be front end loaded or unbalanced, shall be subject to adjustment between the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and will be used as a basis for progress payments.
C. The Schedule of Costs will be used as a basis for determining the amount of the monthly progress payments.
D. Acceptance of the Schedule of Costs by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of performing all the work needed to complete the project at the lump-sum price bid.
1.3 PAYMENT FOR MOBILIZATION
A. Mobilization Cost Breakdown:
1. As soon as practicable after receipt of the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a breakdown to the ENGINEER for approval, which shall show the estimated value of each major component of mobilization.
2. When approved by the ENGINEER, the breakdown will be the basis for initial progress payments in which mobilization is included.
Packet Pg. 401 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01200-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Said breakdown shall not be "front end loaded" or unbalanced.
B. One CONTRACTOR payment may be made prior to acceptance of the Construction Schedule, Schedule of Costs, and list of anticipated submittals.
1. Payment shall be limited to mobilization items only.
2. The Construction Schedule is described in Section 01320, Construction Schedule.
3. Mobilization items are described in Section 01505, Mobilization.
4. The Schedule of Costs is described in Article 1.2 of this Section.
5. The list of anticipated submittals is described in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
1.4 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Progress Payment Request Submittal:
1. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, by the 25th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit monthly progress payment requests for work completed through the 25th day of the month.
2. Said payment request shall be based on the breakdown of activities as specified in the Schedule of Costs described in Article 1.2 above.
3. The monthly schedule update shall be submitted as part of the monthly progress payment report.
B. The ENGINEER will review progress payment requests and make a determination of the percent completion of all activities (rounded to the nearest whole percent) based on an approximate measurement of all materials supplied and work performed.
C. In the event that the CONTRACTOR fails to provide the OWNER with an acceptable Monthly Contract Record Drawing Submittal in accordance with Section 01330, the OWNER shall deduct compensation for such monthly submittal as provided in Section 01320. Said deduction shall become the sole property of the OWNER.
D. Retention:
1. From the amount thus determined, five percent thereof will be deducted as retention by OWNER for performance security.
2. Acceptance of separate components shall not operate to release performance retention.
3. The amount of all payments previously made to the CONTRACTOR and any amounts due the OWNER from the CONTRACTOR for supplies, materials, services, damages, or otherwise deductible under the terms of the contract will be deducted from the remainder.
4. The remaining amount will be paid as a progress payment by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR on the third Friday of the succeeding month or as soon thereafter as is practical.
E. In addition to the retention under Paragraph D above, the whole or part of any payment of the estimated amount due the CONTRACTOR may be withheld as an additional retention if such course be deemed necessary to protect the OWNER from loss due to the CONTRACTORís failure to perform any of the following: (1) meet CONTRACTORís payment obligations; (2) execute the work; (3) correct defective work; (4) settle damages as provided; or (5) produce substantial evidence that no stop notices will or have been filed, and/or if it has been determined that unpaid balances may be insufficient to complete the work.
Packet Pg. 402 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01200-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
F. All material and work covered by progress payments thereupon become the sole property of the OWNER, but this provision shall not be construed as relieving the CONTRACTOR from sole responsibility for all materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work or as a waiver of the OWNERís right to require fulfillment of all of the contract terms. Said CONTRACTORís obligation extends through the close of the warranty period.
G. Payment for Materials:
1. No payment shall be made for materials stored offsite.
2. Payment may be made for those materials delivered to the site but not incorporated in the work to the extent that the materials are included in the Construction Schedule as cost-loaded material delivery activities.
3. Only material items manufactured specifically for this project and that cost individually in excess of $20,000 will be considered for partial payment as stored materials.
4. Partial payment for materials delivered will not be made before the respective shop drawings, installation instructions and O&M manuals have been submitted, reviewed, and accepted in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
5. To receive partial payment for materials delivered to the site, but not incorporated in the work, it shall be necessary for the CONTRACTOR to submit to the ENGINEER, at least 7 days prior to the end of said month, a list of such materials.
6. At their sole discretion, the ENGINEER will approve items for which partial payment is to be made.
7. The list of materials and invoices shall be clearly identified by referencing the associated activity or item on the price breakdown.
8. Partial payment for materials delivered to the site or a bonded warehouse will be made in an amount equal to 75% of the respective suppliersí invoices(s) for the actual net cost for the item(s) delivered plus delivery charges.
9. The CONTRACTOR's actual net cost for the materials must be supported by invoices of suppliers.
10. Proper storage and protection of materials shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
Final payment shall be made only for materials actually incorporated in the work and, upon acceptance of the work, all materials remaining for which advance payments had been made shall revert to the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise agreed, and partial payments made for these items shall be deducted from the final payment for the work.
1.5 FINAL PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF CLAIMS
1. Upon the completion of the work as determined by the ENGINEER, a Notice of Acceptance will be issued and recorded with the County.
2. The OWNER will pay to the CONTRACTOR within 35 days after filing of the Notice of Acceptance, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the remaining amount due the CONTRACTOR including retainage, less all prior payments and advances whatsoever to or for the account of the CONTRACTOR for supplies, materials, services, damages, stop notices, or otherwise deductible under the terms of the contract.
3. All prior estimates and payments including those relating to extra work shall be subject to correction by this payment, which throughout this contract is called "Final Payment".
Packet Pg. 403 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01200-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.6 RELEASE OF CLAIMS:
A. Neither the final payment nor any part of the retained percentage shall become due until the CONTRACTOR shall have delivered to the OWNER a complete release of all claims against the OWNER arising under and by virtue of this contract and related to undisputed amounts, including claims of Subcontractors and suppliers of either materials or labor.
B. If disputed contract claims in stated amounts are unresolved 35 days after issuance of the Notice of Acceptance, a progress payment of undisputed amounts and retained funds will be made by OWNER upon receipt of a release specifically excluding the disputed contract claims.
C. Claims by the OWNER against the CONTRACTOR for liquidated damages or actual damages or other causes will be a valid basis for withholding of funds by the OWNER.
D. Upon resolution of disputed claims the CONTRACTOR shall execute a supplemental release and, upon delivery the OWNER will make final payment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 404 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01310-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01310
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Upon receipt of the Notice to Proceed, or at an earlier time if mutually agreeable, the ENGINEER will arrange a preconstruction conference to be attended by the CONTRACTOR's superintendent or other project representative authorized to commit on the behalf of the CONTRACTOR and to direct the performance of the work by others, the OWNER, the ENGINEER or ENGINEERís representative, and representatives of utilities, major subcontractors, and others involved in the execution of the work.
B. The purpose of this conference will be to establish a working relationship and understanding between the parties and to discuss subjects as may be pertinent for the execution of the work.
C. CONTRACTOR shall be prepared to discuss the following subjects, as a minimum:
1. Required schedules.
2. Status of Bonds and insurance.
3. Sequencing of critical path work items.
4. Progress payment procedures.
5. Project changes and clarification procedures.
6. Use of site, access, office and storage areas, security and temporary facilities.
7. Major product delivery and priorities.
8. CONTRACTORís safety plan and representative.
1.2 PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The ENGINEER will arrange and conduct progress meetings. The ENGINEER will prepare and circulate a draft agenda of each meeting. The CONTRACTOR may add items as appropriate to the draft agenda.
B. Progress meetings will be conducted on a regular basis, at such frequency as the OWNER and CONTRACTOR may mutually agree. Progress meetings shall be attended by the ENGINEER, OWNER Operations personnel, CONTRACTOR's superintendent or other project representative, and representatives of all subcontractors involved in the work at the time of the meeting, required by the CONTRACTOR, or requested by the OWNER.
C. The purpose of the meetings will be to facilitate the work of the CONTRACTOR and any subcontractor or other organization that is not up to schedule, resolve conflicts, identify and resolve any potential delays or necessary changes in the work and in general, coordinate and facilitate the execution of the work.
D. The agenda of progress meetings shall include review of work progress, the latest Construction Schedule submittal (monthly), potential project delays, the status of key shop drawings, submittal reviews, information requests, safety concerns, record drawings, and extra work items.
Packet Pg. 405 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01310-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.3 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE REVIEW
A. The Construction Schedule will be reviewed monthly during an agreed upon progress meeting to verify at a minimum:
1. Actual start and finish dates of completed activities since the last progress meeting.
2. Durations and progress of all activities not completed.
3. Critical submittals/materials delivery problems.
4. Potential project delays.
5. Any activity behind schedule and CONTRACTOR's plan to bring it back on schedule.
6. Reason, logic, time, and cost data for Change Order work that is to be incorporated into the Construction Schedule or payment request form.
7. Payment due to the CONTRACTOR based on percentage complete of items in the submittal payment request form.
B. At the progress meeting, the CONTRACTOR shall provide an update of the Construction Schedule as described in Section 01320, Progress Schedule.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
++ END OF SECTION ++
Packet Pg. 406 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01320
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work specified in this Section includes the preparation and submittal of a computerized Critical Path Method (CPM) Construction Schedule and of updates and revisions to the Construction Schedule.
B. The computerized CPM schedule shall be completed using Microsoft Project for Windows or Primavera Project Planner scheduling system and software.
C. The requirements specified under Section 01330, Submittal Procedures, also apply to the Construction Schedule initial submittal(s) and subsequent updates and revisions.
1.2 REFERENCE
A. General:
1. Applicable Reference shall be the Associated General Contractors of America (AGC) Publication No. 1107.1, ìConstruction Planning and Schedulingî, latest edition.
2. The preparation of the Construction Schedule, its principles, definitions and terms shall be as set forth in that reference.
3. In case of conflict, the provisions specified in this Section shall govern and supersede conflicting provisions in such reference.
1.3 PREPARATION AND SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
A. Responsible Person:
1. Within five days after Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall designate, in writing, the person responsible for the preparation of the Construction Schedule.
2. Such person shall have the authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR and be knowledgeable in the preparation of CPM schedules of similar complexity.
3. This person shall meet with the Engineer, within 10 days of the Notice to Proceed for a joint review and approval of the CONTRACTOR's approach.
B. Initial Schedule Submittal:
1. The Construction Schedule shall be completed and submitted to the Engineer within 30 days after Notice to Proceed.
2. If the initial Construction Schedule submittal is not acceptable to the Engineer, it shall be revised in coordination with observations and comments from the Engineer and resubmitted within 7 days of the return of the schedule to the CONTRACTOR.
C. By preparing and submitting the Construction Schedule the CONTRACTOR represents that the CONTRACTOR can and intends to execute the work and portions thereof within the specified times and constraints and that the CONTRACTORís bid covers the costs associated with the execution of work in accordance with the Construction Schedule.
Packet Pg. 407 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. Submittal package.
1. Submittal of the Baseline Construction Schedule shall include the following:
a. Network Diagram:
1) A graphic network diagram with legible letters with individual sheets sized approximately 24" by 48".
2) Each activity shall be shown on the diagram with the activity number, description and duration in working days.
3) Five copies and one reproducible shall accompany the submittal. b. Five sets of supporting data, if not indicated on the graphic network diagram, including:
1) Number of work days per week.
2) Holidays that will be observed during construction.
3) Number of shifts per day.
4) Major construction equipment used identifying the time period and activity of use.
5) Average manpower for each week and for each trade.
6) Lost time allowance for weather or other conditions that can be anticipated. c. Five computer printouts as follows:
1) Listing of all activities sorted by total float including early start (ES), late start (LS), early finish (EF), late finish (LF) and Total Float duration for each activity or work item. Each activity or work item will not take more than two lines.
2) Lists of all activities sorted numerically including ES, LS, EF, LF, Total Float. 3) List of all activities sorted numerically with Predecessor/Successor information of precedence network.
2. Submittals of updated Construction Schedules shall include, in addition to the items specified in the preceding subparagraph 1a, 1c, and 1d, the following:
a. Changes in the schedule due to approved Change Order or Change Directives or Force Account work.
b. CONTRACTOR elected changes in schedule logic, activity duration, or activity start or stop dates.
c. A narrative report as needed to define:
1) Changes in logic, activity duration, and manpower and equipment utilization. 2) Problem areas, anticipated delays, and the impact on the schedule. 3) Corrective action recommended and its effect.
4) The effect of changes on schedules of other contractors involved with the work.
5) Coordination of work with others.
d. Percentage completion for each activity as agreed to for the monthly progress payments.
E. If the Construction Schedule, its updates or its revisions, reflect anything not accepted by the Engineer, such Construction Schedule, update, or revision shall be considered as not having been accepted by the Engineer.
1.4 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE CONTENT
A. The Construction Schedule shall be calendar-based, time-scaled, manpower and cost-loaded, using a precedence method diagram in the Critical Path Method (CPM) format indicating the critical path for the execution of the work utilizing the entire contract time.
Packet Pg. 408 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. In the preparation of the Construction Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall take into account all constraints and requirements specified.
2. Allowance in the Construction Schedule shall be made for normal rainfall, as defined in the General Conditions, and modified by the Supplementary General Conditions.
3. The diagram shall be clear, legible, and accurate, and show complete sequence of construction by activity and interdependence of activities. Separate discrete lines shall connect linked activities.
4. Activities related to the same physical areas of the work shall be grouped in the same area of the diagram.
5. Activities within each area of the work shall be numbered in separate sequential series, with no overlap of activity numbers between different areas of the work.
6. The diagram shall clearly show a continuous critical path, all constraints, and all required project milestones.
7. The schedule shall describe work activities in appropriate segments so that work in specific areas can be assessed for progress and completion. Activities labeled "start", "continue", or "completion" without measurable increments of work will not be acceptable.
8. The individual work activities in the schedule shall:
a. Identify major submittals and submittals for long-lead time Critical Path items and associated review times. Twenty (20) working days shall be used for OWNER review times, unless otherwise specified.
b. For equipment with a cost in excess of $20,000 and all control systems the CONTRACTOR shall allow adequate time for an initial submittal and OWNER review plus (at a minimum) a second (re) submittal and associated OWNER review.
c. Identify at a minimum, the execution of the following as separate items for each area of work.
1) Notice to Proceed.
2) Mobilization.
3) Dewatering.
4) Shoring.
5) Excavation.
6) Pile Driving.
7) Backfill.
8) Grading, subbase, base, paving, and curb and gutters. 9) Other site work.
10)Concrete, including installation of forms and reinforcement, placement of concrete, curing, stripping, patching and finishing.
11)Masonry.
12)Metal fastenings, framing structures, and fabrications. 13)Wood structures, finish carpentry, architectural woodwork, and plastic fabrications.
14)Waterproofing and dampproofing, insulation, roofing and flashing, and sealants.
15) Doors and windows (including glass walls), including hardware and glazing. 16) Finishes including coating and painting, flooring, ceiling, and wall covering. 17)Building specialties including furnishings, equipment, and toilet and bath accessories.
18) Process equipment, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery, and installation.
Packet Pg. 409 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
19) Pumps and drives, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery, and installation.
20)Conveying equipment including hoists and cranes, conveyor systems, and materials handling equipment, including separate activities for manufacturing, delivery and installation.
21)Other mechanical equipment including fans and heating, ventilating, and air conditioning equipment, with separate activities for manufacturing, delivery and installation.
22)Case work, including separate activities for fabrication, delivery and installation.
23)Storage shelving, including separate activities for fabrication, delivery and installation.
24) Trenching and pipe laying.
25) Piping, including a separate activity for ordering lead time. 26)Valves and gates, including a separate activity for ordering lead time. 27) Plumbing specialties.
28) Electrical transmission, service, and distribution equipment, including separate activities for ordering, manufacturing, delivery, installation. 29)Other electrical work including lighting, heating and cooling, and special systems, including separate activities for ordering, manufacturing, delivery and installation.
30) Instrumentation and controls, including separate activities for ordering lead time, manufacturing, delivery and installation.
31)Separate activities for functional, performance, and operational testing, for each major system.
32)Separate activities for operation and maintenance training for each major system.
33)Site cleanup.
34) Demobilization.
35) Procurement of critical (long lead time) equipment. 36)Separate activities for design, ordering, delivery and installation of turn key systems.
37)Separate activities for Operational Completion, Contract Completion and other contractually required milestones.
38)Any items to be OWNER-furnished which are to be incorporated into the work as part of these Contract Documents.
d. Provide a monthly activity for preparation of Contract Record Drawings, in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures with a minimum monthly cost of $5,000.
e. Have a duration of not more than 15 working days.
9. Information on each activity shall include:
a. Concise description of the activity.
b. Duration in working days.
c. The dates for the beginning and completion of each activity. d. Total float.
e. Numerical designation of work items.
f. Cost with a breakdown by labor (by man-hours by trade), materials (by type and quantity), equipment (by type and hours) and overhead and profit.
10. The schedule shall be referenced to calendar dates, and the beginning of the contract time shall be the date of receipt of the Notice to Proceed.
11. The schedule shall indicate for every month the total dollar amount of work planned in such month. The sum of monthly amounts shall equal the total bid amount.
Packet Pg. 410 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Failure to include an activity required for the execution of the work shall not excuse the CONTRACTOR from completing the work and portions thereof within the specified times and at the price specified in the Agreement, and from meeting the constraints specified for sequence of work and control dates.
1.5 UPDATING THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall update the Construction Schedule prior to the progress and schedule review at the monthly progress meetings, as specified in Section 01310, Project Meetings.
B. The schedule update shall reflect progress to date. The schedule update shall incorporate all revisions to logic and duration, as described below.
C. The updated Construction Schedule shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR as specified herein and under Subparagraph 1.3.D.2 in this Section.
1. Logic changes to the schedule shall be approved by the Engineer prior to incorporating them into the schedule.
2. The schedule update submittal shall be provided to the Engineer three working days prior to the monthly progress meeting.
3. If at the progress meeting the Engineer determines that the updated schedule does not accurately reflect the progress of the work to date or project the anticipated progress to date or is otherwise unacceptable to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall revise the schedule within 5 working days thereafter.
4. If the CONTRACTOR fails to submit to the Engineer the updated Construction Schedule, in accordance with the findings at the progress meeting, as described above, or if it is submitted and found unacceptable by the Engineer, no monthly progress payment will be made.
D. Updates shall be performed on the most recent accepted version of the Construction Schedule.
1.6 REVISIONS TO CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
A. The cost of revision to the Construction Schedule not resulting from contract change orders shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
B. Except as specified in the preceding Subparagraph A, the cost of revisions to the Construction Schedule resulting from contract change orders in the work shall be included in the cost for the contract change orders.
C. Corrections resulting from the Engineer's review and comments shall be carried out as specified for Construction Schedule update.
D. Revisions shall be made on the most recent accepted version of the Construction Schedule.
Packet Pg. 411 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.7 ADJUSTMENT OF THE CONTRACT TIME AND CHANGE ORDERS
A. Adjustments of the contract time due to delays, additional work, or any other cause will only be issued through a contract change order in accordance with the General Conditions.
1. In the event the CONTRACTOR requests an adjustment of the contract time, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish such justification, Construction Schedule data, and supporting evidence as the Engineer may deem necessary, for a determination as to whether or not the CONTRACTOR is entitled to an adjustment of time under the provisions of the Contract.
a. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proof based on revised activity logic, durations, and costs with each request.
2. The Construction Schedule shall clearly indicate that the CONTRACTOR has used, in full, all the float time available for the work involved in the request.
3. Total and free float is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the OWNER or the CONTRACTOR, but is a resource available to both parties for the benefit of the project on a first needed basis.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall not be entitled to additional compensation due to schedule impacts for change order work that extends the contract beyond the scheduled completion date, but not beyond the contract completion date.
5. The Engineer's determination as to the adjustment of the contract time will be based upon the latest version of the Construction Schedule accepted at the time of the alleged delay, and all other relevant information.
6. Actual delays in activities which, according to the Construction Schedule, do not affect the critical path work, will not be the basis of for an adjustment to the contract time.
7. If the Construction Schedule shows that the project is behind schedule (i.e., has negative float) then no time extensions will be allowed for contract change orders unless they create a critical path delay in excess of that already occurring. In that case, the time extension allowed will only be that amount which exceeds the already occurring delay.
B. Change Order Requests:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall include, as part of each change order request for which the Contractor is requesting an adjustment in the contract duration, a subnetwork showing logic revisions, duration changes, and cost changes, for the work in question and its relationship to other activities on the Construction Schedule.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate each Change Order into the Project Schedule.
C. The Engineer will, within 15 working days after receipt of such request and supporting evidence, review the facts and advise the CONTRACTOR in writing thereof.
D. The new Construction Schedule data, if accepted by the Engineer, shall be included in the next monthly updating of the schedule.
E. Where the Engineer has not yet made a final determination as to the adjustment of the contract time, and the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment to be reflected in the Construction Schedule, the CONTRACTOR shall reflect that amount of time adjustment in the Construction Schedule as the Engineer may determine as appropriate for such interim purpose.
1. It is understood and agreed that any such interim determination by the Engineer shall not be binding and shall be made only for the purpose of continuing to schedule Packet Pg. 412 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-7
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
the work, until such time as final determination as to any adjustment of the contract time acceptable to the Engineer has been made.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall revise the Construction Schedule prepared thereafter in accordance with the final decision.
PART 2 - NOT USED
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS
A. Completely identify each Construction Schedule submittal and resubmittal by showing at least the following information:
1. Name and address of submitter, plus name and telephone number of the individual who may be contacted for further information.
2. Name of project as it appears in this Specification and specification number.
3. Whether this is an original or updated submittal or resubmittal.
4. Number all submittals sequentially in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 413 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01320-
8 City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 414 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01330
SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. General:
1. This Section outlines in general the items that the CONTRACTOR must prepare or assemble for submittal during the progress of the work.
2. There is no attempt herein to state in detail all of the procedures and requirements for each submittal.
3. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the individual Specification Sections in these Contract Documents, which may contain additional and special submittal requirements.
4. The OWNER reserves the right to direct and modify the procedures and requirements for submittals as necessary to accomplish the specific purpose of each submittal.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall anticipate resubmitting submittals for major pieces of equipment and for control systems.
6. Should the CONTRACTOR be in doubt as to the procedure, purpose, or extent of any submittal, inquiries shall be directed to the ENGINEER.
B. Schedule of Submittals:
1. Within 30 days of the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a complete list of anticipated submittals, including specification/drawing references.
2. This list shall be updated with "late start" submittal dates within 15 days of submittal of the CONTRACTOR's Construction Schedule.
3. The submittal dates shall be updated upon approval of the Construction Schedule and periodically thereafter.
4. Any additional submittals shall also be included in updates.
1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE SUBMITTALS
A. The CONTRACTOR is reminded of their obligation as required by law to make required submittals promptly to the applicable federal, state, or local agency. Failure to comply with this requirement may result in the withholding of progress payments and make the CONTRACTOR liable for other prescribed action and sanctions.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a copy of all letters relative to the Contract, transmitting notifications, reports, certifications, certified payrolls, and the like, that the CONTRACTOR submits directly to a federal, state, or other governing agency.
C. During the performance of the Contract, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain on a daily basis, and submit to the ENGINEER as requested, full and correct information as to the number of persons employed in connection with each subdivision of the work, the classification, rate of pay, citizenship status, and address of each person, and the cost, source, and amount of each class of materials delivered, equipment received, and major construction equipment used in each subdivision of the work.
Packet Pg. 415 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. Certified Payroll:
1. No later than the 25th day of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER a copy of the CONTRACTORís certified payroll for the previous month, and if requested, copies of certified payrolls for Subcontractors.
2. The payrolls shall include for each employee the full name, address and social security number; the correct classification and rate of pay (including rates of contributions for, or costs assumed to provide various fringe benefits); daily and weekly hours worked; itemized deductions and actual wages paid.
3. The certified payrolls shall be on State of California forms.
1.3 TECHNICAL SUBMITTALS
A. General:
1. Requirements in this Section are in addition to any specific requirements for submittals specified in other divisions and Sections of these Contract Documents.
2. Submittal Contents and Numbering:
a. Each submittal shall contain material pertaining to no more than one equipment or material item and shall have the specification Section and applicable paragraph number clearly identified on the front of the submittal transmittal form. b. Each submittal shall be sequentially numbered starting with the first one delivered.
c. Resubmittals shall include the number of the original submittal plus the suffix ".1" for the first resubmittal, ".2" for the second resubmittal, etc. (e.g. submittal 3.0,
3.1, 3.2, etc.).
d. Submittals not conforming to these requirements will be rejected.
3. Submitted data shall be fully sufficient in detail for determination of compliance with the provisions and intent of the Contract Documents.
4. Coordination Responsibilities:
a. Shop drawing submittal and coordination are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR; this responsibility shall not be delegated in whole or in part to Subcontractors or suppliers.
b. Designation of work "by others," if shown on shop drawings, shall mean that the work will be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR rather than the Subcontractor or supplier who has prepared the shop drawings.
5. No equipment or material for which listings, drawings, or descriptive material is required shall be fabricated, purchased, or installed until the ENGINEER has reviewed and accepted such lists, final shop drawings, or other descriptive material.
Installation of such equipment or material without accepted submittals will be considered defective work.
6. Submittal Review Time:
a. Submittals will be acted upon by the ENGINEER as promptly as possible, and returned to the CONTRACTOR not later than the time allowed for review in Paragraph B.2 below.
b. The CONTRACTOR shall provide in their Construction Schedule the time for OWNER review of each submittal (and resubmittal for major equipment and control systems) in accordance with the allowable time specified herein and in Section 01320, Progress Schedule.
c. This required time for OWNER review shall not be a cause for delay in contract completion nor shall it be a reason for an extension of contract time. d. If the CONTRACTOR is required by the OWNER to resubmit data, then neither the time required for the CONTRACTOR to prepare and resubmit such data, nor the Packet Pg. 416 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
required time for OWNER review, shall be a cause for delay in contract completion or for an extension of contract time.
e. Responsibility for time required for preparing and submitting required data shall be assigned solely to the CONTRACTOR.
7. Excessive Submittal Review:
a. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal item.
b. Additional costs of the ENGINEER's review beyond the second submission shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR and may be deducted from the monthly progress payments.
c. This applies to all submittals including shop drawings.
8. Changes After Review:
a. After a submittal has been reviewed and accepted, no changes or substitutions in that submittal will be allowed without the ENGINEER's approval. b. If allowed, the CONTRACTOR will be responsible for the additional costs for engineering, administrative, clerical or other work required for additional review.
9. Intent of Review:
a. Shop drawings will be reviewed for general conformance with the drawings and specifications.
b. The intent of the review is to determine if the CONTRACTOR is submitting materials and equipment which are in general conformance with the Contract Documents.
c. Detailed review of dimensions, sizes, space requirements, coordination with other equipment, and other construction details is not performed. d. Additional work and costs, resulting from errors in the shop drawings shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility and liability.
e. Accuracy, coordination, and completeness of shop drawings shall be the sole responsibility of the CONTRACTOR, including responsibility to backcheck comments, corrections, and modifications from the ENGINEER's review before fabrication.
10. The CONTRACTOR shall indicate on the submittal transmittal form if and how the submittal deviates from the contract requirements.
11. Rebar Shop Drawings:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall supply the ENGINEER with a copy of all reinforcing steel detail drawings.
b. Changes to the Contract Documents made by the CONTRACTOR in reinforcing steel shop drawings shall be called out in the letter of submittal. c. Such changes will not be acceptable unless the ENGINEER has expressed consent to such changes in writing.
12. Shop drawings, layout diagrams, catalog cuts and data, test reports, and information in sufficient detail to show complete compliance with all specified requirements shall be furnished to the ENGINEER, covering but not limited to the following items:
Aggregate Base Course
Air compressors
Asphalt mixes
Block masonry
Building specialties
Cabinets
Caulking and sealing compounds
Chemical systems
Concrete mixes
Packet Pg. 417 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Control panels
Demolition plan
Detection systems
Doors and frames
Electrical conduit, wire and specials
Electrical fixtures and appliances
Electrical load centers
Electrical substations
Electrical conduit, wire and specials
Engineered fill
Engines and appurtenances
Equipment provided by the CONTRACTOR
Fences, barricades and gates
Gas monitoring systems
Generators and appurtenances
Glazing
Grating
Gravel bedding
Grout
Hardware
Heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment
Imported fill
Indicators
Instrumentation
Landscaping
Lights and lighting fixtures
Louvers
Meters
Miscellaneous fabricated metals
Miscellaneous furnishings
Mixers
Motor control centers
Motors, starters and controls
Office equipment and furnishings provided by CONTRACTOR Paints, coatings and finishes
Piles
Pipe, fittings and specials
Pipe supports and anchors
Plumbing fixtures
Precast concrete elements
Pressure gauges
Primary elements
Programmable logic controllers
Pumps
Recorders
Reinforcing steel and layout drawings
Roofing and waterproofing
Sheet pile, shoring and bracing
Shelving
Signs
Structural steel
Tanks
Packet Pg. 418 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Temporary bypasses
Temporary dewatering systems and equipment
Valve and gate operators and controllers
Valves and gates
Variable frequency drives
Water heaters
Windows
Workstations
B. Submittal Procedure:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review eight (8) copies of each submittal (shop drawings, electrical diagrams, and catalog cuts for fabricated items and manufactured items furnished under this Contract, etc.) Three (3) copies will be returned to the CONTRACTOR.
2. Shop drawings shall be submitted in sufficient time to allow the ENGINEER not less than twenty (20) working days for examining the shop drawings except for designs for turnkey items for which thirty (30) working days will be allowed, and substitutions for which (40) working days will be allowed.
3. Shop drawings shall be accurate, distinct, and complete, and shall contain all required information, including satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Contract Drawings and Specifications.
4. CONTRACTOR Certification:
a. Shop drawings shall be submitted only by the CONTRACTOR, who shall indicate by a signed stamp on the shop drawings, or other approved means, that the CONTRACTOR has checked and approved the shop drawings, and that the work shown is in accordance with Contract requirements and has been checked for dimensions and relationship with work of all other trades involved. b. Submitting incomplete or unchecked shop drawings for the ENGINEER to correct or finish will not be acceptable, and shop drawings that, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, indicate that they have not been checked by the CONTRACTOR will be rejected and returned to the CONTRACTOR for resubmission in the proper form.
5. Return of Reviewed Submittals:
a. When the shop drawings have been reviewed by the ENGINEER, the appropriate number of submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR appropriately stamped.
b. If major changes or corrections are necessary, the shop drawing will be rejected and returned to the CONTRACTOR with the need for such changes or corrections indicated.
c. The CONTRACTOR shall correct and resubmit rejected shop drawings in the same manner and quantity as specified for the original submittal. d. If changes are made by the CONTRACTOR (in addition to those requested by the ENGINEER) on the resubmitted shop drawings, such changes shall be clearly explained in a transmittal letter accompanying the resubmitted shop drawings.
6. The review of such shop drawings and catalog cuts by the ENGINEER shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR from responsibility for correctness of dimensions, fabrication details, coordination with other work, and space requirements, or for deviations from the Contract Drawings or Specifications, unless the CONTRACTOR has called attention to such deviations in writing by a letter accompanying the shop drawings and the ENGINEER approves the change or deviation in writing at the time of submission; nor shall review by the ENGINEER relieve the CONTRACTOR from the responsibility for errors in the shop drawings.
Packet Pg. 419 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
7. The CONTRACTOR agrees that shop drawing submittals processed by the ENGINEER do not become Contract Documents and are not Change Orders; that the purpose of the shop drawing review is to establish a reporting procedure and to permit the ENGINEER to monitor the CONTRACTOR's progress and understanding of the design.
C. Shop Drawing Requirements: Shop drawings referred to herein shall include shop drawings, catalog cuts and information schematic diagrams, and other submittals for both shop and field-fabricated items. The CONTRACTOR shall submit, as applicable, the following for all prefabricated or manufactured structural items, material, and equipment:
1. General:
a. For structures, submit all shop, setting, equipment, miscellaneous iron and reinforcement drawings and schedules necessary for construction. The foregoing shall include detailed "pour drawings" which shall show the sequence of concrete placement, and the type, quantity and location of all embedment items (sleeves, anchor bolts, door frames, etc.)
b. For pipelines, submit a detailed layout of the pipeline with details of bends, closure pieces and fabricated specials and furnish any other details necessary. c. For trench excavation, submit detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions necessary for safety. d. For boring and jacking, submit a detailed description of the process to be used. e. For equipment which requires electrical service, submit detailed information to show power supply requirements, MCC and control panel, elevations, wiring diagrams, control and protection schematics, shop test data, operation and maintenance procedures, outline drawings, and manufacturer's recommendation of the interface/interlock among the equipment.
f. For mechanical equipment submit all data pertinent to the installation and maintenance of the equipment including shop drawings, anchorage requirements, manufacturer's recommended installation procedure, detailed installation drawings, test data and curves, operation and maintenance manuals, and other details necessary.
g. For architectural fabrication submit all data pertinent to the installation of the fabrications, including shop drawings, manufacturer's recommended installation procedure, detailed installation drawings, and other details necessary. h. For shop drawings or equipment drawings, including dimensions, size and location of connections to other work, and weight of equipment.
i. Installation or placing drawings for equipment, drives, and bases. j. Supporting calculations for equipment and associated supports, or hangers required or specified to be designed by equipment manufacturers, including seismic restraint information and details.
k. Complete coating manufacturer's specifications, including materials description and paint system.
l. Performance data and head vs. flow curves for compressor and pumps. m. Suggested spare parts list with current price information. n. List of special tools required for checking, testing, parts replacement, and maintenance. (Special tools are those which have been specially designed or adapted for use on parts of the equipment, and which are not customarily and routinely carried by maintenance mechanics.)
o. List of special tools furnished with the equipment.
p. List of materials and supplies required for the equipment prior to and during startup.
q. Installation instructions.
Packet Pg. 420 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-7
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
r. List of materials and supplies furnished with the equipment. s. Samples of finish colors for selection.
t. Special handling instructions.
u. Requirements for storage and protection prior to installation. v. Requirements for routine maintenance required prior to plant startup. w. Startup and operating instructions.
x. Seismic design calculations and restraint details for equipment and piping supports. Calculations shall be stamped by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.
2. Electrical:
a. Wiring and control diagrams of systems and equipment. Local control panel details.
b. List of special motor features being provided (e.g., space heaters, altitude corrections, thermal protectors, mounting arrangement, etc.). c. Complete motor rating for all motors, including motor no-load, starting, and full-load current at rated voltage; full-load speed and full-load current at 110 percent voltage; motor service factor; motor efficiency and power factor at 1/2, 3/4, and full-load at rated voltage; recommended maximum kVAR of power factor correction capacitors when capacitors are switched with motor. d. See Division 16, ELECTRICAL, for additional specific submittal requirements.
3. Instrumentation and Control:
a. See Technical Sections for additional specific submittal requirements. b. The submittals shall include satisfactory identification of items, units, and assemblies in relation to the Specification Section number, and the system or equipment identification or tag number shown on the Drawings, the Process and Instrumentation Diagram (P&ID), or as provided in applicable Specification Section.
D. Submittals required for foreign-manufactured items:
1. In addition to the submittal requirements stated above, suppliers of foreign-manufactured items shall submit the names and addresses of companies within the United States that maintain technical service representatives and a complete inventory of spare parts and accessories for each foreign-made item proposed for incorporation into the work. Failure to provide the foregoing capabilities shall be just cause for rejection of the foreign-manufactured items.
E. Final shop drawings to be submitted to OWNER:
1. Complete sets of reproducible (full size mylar or vellum base) final shop drawings shall be submitted to the OWNER before, or at the time of, delivery of equipment onto the site.
F. Seismic loading design provisions:
1. All equipment supports that are not specifically detailed on the Drawings or specified herein shall be the responsibility of the equipment manufacturers and shall be designed by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.
2. The design shall be in accordance with the seismic provisions of the latest edition of the International Building Code and of the seismic design requirements listed in Section 01610, General Equipment Requirements, in addition to all other loading conditions.
G. Submittal of interface information (connection and correlation with other work):
Packet Pg. 421 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-8
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Where called for in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the ENGINEER to provide proper correlation with other equipment, complete interface information shall be submitted.
2. This interface information shall be accurate, and contain all information necessary to allow the completion of detailed design and construction of the interfacing or connecting work.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall include in their negotiation for subcontract work, such agreements as may be necessary to ensure the accuracy of Subcontractor's interface submittal information.
4. In the event additional costs are incurred due to subsequent changes to information given in said interface information, such additional costs shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
H. Record Drawings
1. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the OWNER one complete set of final Record Drawings for OWNER records before the contract will be accepted by the OWNER. The Record Drawings will consist of a set of reproducible drawings of all CONTRACTOR supplied equipment (including control systems) and a marked-up set of Contract Record Drawings.
2. Record Drawings of CONTRACTOR-Supplied Equipment
a. The drawings shall be silver imaged, positive, reverse-reading duplicates (image reversed when viewed from emulsion side), and at the same dimensional scale as the originals. They shall be on a polyester translucent base material with a matte surface on the side opposite the emulsion side. The image emulsion side shall be without a matte surface. The matte surface shall have a sufficient tooth to take a solid opaque line from a 4H pencil and be compatible to the use of ink. Minimum sheet thickness shall be (.08 mm) .003 inch.
b. The legibility and contrast of each drawing submitted to the OWNER shall be such that every line, number, letter, and character is clearly readable in a full size blow back from a 35 mm microfilm negative of the drawing.
c. The overall dimensions of each drawing submitted to the ENGINEER shall be equal to one of the OWNER's standard sheet sizes. The title block area in the lower right hand corner of each drawing shall be clear of all linework, dimensions, details, and notes, except for the CONTRACTOR's title block. The dimensions of the title block area are minimum and are measured from the edges of the drawing sheet.
DRAWING FORMAT
Sheet Sizes
Height x Width
Title Block Area
Height x Width
11" x 8-1/2" 2-1/2" x 3-3/4"
11" x 17" 3" x 4"
22" x 34" 3-1/2" x 8"
3. Contract Record Drawings
Packet Pg. 422 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-9
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
a. The CONTRACTOR shall keep an up-to-date set of marked-up Contract Drawings on an OWNER-supplied set of Drawings.
b. The OWNER-supplied set of Drawings will consist of one set of full-size sepia reproductions of the Contract Drawings, supplied to the CONTRACTOR at the start of the work.
c. During the progress of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall record on the Contract Record Drawings any changes from or additions to the work described in the Plans and Specifications.
d. All information recorded on the Contract Record Drawings shall be clearly legible. e. Information to be recorded on the Contract Record Drawings shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
1) Actual routing of electrical conduits, whose routing is only indicated in general on the Drawings.
2) Actual location of manhole structures.
3) Actual alignment of all installed pipe.
4) Specific details of pipe connections, and manhole structures. 5) Specific details on the installation and connection of mechanical and electrical equipment.
6) Field dimensions where they differ from those shown on the Drawings. 7) Additions to and/or deletions from the work, including all contract change orders.
8) Other details showing as-built conditions, which are shown differently or only in general on the Drawings.
9) Addenda.
10) Location of buried features located during construction except utility service connections.
f. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to ensure that any changes, deletions, specific construction details, etc., performed by a Subcontractor are recorded on the Contract Record Drawings.
g. Location Survey:
1) The CONTRACTOR shall professionally survey the lateral and vertical position of anything buried underground as part of this Contract to within one inch accuracy of the benchmark and baseline provided by the OWNER. 2) The survey information shall be included on the record drawings and the CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed to cover the buried materials until after the OWNERís inspector has verified the information as accurate and complete, and is shown on the record drawings.
h. Once every month, starting from the completion of mobilization as defined in Section 01505, Mobilization, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a copy of the then up-to-date set of marked-up Contract Record Drawings in accordance with the provisions under Section 01200, Measurement and Payment, and Section 01320, Project Schedule.
i. At the end of the work, prior to Project Closeout, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with the Contract Record Drawings, showing all "as-built" conditions. j. See also Section 01800, Operational Completion and Project Closeout.
I. Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish five (5) hard-copies and one (1) electronic copy of a complete instruction manual for installation, operation, maintenance, and lubrication requirements for each component of mechanical and electrical equipment or system.
Packet Pg. 423 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-10
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. All equipment manufacturers shall be made aware of these requirements and all associated costs shall be included in the costs for furnishing the equipment or system.
3. O&M Submittal Review Checklist:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall include a completed O&M Manual Submittal Review Checklist (copy included at the end of this Section) with each O&M manual submittal.
b. The checklist shall indicate that the O&M manual as submitted complies in all respects to the contract requirements.
c. Any O&M manual submitted without a completed checklist will be rejected.
4. The manuals shall be furnished to the ENGINEER upon the delivery of the respective equipment.
5. No payment will be made for equipment or materials or equipment installation before the respective O&M manuals have been approved by the ENGINEER.
6. Each O&M manual shall be complete in all respects for all equipment, controls, accessories, and associated appurtenances.
7. Each O&M manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
a. Diagrams and illustrations, including pump curves indicating operating points. b. Detailed description of the function of each principal component of the system. c. Performance and nameplate data.
d. Installation instructions.
e. Starting procedure
f. Proper adjustment procedure.
g. Test procedures.
h. Operating procedure.
i. Shutdown instructions.
j. Emergency operating instructions and troubleshooting guide. k. Safety instructions.
l. Maintenance and overhaul instructions which shall include detailed assembly drawings with part numbers, parts list, instructions for ordering spare parts, and complete preventive maintenance instructions required to ensure satisfactory performance and longevity of the equipment.
m. Lubrication instructions which shall list points to be greased or oiled, shall recommend type, grade, and temperature range of lubricants, and shall recommend frequency of lubrication.
n. List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings. o. Electrical interconnection wiring diagram for equipment furnished, including all control and lighting systems.
p. Recommendations for spare parts and special tools.
8. Hard-Copy O&M Manuals:
a. Each copy of the manual shall be assembled in one or more hard-back type threering binders, each with title page, typed table of contents, and heavy section dividers with numbered plastic index tabs.
b. Cover label and title page shall be clearly labeled to designate the project title, project number, Specification Section where the item is specified, system or equipment for which it is intended with reference to the facility, equipment number, and equipment manufacturer name.
c. Typed table of contents for the entire set, identified by volume number, shall appear in each binder.
d. Each manual shall be divided into sections paralleling the equipment specifications.
Packet Pg. 424 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-11
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
e. All data shall be hole-punched for binding and composition and printing shall be arranged so that punching does not obliterate any data. f. Pages larger than 8-1/2î x 11î shall be folded, showing title block or optionally included in binder pockets.
g. Where more than one binder is required, they shall be labeled "Vol. 1", "Vol. 2", and so on.
h. Submit manual organization and format to the ENGINEER for approval prior to manual preparation.
9. Electronic O&M Manuals:
a. In addition to the designated number of hard-copies for each required Manufacturerís O&M manual, provide an electronic copy, each on its own separate compact disc/s (CD-ROM).
b. The CD-ROM shall contain one full version of the O&M manual in Adobeís Portable Document File (PDF) format.
c. In addition, the CD-ROM shall contain the separate text and drawing files used to create the PDF O&M manual.
d. An index shall be provided on the CD-ROM as a separate text file with the name ìindexî and shall include the file name and detailed description of each individual file included on the CD-ROM.
e. The CD-ROM and the CD-ROM case shall be labeled with the Project title, Project number, Specification section, equipment number, equipment name, and equipment manufacturer name.
10. Manuals shall be transmitted to the ENGINEER upon delivery of the equipment and all equipment shall be serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations prior to operation. A service record shall be maintained on each item of equipment and shall be delivered to the ENGINEER prior to final acceptance of the project.
J. Manufacturers' certificates and proper installation:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit manufacturers' certificates of proper installation for items of equipment as specified under Section 01750, Testing, Training and Startup.
K. Samples and test specimens:
1. Where required in the Specifications, and as determined necessary by the ENGINEER, test specimens or samples of materials, appliances, and fittings to be used or offered for use in connection with the work shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at the CONTRACTOR's expense, with information as to their sources, with all cartage charges prepaid, and in such quantities and sizes as may be required for proper examination and tests to establish the quality or equality thereof, as applicable.
2. All samples and test specimens shall be submitted in ample time to enable the ENGINEER to make any tests or examinations necessary, without delay to the work.
The CONTRACTOR will be held responsible for any loss of time due to their neglect or failure to deliver the required samples to the ENGINEER, as specified.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall submit additional samples as required by the ENGINEER to ensure equality with the original approved sample and/or for determination of Specification compliance.
4. Laboratory tests and examinations that the OWNER elects to make in its own laboratory will be made at no cost to the CONTRACTOR, except that, if a sample of any material or equipment proposed for use by the CONTRACTOR fails to meet the Specifications, the cost of testing subsequent samples shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
5. All tests required by the Specifications to be performed by an independent laboratory shall be made by a laboratory approved by the ENGINEER. Certified test results of all Packet Pg. 425 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-12
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
specified tests shall be submitted in duplicate to the ENGINEER. The samples furnished and the cost for the laboratory services shall be at the expense of the CONTRACTOR and included in the prices bid for the associated work.
6. Approved sample items (fixtures, hardware, etc.) may be incorporated into the work upon approval, and when no longer needed by the ENGINEER for reference.
L. Material and equipment colors:
1. The ENGINEER will provide a schedule of selected colors within 30 days after approval of materials and equipment, and after receiving samples of the manufacturers' standard colors for those items requiring OWNER's selection.
M. Certificates of Compliance:
1. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished for materials specified to a recognized standard or code prior to the use of any such materials in the work.
2. The ENGINEER may permit the use of certain materials or assemblies prior to sampling and testing if accompanied by a Certificate of Compliance.
3. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer of the material or the manufacturer of assembled materials and shall state that the materials involved comply in all respects with the requirements of the Specifications.
4. A Certificate of Compliance shall be furnished with each lot of material delivered to the work and the lot so certified shall be clearly identified in the certificate.
N. Quality Assurance
1. Source limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials, or equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source.
2. Compatibility of options:
a. Where more than one choice is available as options for CONTRACTOR's selection of a product, material, or equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall select an option which is compatible with other products, materials, or equipment already selected.
b. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product/material selections.
O. Review by ENGINEER
1. After review by the ENGINEER of each of the CONTRACTOR's submissions, the material will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with actions defined as follows:
a. NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN: Accepted subject to its compatibility with further submittals and additional partial submittals for portions of the work not covered in this submittal. Does not constitute approval or deletion of specified or required items not shown in the partial submittal.
b. MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED: Same as 1.a., except that minor corrections as noted shall be made by the CONTRACTOR.
c. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Rejected because of major inconsistencies or errors which shall be resolved or corrected by the CONTRACTOR prior to subsequent review by the ENGINEER.
d. REJECTED - RESUBMIT: Submitted material does not conform to Plans and Specifications in major respect, e.g., wrong item, wrong size, model, capacity, or material.
Packet Pg. 426 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330-13
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Review actions (a) and (b) above constitute acceptance by the ENGINEER of the submittal.
P. Requests for Information
1. Requests for Information about the Contract Documents shall be directed by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER using a Request for Information (RFI) form as agreed to by the OWNER and the ENGINEER. Such requests shall not be transmitted directly to the ENGINEER from a Subcontractor or Supplier.
2. A separate form shall be used for each specific item for which information is required.
Requests for Information for more than one item using a single RFI form will be permitted only when the items are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group of items as a whole.
3. The ENGINEER will reply to the CONTRACTOR's Request for Information as soon thereafter as practicable.
Q. Construction Photographs
1. Provide photographs showing the preconstruction site, construction progress, and the post-construction site.
2. Format: Photographs shall be digital format
a. Digital Format:
1) Digital photos shall be taken with a minimum 3.5 mega pixel density and provided in JPG format.
2) Digital photo files shall be provide on a CD accompanied by a text file that lists the file name, date photo was taken, and brief description of the photograph and location where the photograph was taken.
3. Take a minimum of 36 photos of the preconstruction site and the property adjacent to the perimeter of the construction site. Particular emphasis shall be directed to structures both inside and outside the site, or as directed by OWNER.
4. Take a minimum of 72 photos monthly showing the progress of construction. The location of these photographs shall be determined by OWNER.
5. Take a minimum of 36 photos of the post-construction site and the property adjacent to the perimeter of the site. Particular emphasis shall be directed to structures both inside and outside the plant boundary, or as indicated by OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 427 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) Packet Pg. 428 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330 CL-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
O&M MANUAL REVIEW CHECKLIST
SUBMITTAL NO. DATED
SPEC. SECTION. REVIEW DATE
SUBJECT REVIEWER
EQUIP. ITEM SUPPLIER
MANUFACTURER
ACCEPTABLE PROJECT TITLE:
UNACCEPTABLE PROJECT NO.
ACCEPTABLE?
DISPOSITION YES NO NA COMMENTS
HARD-COPY O&M MANUALS
Minimum five (5) copies ........................................... Three-ring binder with hard-back cover ...................... Cover Label and Title Page:
Project title and Project number .............................
Specification section .............................................
System/Equipment names .....................................
Facility ................................................................
Equipment number ............................................... Typed table of contents............................................ Heavy section dividers w/numbered plastic index tabs.. Sections parallel equipment specifications .................. Pages punched for 3 ring binder (punching does not
obliterate data)....................................................... Info larger than 8-1/2îx11î folded showing title block, or included in binder pockets .................................... Multiple volumes labeled ìVol. 1î, ìVol. 2î, etc. ........... Table of contents for entire set in each binder .............
ELECTRONIC O&M MANUALS
Minimum one (1) copy on CD-ROM ............................ Full version of O&M manual in PDF format .................. Separate text and drawing files used to create PDF
O&M manual........................................................... Index on CD-ROM as separate file titled ìindexî .......... CD-ROM and case labeled.........................................
TECHNICAL CONTENT
Diagrams and illustrations, including pump curves ....... Detailed description of function of principal
components ........................................................... Performance and nameplate data .............................. Installation instructions............................................
Packet Pg. 429 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01330 CL-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
ACCEPTABLE?
DISPOSITION YES NO NA COMMENTS
Starting procedure .................................................. Proper adjustment procedure.................................... Test procedures ...................................................... Operating procedure................................................ Shutdown instructions ............................................. Emergency operating instructions & troubleshooting .... Safety instructions .................................................. Maintenance and overhaul instructions ....................... Lubrication instructions ............................................ List of electrical relay settings and control and alarm contact settings ...................................................... Electrical interconnection wiring diagrams, including control and lighting systems ..................................... Recommended spare parts and special tools ...............
Packet Pg. 430 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01400-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01400
QUALITY CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 OBSERVATION AND SUPERVISION
A. The ENGINEER or ENGINEERís appointed representative will review the Work and the CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access to the Work at all times as required to facilitate this review.
B. Responsibility:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible to supervise and direct the entire Work competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, quality control, and procedures of construction and safety precautions and programs incidental thereto.
3. The foregoing includes work performed by the CONTRACTOR's Subcontractors.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the finished Work complies accurately with the Contract Documents.
C. Superintendent:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall designate in writing and keep on the work site at all times during its progress a technically qualified, English-speaking superintendent, who shall not be replaced without written acceptance of the ENGINEER.
2. The superintendent shall be the CONTRACTOR's representative at the job site and shall have authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR.
3. All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR.
4. The CONTRACTOR's superintendent shall be present at the site of the Work at all times while work is in progress. Failure to observe this requirement shall be considered as suspension of the Work by the CONTRACTOR until such time as such superintendent is again present at the site.
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY
A. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for conducting all testing and inspection specifically required by the Specifications and otherwise necessary to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents.
1. Approval of Testing Laboratories:
a. All laboratory work under this contract shall be performed by a laboratory approved by the ENGINEER, whether the laboratory is employed by the CONTRACTOR, or is owned and operated by the CONTRACTOR. b. The basis of approval includes the following:
1) Testing laboratories performing work in connection with concrete, steel, and bituminous materials shall comply with ASTM E 329 and ASTM D 3666, respectively.
Packet Pg. 431 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01400-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2) Testing laboratories performing work not in connection with concrete, steel, bituminous materials, soils and non-destructive testing shall comply with ASTM E 548.
B. The ENGINEER may conduct periodic independent testing and inspection to verify compliance with the Contract Documents.
C. Retesting:
1. The OWNER reserves the right to back-charge the CONTRACTOR for retesting of deficient or defective work or products upon written notification.
2. Compensation for retesting on behalf of the OWNER will be made through deductions from the Progress Payments.
D. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for correcting all defective work discovered prior to final acceptance of the Contract, despite the failure of the Inspector(s) to discover it.
1.3 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for scheduling all inspections and tests required.
1. The ENGINEER shall be given a minimum 48 business hours notice prior to any inspections or tests.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall pay for all tests including, but not limited to:
1. Inspections and tests necessary to comply with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of public authorities pursuant to General Conditions.
2. Mix designs, including tests of trial batches, on concrete mixes.
3. Tests of materials, inspections, and certifications required by the Specifications.
4. Testing, adjusting, and balancing of equipment and systems required by the Specifications.
5. One tension and elongation test for each 5 tons of steel or fractional part thereof for each size will be required, unless the steel can be identified by heat or melt numbers and is accompanied by mill analysis and test reports. Commercial stock may be used, subject to approval of the ENGINEER.
6. Any testing performed by the CONTRACTOR for their own quality control (e.g., compaction tests).
7. Retests or re-inspections by the OWNER, if required, and tests or inspections required due to CONTRACTOR error or lack of required identifications of material.
8. Any and all water used by the CONTRACTOR in any testing.
C. Two copies of the agency or laboratory report of each test or inspection shall be provided to the ENGINEER. All tests of materials shall be made in accordance with the commonly recognized standards of national technical organizations, and such other special methods and tests as are prescribed in the Contract Documents.
D. Purchase Orders:
1. One copy of each of the CONTRACTOR's purchase orders for materials forming a portion of the work shall be furnished to the ENGINEER, if requested.
2. Each such purchase order shall contain a statement that the materials included in the order are subject to inspection by the OWNER.
3. Materials purchased locally will be inspected at the point of manufacture or supply, and materials supplied from points more than 50 miles from the job site will be
Packet Pg. 432 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01400-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
inspected upon arrival at the job, except when other inspection requirements are provided for specific materials in other Sections of this Specification.
E. Samples:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish samples of materials as are required by the ENGINEER, without charge.
2. No material shall be used until the ENGINEER has had the opportunity to test or examine such materials.
3. Samples will be secured and tested whenever necessary to determine the quality of the material.
4. Samples and test specimens prepared at the job site, such as concrete test cylinders, shall be taken or prepared by the ENGINEER in the presence and with the assistance of the CONTRACTOR.
1.4 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTOR
A. Inspectors employed by the OWNER shall be authorized to inspect all work done and materials and equipment furnished to complement the CONTRACTOR furnished independent inspector.
1. Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work, and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials and equipment to be used.
2. The Inspector will not alter or waive the provisions of the Contract Documents.
3. The Inspector will keep the ENGINEER informed as to the progress of the work and the manner in which it is being done.
4. The Inspector will call the CONTRACTOR's attention to nonconformance with the Contract Documents that the Inspector may have observed.
5. The Inspector will not be responsible for the adequacy or correctness of the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures for construction.
6. The Inspector will not approve or accept any portion of the work, issue instructions contrary to the Contract Documents, or act as foreman for the CONTRACTOR.
7. The Inspector may reject defective materials, equipment, or work when it is not in compliance with the Contract Documents.
8. The Inspector will not be responsible for:
a. The CONTRACTOR's quality control program.
b. The CONTRACTOR's safety program.
c. Coordinating the work or activities of the CONTRACTOR or their Subcontractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 433 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01400-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 434 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01420-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01420
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND ABBREVIATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The standards referred to, except as modified, shall have full force and effect as though printed in this Specification, and shall be the latest edition or revision thereof in effect on the bid opening date, unless a particular edition or issue is indicated.
Copies of these standards are not available from the OWNER.
B. The ENGINEER will furnish, upon request, information as to how copies may be obtained.
C. Abbreviations and terms, or pronouns in place of them, shall be interpreted as follows:
AAMA: Architectural Aluminum Manufacturer's Association AAN: American Association of Nurserymen
AAR: Association of American Railroads
AASHTO: American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, Standard Specifications
AATCC: American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ACI: American Concrete Institute, Standards
AFBMA: Anti-Friction Bearing Manufacturer's Association, Inc.
AGA: American Gas Association
AGC: Associated General Contractors
AGMA: American Gear Manufacturer's Association
AHAM: Association of Home Appliance Manufacturer's
AI: The Asphalt Institute
AIA: American Institute of Architects
AISC: American Institute of Steel Construction, Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings, and the AISC Code of Standard Practice
AISI: American Iron and Steel Institute
AITC: American Institute of Timber Construction
AMCA: Air Moving and Conditioning Association, Standards ANS: American Nuclear Society
ANSI: American National Standards Institute
APA: American Plywood Association
API: American Petroleum Institute
APWA: American Public Works Association, Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
ASA: Acoustical Society of America
ASAE: American Society of Agriculture Engineers
ASCE: American Society of Civil Engineers
ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
ASLE: American Society of Lubricating Engineers
Packet Pg. 435 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01420-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
ASME: American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASQC: American Society of Quality Control
ASSE: American Society of Sanitary Engineers
ASTM: American Society for Testing and Materials, Standards AWG: American Wire Gauge
AWPA: American Wood-Preservers' Association, Standards
AWPI: American Wood Preservers Institute
AWS: American Welding Society
AWWA: American Water Works Association, Standards
BBC: Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International
BHMA: Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association
CAL/OSHA: California/Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Standards CBM: Certified Ballast Manufacturer's
CCR: California Code of Regulations
CEMA: Conveyors Equipment Manufacturer's Association
CGA: Compressed Gas Association
CISPI: Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute, Standards
CLPCA: California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association CLFMI: Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute
CMAA: Crane Manufacturers' Association of America
CMA: Concrete Masonry Association
COR: City of Redding
CORCS: City of Redding Construction Standards
CRSI: Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute, Standards
CSS: CalTrans Standard Specifications, State of California, Department of Transportation
DCDMA: Diamond Core Drill Manufacturer's Association
DOSH: Division of Occupational Safety and Health, State of California, Department of Industrial Relations
EIA: Electronic Industries Association
ETL: Electrical Test Laboratories
FED/OSHA: Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Standards FM: Factory Mutual
ICBO: International Conference of Building Officials
ICEA: Insulated Cable Engineers Association
IEEE: Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
IES: Illuminating Engineering Society
IME: Institute of Makers of Explosives
IP: Institute of Petroleum (London)
IPC: Institute of Printed Circuits
IPCEA: Insulated Power Cable Engineers Association
ISA: Instrument Society of America
ISO: International Organization of Standardization
ITE: Institute of Traffic Engineers
MBMA: Metal Building Manufacturer's Association
MPTA: Mechanical Power Transmission of Association
MTI: Marine Testing Institute
Packet Pg. 436 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01420-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society
NAAM: National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers NACE: National Association of Corrosion Engineers, Standards NBS: National Bureau of Standards
NCCLS: National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NEC: National Electric Code
NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers' Association, Standards NFPA: National Fire Protection Association
NFPA: National Forest Products Association
NGLI: National Lubricating Grease Institute
NMA: National Microfilm Association
NWMA: National Woodwork Manufacturers Association
OSHA: Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PCA: Portland Cement Association
PCI: Prestressed Concrete Institute
RIS: Redwood Inspection Service, Standard Specifications RVIA: Recreational Vehicle Industry Association
RWMA: Resistance Welder Manufacturer's Association
SAE: Society of Automotive Engineers
SAMA: Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
SDI: Steel Door Institute
SIS: Swedish Standards Association
SMA: Screen Manufacturer's Association
SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SPR: Simplified Practice Recommendation
SSBC: Southern Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress SSPC: Steel Structures Painting Council, Specifications SSPWC: Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction TAPPI: Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry TFI: The Fertilizer Institute
UBC: Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials
UPC: Uniform Plumbing Code
UL: Underwriters Laboratories
WCLA: West Coast Lumbermen's Association, Standard Grading and Dressing Rules
WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
WCRSI: Western Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
WIC: Woodwork Institute of California
WRI: Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc.
WWPA: Western Wood Products Association
1.2 OTHER ABBREVIATIONS
A. Other common abbreviations that may be found in the Specifications are, but may not be limited to:
acrylonitrile butadiene ABS
styrene
alternating current a-c, AC
American wire gauge AWG
ante meridiem am
ampere A, amp
average avg
Packet Pg. 437 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01420-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
biochemical oxygen BOD
demand
brake horsepower bhp
British thermal unit Btu
Centigrade C
chlorinated polyvinyl CPVC
chloride
company Co
cubic inch cu in, in³
cubic foot cu ft, CF, ft³
cubic yard cu yd, CY, yd³
cubic feet per minute cfm, ft³/min
cubic feet per second cfs, ft³/s
decibel dB
decibels, A-weighted dBA
degree Centigrade (Celsius) °C, C
degree Fahrenheit °F, F
diameter diam, ¯
direct current d-c, DC
dollars $
ductile iron DI
each ea, @
efficiency eff
elevation El., Elev
ethylene proplylene rubber EPDM
exhaust fan EF
Fahrenheit F
feet ft
feet per hour fph, ft/h
feet per minute fpm, ft/min
feet per second fps, ft/s
fiberglass reinforced FRP
plastic
figure Fig.
flange flg
foot-pound ft-lb
gallon gal
gallons per hour gph, gal/hr
gallons per minute gpm, gal/min
gallons per second gps, gal/s
gram g
ground fault current GFCI
interrupter
hand/off/automatic HOA
heating, ventilating, and HVAC
air conditioning
Hertz Hz
hour hr
horsepower hp
inch in
inch-pound in-lb
input/output I/O
inside diameter ID
instrumentation and I&C
control
kilovolt kV
kilovolt-ampere kVA
kilowatt kW
kilowatt-hour kWhr
length L
length to least radius L/r
of gyration
light emitting diode LED
linear lin
linear foot lin ft
liter l
manhole MH
maximum max
mean sea level MSL
mercury Hg
miles per hour mph
milli-amp mA
milliampere DC mAdc
milligram mg
milligrams per liter mg/l
milliliter ml
millimeter mm
million gallon mil
million gallons per day mgd
minimum min
motor control center MCC
net positive suction
head available NPSHA
net positive suction
head required NPSHR
number No., #
National Pipe Thread NPT
Operation and Maintenance O&M
ounce oz
Packet Pg. 438 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01420-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
outside diameter OD
parts per million ppm
post meridiem pm
plus or minus +/-, ±
polytetrafluorethylene PTFE
polyvinyl chloride PVC
pound lb
pounds per square foot psf, lb/ft²
pounds per square inch psi, lb/in²
pounds per square inch
absolute psia
pounds per square inch
gage psig
Process and Instrumentation
Diagrams P&ID
random access memory RAM
reinforced concrete pipe RCP
reinforced concrete cylinder
pipe RCCP
relative humidity RH
revolutions per minute rpm
second sec, s
specific gravity sp gr
square foot sq ft, SF, ft²
square inch sq in, in²
square yard sq yd, SY, yd²
stainless steel SS
standard std
standard cubic feet
per minute scfm
symmetrical sym.
total dynamic head tdh
totally-enclosed, fan-
cooled TEFC
totally-enclosed, non-
ventilated TENV
twisted shielded TWSH
ultraviolet UV
United States US, USA
variable frequency drive VFD, AFD
volt V
volts alternating current VAC
volts direct current VDC
water to cement W/C, wc
water column W.C.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 439 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) XXXX-6
WWE 8/19/2008
Master Guide Specifications
00-000 Master
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 440 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 CONTRACTOR'S STAGING AREA AND WORK ACCESS PLAN
A. The CONTRACTOR shall limit the location of the storage of equipment and materials to the staging area(s) designated on the Drawings and as directed by the ENGINEER.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall make their own arrangements for additional space that may be required and shall bear all associated costs.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a work access plan showing the planned access route for deliveries of supplies and mobilization of work force for ENGINEER's approval prior to mobilization.
D. On-Site Project Office:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain near the work in progress a suitable office or other protected area in which shall be kept project copies of the Contract Documents, project progress records, project schedule, shop drawings and other relevant documents which shall be accessible to the OWNER and ENGINEER during normal working hours.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall make their own arrangements for additional space that may be required and bear all associated costs.
E. Temporary Facilities Plan:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for approval, as part of the mobilization effort, the proposed plan and layout for all temporary offices, sanitary facilities, temporary construction roads, storage buildings, storage yards, temporary water service and distribution, temporary telephone and temporary power service and distribution.
2. The plan shall show all temporary fencing and gates and all proposed access to the work areas.
3. Prior to the removal of existing fence, the CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary security fencing at least equal to the existing chain link and barbed wire fencing to protect the existing facilities and structures.
F. Access Roads:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall "winterize" all access roads to provide a surface reasonably satisfactory for traffic during wet winter months.
2. The roads shall be gravel surfaced, even, free from humps and depressions.
3. All costs of complying with this requirement shall be included in the lump sum bid.
1.2 STORAGE - GENERAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide any temporary storage required for the protection of equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers of such materials.
Packet Pg. 441 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.3 STORAGE BUILDINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall erect or provide temporary storage buildings of the various sizes as required for the protection of mechanical and electrical equipment and materials as recommended by manufacturers of such equipment and materials.
B. The buildings shall be provided with such environmental control systems that meet recommendations of manufacturers of all equipment and materials stored in the buildings.
C. The buildings shall be of sufficient size and so arranged or partitioned to provide security for their contents and provide ready access for inspection and inventory.
D. At or near the completion of the work, and as directed by the ENGINEER, the temporary storage buildings shall be dismantled, removed from the site, and remain the property of the CONTRACTOR.
E. Combustible materials (paints, solvents, fuels, etc.) shall be safely stored and separated in accordance with the manufacturerís requirements and in compliance with hazardous material storage requirements. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing proper storage buildings for combustible materials.
1.4 STORAGE YARDS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary storage yards as required for the storage of materials that are not subject to damage by weather conditions.
B. Materials such as pipe, reinforcing and structural steel, shall be stored on pallets or racks, off the ground, and stored in a manner to allow ready access for inspection and inventory.
C. Temporary gravel surfacing of the storage yards shall meet with the approval of the ENGINEER.
1.5 PARKING AREAS
A. Control vehicular parking to preclude interference with public traffic or parking, access by emergency vehicles, OWNERís operations, or construction operations.
1.6 VEHICULAR TRAFFIC
A. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding closing or restricting use of public streets or highways. No public or private road shall be closed, except by written permission of proper authority. Assure the least possible obstruction to traffic and normal commercial pursuits.
B. Conduct the Work to interfere as little as possible with public travel, whether vehicular or pedestrian.
C. Whenever it is necessary to cross, close, or obstruct roads, driveways, and walks, whether public or private, provide and maintain suitable and safe bridges, detours, or other temporary expedients for accommodation of public and private travel.
Packet Pg. 442 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.7 DELIVERY-STORAGE-HANDLING
A. General:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver, handle, and store materials and equipment in accordance with supplier's written recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft.
2. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage at the site and overcrowding of construction spaces.
3. In particular, the CONTRACTOR shall provide delivery/ installation coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage for material or equipment recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.
B. Transportation and Handling:
1. Materials and equipment shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in dry, undamaged condition in supplier's unopened containers or packaging.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment and personnel to handle the materials, and equipment by methods that will prevent soiling and damage.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging packaging, and surrounding surfaces.
C. Storage and Protection:
1. Materials and equipment shall be stored in accordance with supplier's written instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Exposed metal surfaces of valves, fittings and similar materials shall be coated with grease in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent corrosion. Sensitive materials and equipment shall be stored in weather-tight enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by supplier's written instructions.
2. For exterior storage of fabricated materials, they shall be placed on sloped support above ground. Materials or equipment subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering; ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation.
3. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter.
4. Inspection:
a. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. b. The CONTRACTOR shall periodically inspect to assure materials and equipment are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions.
5. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items.
1.8 PROJECT SECURITY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall make adequate provision for the protection of the work area against fire, theft and vandalism, and for the protection of the public and OWNER personnel against exposure to injury, and for the security of any off-site storage areas.
B. All costs for this protection shall be included within the CONTRACTOR's bid.
Packet Pg. 443 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.9 TEMPORARY UTILITIES
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and pay for all necessary temporary telephones, fuel, power, potable water, sanitary, and proper toilet accommodations. CONTRACTOR shall not use OWNER-owned utilities.
B. The temporary facilities to be provided by the CONTRACTOR as described above shall conform to all requirements in regard to operation, safety, and fire hazards of State and local authorities and of Underwriters.
C. CONTRACTOR shall return the site and facilities to their original "as-found" condition, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, at the completion of the project.
1.10 SOUND CONTROL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all local sound control and noise level rules, regulations and ordinances which apply to any work performed pursuant to the contract.
B. Each internal combustion engine, used for any purpose on the job or related to the job, shall be equipped with a muffler of a type recommended by the manufacturer, so as to produce a maximum noise level of 85 dBA at 5 feet.
C. No internal combustion engine shall be operated on the project without said muffler.
D. Special Precautions for Inhabited Areas:
1. In inhabited areas, particularly residential, operations shall be performed in a manner to minimize unnecessary noise generation.
2. In residential areas, special measures shall be taken to suppress noise generated by repair and service activities during the night hours.
1.11 DUST/AIR POLLUTION CONTROL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall take whatever steps, procedures, or means as are required to prevent dust conditions being caused by operations in connection with the execution of the Work; and on any road which the CONTRACTOR or any of their Subcontractors are using, excavation or fill areas, demolition operations, or other activities.
B. Control shall be by sprinkling, use of dust palliatives, modification of operations, or any other means acceptable to agencies having jurisdiction.
C. Damage to personal property, etc., resulting from the CONTRACTOR's construction operations shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR at no cost to the OWNER.
D. The CONTRACTOR shall keep the streets and work area clean at all times by means of mechanical sweepers or hand sweeping. Water will be used for dust control only, and not for cleaning streets.
E. Burning of waste, rubbish, or other debris will not be permitted on or adjacent to site.
Packet Pg. 444 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.12 WASTE DISPOSAL
A. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of surplus materials, waste products, and debris and shall make necessary arrangements for such disposal. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain written permission from property owner prior to disposing surplus materials, waste products, or debris on private property.
B. All waste disposal shall be done in accordance with applicable laws and regulations.
C. Landfill Disposal:
1. If the CONTRACTOR proposes to dispose of construction debris, trench spoils, excavation spoils, etc., at a landfill, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to provide and pay for all permits and analyses required by the landfill.
2. If the analyses determine that the material is hazardous, then an equitable adjustment of the Contract for the cost of hazardous waste disposal will be made in accordance with the General Conditions, and the following:
a. Time extension or contract costs will not be granted for delays that could have been avoided by the CONTRACTOR redirecting their forces and equipment to perform other work on the contract.
D. Ditches, washes, or drainageways shall not be filled.
E. Disposal operations shall not create unsightly or unsanitary nuisances.
F. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the disposal site in a condition of good appearance and safety during the construction period.
G. Prior to final acceptance of the work, the CONTRACTOR shall have completed the leveling and cleanup of the disposal site.
1.13 CLEAN UP
A. Throughout the period of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the work site free and clean of all rubbish and debris, and shall promptly remove from the site, or from property adjacent to the site of the work, all unused and rejected materials, surplus earth, concrete, plaster, and debris.
B. Upon completion of the work, and prior to final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall remove from the vicinity of the work all plant, surplus material, and equipment belonging to the CONTRACTOR or used under their direction during construction.
1.14 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. When sandblasting, spray painting, spraying of insulation, or other activities inconveniencing or dangerous to property or the health of employees, the public or construction workers, are in progress, the area of activity shall be enclosed adequately to contain the dust, over spray, or other hazard.
B. In the event there are no permanent enclosures of the area, or such enclosures are incomplete or inadequate, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable temporary enclosures as required by the ENGINEER to meet field conditions in accordance with the
Packet Pg. 445 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
recommendations of the owner-furnished equipment supplier (if applicable) and the CONTRACTOR's equipment supplier requirements.
C. Said temporary or permanent enclosures shall be adequately ventilated to ensure the safety of the workers.
1.15 DRAINAGE
A. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary actions as required to meet discharge requirements of the California Regional Water Quality Control Board and other pertinent local ordinances and regulations pertaining to dewatering and/or site drainage discharged into storm drains and creeks. This may include, but may not be limited to, the use of retention basins and silt basins to settle most of the solids prior to discharge.
B. In excavation, fill, and grading operations, care shall be taken to disturb the preexisting drainage pattern as little as possible.
C. Particular care shall be taken not to direct drainage water onto private property or into streets or drainageways inadequate for the increased flow.
D. Drainage means shall be provided to protect the work.
1.16 TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide temporary lighting in all work areas sufficient to maintain a lighting level during working hours not less than the lighting level required by OSHA standards.
1.17 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
A. Construction hoists, elevators, scaffolds, stages, shoring, and similar temporary facilities shall be of ample size and capacity to adequately support and move the loads to which they will be subjected. Railings, enclosures, safety devices, and controls required by law or for adequate protection of life and property shall be provided.
B. Temporary supports shall be designed with an adequate safety factor to assure adequate load bearing capability. Whenever required by safety regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall submit design calculations for staging and shoring prior to application of loads.
1.18 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND UTILITIES
A. At such time or times as any temporary construction facilities and utilities are no longer required for the work, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER of their intent and schedule for removal of the temporary facilities and utilities, and obtain the ENGINEER's approval before removing the same.
B. As approved, the CONTRACTOR shall remove the temporary facilities and utilities from the site as CONTRACTORís property and leave the site in such condition as specified, as directed by the ENGINEER, and/or as shown on the Drawings.
Packet Pg. 446 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-7
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
C. In unfinished areas, such as planted medians, the condition of the site shall be left in a condition that will restore original drainage, evenly graded, seeded or planted as necessary, and left with an appearance equal to, or better than original.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 447 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01500-8
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 448 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01505-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01505
MOBILIZATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all bonds, insurance, and licenses; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the work.
B. Mobilization shall include but not be limited to the following principal items:
1. Moving on to the site of all CONTRACTOR's plant and equipment.
2. Installing temporary construction power, wiring, and lighting facilities.
3. Establishing fire protection system.
4. Developing construction water supply.
5. Furnishing the work access plan as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities.
6. Providing all on-site CONTRACTOR communication facilities, including telephones, and radio pagers and any radio communications facilities required for the CONTRACTOR to coordinate their forces.
7. Providing on-site sanitary facilities and potable water facilities as specified in Section 01500, Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities.
8. Arranging for and erection of the CONTRACTOR's work and storage yard, including site security.
9. Posting all EPA and OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs.
10. Post all required labor and EEOE notices.
11. Have the CONTRACTOR's superintendent at the job site full time.
12. Submittal and OWNER acceptance of the Construction Schedule.
13. Establishing site security, lighting, fencing, and signing.
14. Obtaining all bonds, insurance and licenses.
15. Providing an organization chart of the project and for the CONTRACTOR's firm.
The project chart shall include the name, title and responsibilities of each position which is involved in the work.
16. Other mobilization items approved by the ENGINEER required to support the complete work (e.g., Health and Safety Plans for Hazardous Waste).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 449 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01505-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 450 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01610
GENERAL PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
A. All products furnished and installed under this contract shall conform to the general stipulations set forth in this Section except as otherwise specified in other Sections.
1.2 COORDINATION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate all details of the products and equipment with other related parts of the work, including verification that all structures, piping, wiring, and equipment components are compatible. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all structural and other alterations in the work required to accommodate products or equipment differing in dimensions or other characteristics from that contemplated in the Contract Drawings or Specifications.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Where CONTRACTOR design is specified, design and installation of systems, equipment, and components, including supports and anchorage, shall be in accordance with provisions of 2022 edition of the California Building Code (CBC).
1. Basic Wind Speed: 105 mph, Exposure C.
2. Snow: 30-psf, non-reducible.
3. Seismic:
a. SS (maximum short-term spectral response acceleration) = 1.078 b. S1 (maximum 1-second spectral response acceleration) = 0.431 c. SDS (design short-term spectral response acceleration) = 0.768 d. SD1 (design 1-second spectral response acceleration) = 0537 e. Ie (Seismic Importance Factor) = 1.5
f. Risk Category = IV
g. Seismic Use Group = III
4. Maximum Rain Intensity: 3-inches/hour
B. Proof of Compliance:
1. Structural integrity and anchorage shall be certified by an approved calculation that demonstrates the adequacy of the anchorage system for seismic forces. This calculation may be based on principles of structural analysis and engineering mechanics, or based on similarity to approved shake-table tests.
2. The CONTRACTOR shall submit for review and approval test data or calculations certified by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California to show compliance with the above requirements.
1.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Altitude: Provide materials and equipment suitable for installation and operation under rated conditions at 500 feet above sea level.
Packet Pg. 451 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Provide equipment and devices installed outdoors or in unheated enclosures capable of continuous operation within an ambient temperature range of 20 degrees F to 120 degrees F.
1.5 WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee all equipment against faulty or inadequate design, improper assembly or erection, defective workmanship or materials, and leakage, breakage, or other failure. Materials shall be suitable for service conditions.
B. All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, and assembled in accordance with recognized and acceptable engineering and shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to standard sizes and gages so that repair parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in the field. Like parts of duplicate units shall be interchangeable.
Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests.
C. Except where otherwise specified, structural and miscellaneous fabricated steel used in equipment shall conform to AISC standards. All structural members shall be designed for shock or vibratory loads. Unless otherwise specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation of the equipment shall be at least 1/4 inch thick.
D. Except where otherwise specified, all metal which will be exposed to weather, submerged or otherwise exposed to moisture shall be either non-ferrous or stainless steel, as the application may require.
1.6 LUBRICATION
A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems which require attention no more frequently than weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during startup or shutdown and shall not waste lubricants.
B. Lubricants of the type recommended by the equipment manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs and to replace all consumption during testing, startup, and operation prior to acceptance of equipment by OWNER. Unless otherwise specified or permitted, the use of synthetic lubricants will not be acceptable.
C. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient and accessible. Oil drains and fill openings shall be easily accessible from the normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection of waste oil in containers from the normal operating area or platform without removing the unit from its normal installed position.
1.7 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Unless otherwise specified, motors furnished with equipment shall meet the following requirements:
1. Designed and applied in accordance with NEMA, ANSI, IEEE, AFBMA, and NEC for the duty service imposed by the driven equipment, such as frequent starting, intermittent overload, high inertia, mounting configuration, or service environment.
2. Rated for continuous duty at 40oC ambient, unless the application is well recognized for intermittent duty service as a standard industry practice.
Packet Pg. 452 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Insulated with Class F insulation and designed for a service factor of 1.15, or greater.
4. Three phase motors used in conjunction with variable speed drives shall have Class F insulation with a Class B temperature rise at rated nameplate horsepower, and
1.15 service factor.
5. When operating at service factor load, maximum observable temperature rise of insulation and motor parts, as determined by resistance or thermometer methods, shall not exceed the NEMA allowable limits for the type of motor, the type of enclosure, and the particular application with regard to continuous or intermittent duty.
6. To ensure long motor life, nameplate horsepower, regardless of service factor, shall be at least 115 percent of the maximum load imposed by the driven equipment.
7. Designed for full voltage starting.
8. Designed to operate from an electrical system that may have a maximum of 5 percent voltage distortion per IEEE Standard 519.
9. Derated, if required, for the altitude at which the equipment is installed.
10. Clamp-type grounding terminal shall be inside motor conduit box.
11. External conduit boxes shall be oversized at least one size larger than NEMA standard.
12. Totally enclosed motors shall have a continuous moisture drain which also excludes insects.
13. Bearings shall be either oil or grease lubricated.
14. Manufacturer's standard motor may be supplied on integrally constructed, packaged assemblies such as appliances, tools, unit heaters, and similar equipment specified by model number, in which case a redesign of the unit would be required to furnish motors of other than the manufacturer's standard design. However, in all cases, totally enclosed motors are preferred and shall be furnished if offered by the manufacturer as a standard option.
15. Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished on:
a. Equipment for installation below grade.
b. Equipment operating in wet or dust-laden locations.
16. Drip-proof motors, or totally enclosed motors at the supplier's option, shall be furnished on equipment in indoor, above-grade, clean, and dry locations.
17. Explosion-proof or submersible motors shall be furnished as required by applicable codes, as specified in other Sections, or at the supplier's option.
18. Motors shall be rated and constructed as follows:
a. Below 1/2 hp:
1) 115 volts, 60 Hz, single phase.
2) Built-in manual-reset thermal protector, or integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed manual motor starter.
b. 1/2 hp and above:
1) 460 volts, 60 Hz, 3 phase.
2) Where specified or required by the drawings, motors used on 240 volt systems shall be 230 volts, 60 Hz, 3 phase.
1.8 DRIVE UNITS
A. The nominal input horsepower rating of each gear or speed reducer shall be at least equal to the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. Drive units shall be designed for 24 hours continuous service.
B. Unless otherwise specified, the use of gearmotors will not be acceptable.
Packet Pg. 453 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-4
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
C. Gear reducers:
1. Each gear reducer shall be a totally enclosed unit with oil or grease lubricated antifriction, rolling element bearings throughout.
2. Helical, spiral bevel, combination bevel-helical, and worm gear reducers shall have a service factor of at least 1.50 based on the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. Shaft-mounted and flange-mounted gear reducers shall be rated AGMA Class II. Helical gear reducers shall have a gear strength rating to catalog rating of
1.5. Each gear reducer shall bear an AGMA nameplate.
3. The thermal horsepower rating of each unit shall equal or exceed the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor. During continuous operation, the maximum sump oil temperature shall not rise more than 100oF above the ambient air temperature in the vicinity of the unit and shall not exceed 200oF.
4. Bearings:
a. Each grease lubricated bearing shall be installed in a bearing housing designed to facilitate periodic regreasing of the bearing by means of a manually operated grease gun.
b. Each bearing housing shall be designed to evenly distribute new grease, to properly dispose of old grease, and to prevent overgreasing of the bearing. c. The use of permanently sealed, grease lubricated bearings will not be acceptable.
d. An internal or external oil pump and appurtenances shall be provided if required to properly lubricate oil lubricated bearings.
e. A dipstick or sight glass arranged to permit visual inspection of lubricant level shall be provided on each unit.
5. Gear reducers that require the removal of parts or periodic disassembly of the unit for cleaning and manual regreasing of bearings will not be acceptable.
6. Certification shall be furnished by the gear reducer manufacturer indicating that the intended application of each unit has been reviewed in detail by the manufacturer and that the unit provided is fully compatible with the conditions of installation and service.
D. V-belt drives:
1. Each V-belt drive shall include a sliding base or other suitable tension adjustment.
V-belt drives shall have a service factor of at least 1.6 at maximum speed based on the nameplate horsepower of the drive motor.
1.9 SAFETY GUARDS
A. All belt or chain drives, fan blades, couplings, and other moving or rotating parts shall be covered on all sides by a safety guard.
B. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 16 USS gauge or heavier galvanized or aluminum-clad sheet steel or 1/2 inch mesh galvanized expanded metal.
C. Each guard shall be designed for easy installation and removal.
D. All necessary supports and accessories shall be provided for each guard. Supports and accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized.
Packet Pg. 454 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-5
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
E. All safety guards in outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent the entrance of rain and dripping water.
1.10 ANCHOR BOLTS
A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish suitable anchor bolts for each item of equipment.
B. Anchor bolts, together with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting the anchor bolts when the structural concrete is placed.
C. Anchor bolts shall comply with Section 05051, Anchors, Inserts and Epoxy Dowels and, unless otherwise specified, shall have a minimum diameter of 1/2-inch.
D. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, anchor bolts for items of equipment mounted on baseplates shall be long enough to permit 1-1/2 inches of grout beneath the baseplate and to provide adequate anchorage into structural concrete.
1.11 EQUIPMENT BASES
A. Unless otherwise indicated or specified, all equipment shall be installed on concrete bases at least 6 inches high.
B. Cast iron or welded steel baseplates shall be provided for pumps, compressors, and other equipment.
C. Each unit and its drive assembly shall be supported on a single baseplate of neat design.
D. Baseplates shall have pads for anchoring all components and adequate grout holes.
E. Baseplates for pumps shall have a means for collecting leakage and a threaded drain connection.
F. Baseplates shall be anchored to the concrete base with suitable anchor bolts and the space beneath filled with grout as specified in Section 03600, Grout.
1.12 SPECIAL TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
A. Equipment requiring periodic repair and adjustment shall be furnished complete with all special tools, instruments, and accessories required for proper maintenance.
Equipment requiring special devices for lifting or handling shall be furnished complete with those devices.
1.13 SHOP PAINTING
A. Surface Protection:
1. All steel and iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in the shop.
2. Surfaces that will be inaccessible after assembly shall be protected for the life of the equipment.
Packet Pg. 455 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-6
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Exposed surfaces shall be finished smooth, thoroughly cleaned, and filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting.
4. Electric motors, speed reducers, starters, and other self-contained or enclosed components shall be shop primed or finished with a high-grade oil-resistant enamel suitable for coating in the field with an alkyd enamel.
5. Coatings shall be suitable for the environment where the equipment is installed.
B. Shop Primer:
1. Surfaces to be painted after installation shall be prepared for painting as recommended by the paint manufacturer for the intended service, and then shop painted with one or more coats of the specified primer.
2. Unless otherwise specified, the shop primer for steel and iron surfaces shall be:
a. Cook "391-N-167 Barrier Coat",
b. Koppers "No. 10 Inhibitive Primer",
c. Tnemec "37H Chem-Prime HS",
d. Valspar "13-R-28 Chromox Primer",
e. Or equal.
C. Machined, polished, and nonferrous surfaces which are not to be painted shall be coated with rust-preventive compound, Houghton "Rust Veto 344", Rust-Oleum "R-9", or equal.
1.14 PREPARATION FOR SHIPMENT
A. All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate handling and protect against damage during transit and storage. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or otherwise completely enclosed and protected during shipment, handling, and storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to the elements and shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times.
B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, and other damage. All painted surfaces which are damaged prior to acceptance of equipment shall be repainted to the satisfaction of ENGINEER.
C. Grease and lubricating oil shall be applied to all bearings and similar items.
D. Each item of equipment shall be tagged or marked as identified in the delivery schedule or on the Shop Drawings. Complete packing lists and bills of material shall be included with each shipment.
1.15 STORAGE
A. Upon delivery, all equipment and material shall immediately be stored and protected until installed in the work.
B. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, and all equipment with antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in weathertight structures maintained at a temperature above 60o F. Equipment, controls, and insulation shall be protected against moisture and water damage. All space heaters furnished in equipment shall be connected and operated continuously.
C. Equipment and materials shall not show any pitting, rust, decay, or other deleterious effects of storage when installed in the work.
Packet Pg. 456 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-7
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.16 INSTALLATION AND OPERATION
A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with the guidance of, qualified personnel having the knowledge and experience necessary for proper results.
When so specified, or when employees of the CONTRACTOR or their subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be field representatives of the manufacturer of the equipment or materials being installed.
B. Qualified field representatives shall be provided by the equipment manufacturers as required by Section 01750, Testing, Training and Startup.
C. All equipment installed under this Contract, including that furnished by OWNER shall be placed into successful operation according to the written instructions of the manufacturer or the instructions of the manufacturer's field representative. All required adjustments, tests, operation checks, and other startup activity shall be provided.
D. Acceptance of work in connection with the installation of equipment furnished by others will be subject to approval of the field representative. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for planning, supervising, and executing the installation of work, and the approval or acceptance of ENGINEER or the field representative will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility for defective work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 457 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01610-
8 City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 458 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01700-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01700
INITIAL SUPPLY OF TREATMENT CHEMICALS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Scope: Delivery of treatment chemicals as indicated herein.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Chemicals shall meet standards specified in this Section.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS).
2. Manufacturerís delivery and unloading information including available volumes for delivery and packaging information.
3. Chemical supplierís certification that the chemical meets applicable standards.
1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Chemicals shall be delivered, stored, and handled in accordance with the Manufacturerís supplied MSDS and applicable sections of the 2012 International Fire Code.
B. Chemicals shall be delivered to the site by manufacturerís representative with proper identification and manufacturerís name clearly visible.
C. Chemicals shall be stored indoors, protected from damage, extreme temperature variation, and contamination.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
2.1 TREATMENT CHEMICALS
A. Provide the following:
Chemical Name and
Formula
Form Strength Storage Container
Volume
Standard
Ferric Chloride Liquid 38% 4,600 gallons AWWA B407
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
++ END OF SECTION ++
Packet Pg. 459 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01700-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 460 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01750
TESTING, TRAINING AND STARTUP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Scope:
1. This Section covers general equipment and system testing and startup requirements, services of the manufacturer's representatives and special coordinating services required of the CONTRACTOR that shall apply during construction and training of the OWNER's personnel for facilities operation.
2. Specific testing and tracking procedures and requirements found in the Technical Specifications shall also apply.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall inform all Subcontractors and manufacturers of the requirements herein and include the required services in their costs for the work specified in these Contract Documents. Where a minimum amount of time is stated in the Technical Specifications for manufacturers' services, any additional time required to perform the specified services shall be provided at no additional cost to the OWNER.
C. Scheduling:
1. Equipment testing and plant startup are requisite to satisfactory completion of the Contract and, therefore, shall be completed within the contract time.
2. All equipment testing and plant startup activities shall be realistically allowed for and shown on the CONTRACTOR's Construction Schedule, in accordance with Section 01320, Progress Schedule.
3. All equipment testing and plant startup activities shall be scheduled in conformance with the restrictions specified in Section 01130, Special Project Constraints.
D. Equipment testing shall be satisfactorily completed prior to commencing plant startup associated with the particular equipment item or equipment package. The equipment shall not be considered ready for testing until the following conditions are satisfied:
1. Manufacturer's certification of equipment installation has been accepted by the ENGINEER.
2. Electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor certification of motor control logic has been accepted by the ENGINEER.
3. Related Technical Submittals, O&M Manual and Final Shop Drawings have been accepted by the ENGINEER.
4. Operator training services have been furnished by the CONTRACTOR (operational testing only).
5. Testing procedures have been submitted in writing and accepted by the ENGINEER in accordance with Section 01330, Submittal Procedures. All testing procedures and results shall be submitted in writing.
E. The requirements of plant startup specified herein shall also apply to the startup of individual treatment plant processes and facilities.
Packet Pg. 461 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
F. Startup Plan:
1. Not less than 3 months prior to initial equipment or system startup, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review, a detailed Facilities Startup Plan for the associated items of equipment and/or systems.
2. The Startup Plan shall include:
a. A detailed sub-network of the CONTRACTOR's Construction Progress Schedule including the following activities:
1) Manufacturer's Services;
2) Installation Certifications;
3) Operator Training;
4) O&M Manual;
5) Functional Testing;
6) Performance Testing;
7) Operational Testing;
8) All other activities necessary to affect a coordinated and successful Testing, Training and Startup.
b. Written testing plan with proposed data logs for each item of equipment to be tested.
c. A discussion of any coordination required with the Owners staff and/or any system or equipment outage requirements.
d. The Plan shall be updated and/or revised as necessary prior to subsequent Construction Progress Meetings.
e. Testing shall not be scheduled earlier than 30 days after approval of the Plan.
1.2 SERVICES DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. General:
1. Manufacturerís Representative:
a. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the services of competent and experienced technical representatives of the manufacturers of all equipment and systems furnished under the contract, for as many days as may be necessary for assembly, installation, testing assistance and operator training. b. Manufacturer's field representatives shall observe, instruct, guide, and direct CONTRACTOR's erection or installation procedures, or perform an installation check, as required.
c. In each case, the CONTRACTOR shall arrange to have the manufacturer's representative revisit the job site as often as necessary until operator training is complete and testing and startup problems have been resolved to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
d. This requirement applies to manufacturers of all equipment furnished (excluding manually operated valves smaller than 24 inches in size, and any other items of equipment specifically exempted by the ENGINEER in writing), whether or not specifically set forth in the Technical Specifications. e. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a service record on each item of equipment and shall deliver these service records to the ENGINEER prior to acceptance of operational testing.
Packet Pg. 462 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Fulfillment of Specified Minimum Services:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain prior written approval from the ENGINEER for providing manufacturers' services.
2. All requests to the ENGINEER for prior approval shall (1) be in writing, (2) be submitted not less than 10 calendar days prior to the providing of the subject services, (3) state the service to be provided, and (4) state the reason(s) why the timing of the service is appropriate.
3. Request made to the ENGINEER less than 10 calendar days prior to the manufacturers' services may not receive consideration and response prior to the times the services are provided.
4. Visits of manufacturers and their representatives to the jobsite or training classroom without prior approval as provided herein may not act to fulfill the specified minimum man-day requirements.
C. Certificate of Proper Installation:
1. Equipment requiring factory tests shall not be delivered to the jobsite until the CONTRACTOR submits acceptable certified test results to the ENGINEER.
2. Equipment shall not be considered ready for functional testing until after the following certifications have been submitted and accepted by the ENGINEER. a. Manufacturer Representatives:
1) The CONTRACTOR shall require that each manufacturer's representative furnish to the ENGINEER a written and signed report addressed to the OWNER certifying that the equipment has been properly installed, adjusted, lubricated, is in accurate alignment, is free from any undue stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts, has been operated satisfactorily under full-load conditions and is ready for full-time operation. 2) For pumps, compressors, blowers, engines, motors, and other rotating or reciprocating equipment, the report shall certify that the equipment operates within the manufacturer's allowable limits for vibration. 3) The report shall also certify that all controls, protective devices, \instrumentation, and control panels furnished as part of the manufacturer's equipment package are properly installed and calibrated; and that the control logic for equipment startup, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating. 4) The CONTRACTOR shall also sign said certification.
5) The CONTRACTOR shall submit "Manufacturer's Certification of Proper Installation" on the OWNER form.
b. Electrical and Instrumentation Subcontractor:
1) The CONTRACTOR shall require that the electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor shall furnish a written and signed report to the ENGINEER certifying that the motor control logic for the equipment item that resides in motor control centers, control panels, control boards, microprocessors, distributed processing units, computers, and the like furnished by the electrical and/or instrumentation Subcontractor has been properly tested and calibrated.
2) The report shall certify that the control logic for equipment startup, shutdown, sequencing, interlocks, and emergency shutdown has been tested and is properly operating.
3) The CONTRACTOR shall also sign said certification.
Packet Pg. 463 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-4
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.3 STARTUP AND TESTING
A. General:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the effective coordination of all parties necessary for the successful project startup.
2. The ENGINEER shall not be responsible to instruct the CONTRACTOR in the startup of the project, however, the ENGINEER will be available prior to and during startup to provide operational and technical support to the CONTRACTOR.
3. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all labor, consumables (power, water, chemicals, air, etc.) tools, equipment, instruments, and services required and incidental to completing all functional, performance and operational testing of installed equipment.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed test procedures to the ENGINEER for review at least 30 days prior to testing.
5. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER written notice confirming the date of testing at least five working days before the time the equipment is scheduled to be tested.
6. All testing shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER to be considered valid.
7. Test Reports:
a. CONTRACTOR shall submit written detailed results of all functional, performance and operational testing.
b. Upon successful completion of Operational testing all equipment installation, testing and maintenance records shall be submitted to the ENGINEER. c. Said records shall be bound separately for each piece of equipment or system and shall be collected by type of record.
8. For factory tests, written test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at least 10 days prior to shipment.
B. Functional testing:
1. All items of mechanical and electrical equipment shall be functionally tested by the CONTRACTOR after installation for proper operation.
2. A minimum of ten (10) days prior to the start of functional testing, the CONTRACTOR shall submit interconnection diagrams for the equipment and for the alarms, controls and instruments associated with the equipment. This requirement shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of meeting any requirements in the technical specifications for earlier submittal of the interconnection diagrams.
3. Minimum Test Requirements
a. The functional test of each piece of mechanical equipment shall continue for not less than eight (8) continuous hours without interruption. b. The functional test shall include checking for proper rotation, alignment, speed, flows, pressure, vibration, sound level, etc. Initial equipment and system adjustment and calibrations shall be performed in the presence of and with the assistance of the manufacturer's representative.
c. The functional test shall include a demonstration of the proper performance of all alarms, local and remote controls, instrumentation, equipment functions, and all other electrical, mechanical and piping systems.
d. All parts shall operate satisfactorily in all respects, under continuous full load, and in accordance with the specified requirements, for the full duration of the eight-hour test period.
e. If any part of a unit shows evidence of unsatisfactory or improper operation during the eight-hour test period, correction or repairs shall be made and the full Packet Pg. 464 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-5
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
eight-hour test operation, as specified herein, shall be repeated after all parts operate satisfactorily.
C. Performance testing:
1. Where performance testing is required by the Technical Specifications, the testing shall be supervised by the manufacturer's representative. These services shall continue until such times as the applicable equipment or system has been successfully tested for performance and has been accepted by the ENGINEER for operational testing.
2. Performance testing shall take place after functional testing is successfully completed in accordance with Article 1.3 B.
3. Performance testing shall demonstrate that the equipment meets all performance requirements specified.
D. Startup/operational testing:
1. Upon successful completion of operator training and the functional, performance and leakage testing, the CONTRACTOR shall startup the plant facilities and test the equipment operation and performance by conducting a seven (7) day, continuous operational test of the completed facilities as an operational process unit to demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that all equipment and systems required by these specifications will operate in the manner in which they are intended to perform.
2. The OWNER will provide CONTRACTOR-trained operating personnel for the duration of the operational test. Said operation shall be conducted and under the supervision and direction of the CONTRACTOR and/or manufacturer's representative.
3. Operational Defects:
a. All defects in materials or workmanship which appear during the operational test shall be immediately corrected by the CONTRACTOR.
b. In the event of a malfunction or deficiency that results in shutdown or partial operation of a system or process unit or results in performance that is less than that specified, the startup duration shall be repeated for that corresponding system or process unit and any other affected equipment so its proper operation and performance as required by the Contract Documents is demonstrated for a minimum of seven (7) continuous and trouble free days.
4. If the operational test is interrupted through no fault of the CONTRACTOR the test may resume at the earliest mutually agreeable time.
5. No unit process or part thereof shall be placed in service until it has successfully completed operational testing.
6. During plant startup, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the appropriate construction trades and the services of authorized Manufacturer's representatives for operational testing and as necessary, to correct faulty equipment operation.
7. After completion of all startup/operational testing, the CONTRACTOR shall repaint, hose, scrub, clean up and otherwise return the work to a "like new" condition, prior to OWNER acceptance.
1.4 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNEL
A. General:
1. Operation and maintenance training of OWNER's personnel shall be provided for mechanical, electrical, instrumentation and control equipment as listed in this Section or elsewhere in the Specifications.
Packet Pg. 465 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-6
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. For the purposes of this requirement, operations training is considered to be separate from maintenance training. Instructions are to be tailored to the needs of each group.
3. These training services shall be conducted by the manufacturer's representative and shall ensure measurable and observable means that OWNER personnel are qualified to perform equipment task requirements, including essential knowledge, skills and abilities.
4. Training shall be conducted by competent representatives who are certified by the manufacturer to be thoroughly familiar with the subject matter as well as instructional methods.
5. Training materials shall be submitted to the OWNER (see Paragraph 1.4 C below) for review. Acceptance of training materials is required prior to start of training.
6. All training shall be completed prior to beginning operational testing.
7. The OWNER shall have the right to videotape any or all training sessions, or may designate separate sessions or portions thereof for the sole purpose of videotaping.
B. Training coordinator:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall designate and provide one or more persons to be responsible for coordinating and expediting training duties.
2. The person or persons so designated shall be present at all training coordination meetings with the OWNER.
C. Training schedule:
1. The CONTRACTOR's coordinator shall coordinate the training periods with OWNERís personnel and manufacturer's representatives, and shall submit a training schedule and the training materials for each piece of equipment or system for which training is to be provided.
2. The training schedule shall be submitted not less than 21 calendar days prior to the time that the associated training is to be provided and shall be based on the then current Plan of Operation.
3. Equipment and/or systems shall be deemed suitable for use in training upon satisfactory completion of functional testing.
4. All training with regards to a unit process or part thereof shall be completed prior to the start of operational testing.
5. As a minimum, training shall be provided on the following equipment and systems:
a. Greensand Filtration System
b. Chemical Feed System
c. Backwash Reclaim Pump and Surface Wash Pump
6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide distinct and separate training sessions for both operations and maintenance personnel, meeting the following criteria:
a. Maintenance Training:
1) Maintenance training shall be provided for all items in 1.4.C.5 above. 2) The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) separate training sessions on a day agreed to by the ENGINEER.
3) Training shall emphasize theory of operations, troubleshooting, and preventative maintenance and repair procedures.
4) The discussion shall encompass issues relating to instrumentation, electrical, and mechanical systems.
b. Operations training:
Packet Pg. 466 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-7
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1) Operations training shall be provided for each piece of equipment listed in Paragraph 1.4.C.5 above.
2) The CONTRACTOR shall provide two (2) separate training sessions for each three (3) operating shifts.
3) Sessions are to be provided for each shift within the following time periods. a) Day Shift 8:00 a.m. - 2:00 p.m.
b) Swing Shift 4:00 p.m. - 10:00 p.m.
c) Grave Shift 12:00 a.m. - 6:00 a.m.
c. Training session schedules shall be approved by the ENGINEER. d. Training shall emphasize theory of operations, startup instructions, emergency and normal shutdown instructions, lockout procedures, troubleshooting, preventative maintenance, and alarm and control logic.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall confirm each training period a minimum of three working days prior to the schedule time.
8. If a manufacturer's representative fails to conduct a scheduled training class, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to compensate the OWNER for labor costs, including overhead, for all OWNER personnel in attendance for the entire scheduled training period.
9. If the CONTRACTOR or the manufacturer's representative fails to provide training that qualifies the OWNER personnel to perform equipment task requirements, the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to provide remedial training to ensure OWNER personnel proficiency at no additional cost to the OWNER.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORD KEEPING
A. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain as a minimum, the following records:
1. Equipment manufacturer's shop drawings.
2. Daily logs indicating all equipment testing and startup activities.
3. Log and time sheets of all manufacturer's representatives performing services on the jobsite.
4. Updated equipment testing and startup schedules.
5. Records of system cleaning.
6. Hydrostatic and pressure test records.
7. Equipment alignment and vibration measurements and corrective actions.
8. Equipment lubrication records.
9. Insulation resistance measurements.
10. Electrical phase, voltage and amperage measurements.
11. Electrical breaker inspection, test, and adjustment records.
12. Logs of abnormal circuits and lifted wires.
13. Testing and validation of all central and alarm functions.
14. Data sheets of all testing and calibration of instrumentation devices and control loops including documentation of set points.
15. Equipment and system release logs (from construction to startup).
16. Daily work reports.
Packet Pg. 467 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-8
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.2 GENERAL PROCEDURES
A. The general work procedures listed below outline the work to be performed by the CONTRACTOR. Additional procedures applicable to specific equipment items are specified elsewhere.
B. Technical assistance and support:
1. Obtain the assistance of the appropriate construction trades and the manufacturer or vendor, as required for technical assistance during equipment installation, testing, and startup by the CONTRACTOR and for training of the OWNER's Operation and Maintenance personnel.
2. Furnish names and telephone numbers of manufacturer's and vendor's current technical service representatives for use by the ENGINEER.
C. Instructions:
1. Maintain an adequate manufacturer's instruction file so that the information will be readily available during equipment testing and startup.
2. Prior to equipment testing, finalize, and transmit to the ENGINEER the applicable technical manuals as required under Section 01330, Submittal Procedures of the Contract Specifications.
D. Removal of rust preventives:
1. Prior to equipment testing, remove all rust preventives and oils used to protect the equipment during the construction period whenever these protective materials will be detrimental to operation or equipment maintenance.
E. Lubricants:
1. At least 60 days prior to startup, provide a list of the manufacturer's recommended lubricants for use in the plant. All equipment lubrication shall be listed with the lubricant types and quantities recommended and approved by the equipment manufacturers.
2. Provide the necessary lubricants for startup and the initial 60 days of operation.
3. Flush systems and install the initial charge of all lubricants. Dispose of flushing oil in accordance with applicable regulations.
4. The CONTRACTOR shall lubricate the equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations until the equipment is accepted by the OWNER.
5. Maintain a lubrication record for each item of equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the lubrication records to the ENGINEER prior to equipment testing.
F. Packing and seals:
1. Install, adjust, and replace packing, mechanical seals, and accessories, as necessary, during the equipment testing and startup period.
2. Adjust seal water and flushing water flow rates in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations.
G. Removal of temporary bracing:
1. Prior to equipment testing, remove all temporary supports, bracing, or other foreign objects that were installed in vessels, transformers, rotating machinery, or other equipment to prevent damage during shipping, storage, and erection, and repair any damage sustained.
H. Rotation, alignment, and vibration:
Packet Pg. 468 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-9
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Prior to equipment testing, check rotating machinery for correct direction of rotation and for freedom of moving parts before connecting the driver.
2. Prior to equipment testing, perform the cold alignment and hot alignment to the manufacturer's tolerances.
3. Prior to equipment testing, test equipment vibration and correct any vibration in excess of the manufacturer's recommendation.
I. Tie-ins at the contract limits:
1. Provide proper notification, preparation, and coordination for safe tie-ins and minimal interference with the plant operation.
2. Obtain approval and make the necessary tie-ins at the unit limits as required by the Contract Documents and as approved by the ENGINEER.
3. Prior to startup, remove the temporary blind flanges, plugs, bulkheads, seals, etc.
J. Leak and pressure tests:
1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of the schedule for non-operating field leak tests or field pressure tests on piping and field fabricated equipment, unless otherwise directed by the ENGINEER.
2. Provide the water, air and any special media required for the test purposes.
3. Prior to startup, conduct all leak and pressure tests in accordance with applicable codes, regulations, and the Contract Documents, and as approved by the ENGINEER.
The CONTRACTOR is advised that the tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER, to be considered valid.
4. Maintain a record of the leak and pressure test data and work completed.
5. Dispose of the test media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies.
6. Isolate in-line equipment as necessary for protection against test pressure.
K. Pressure/vacuum safety relief devices:
1. Prior to equipment testing, test and adjust all safety devices as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
2. Prior to plant startup, provide the ENGINEER with a list of all field or factory equipment settings.
L. Flushing and chemical/mechanical cleaning:
1. Prior to equipment operation, conduct all flushing, blowing, and chemical/mechanical cleaning operations without using the permanently installed equipment.
2. Provide any special media needed for flushing and/or cleaning purposes.
3. Dispose of all media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the applicable regulatory agencies.
4. All systems shall be free of trash and construction debris before initiating startup.
5. Maintain a record of the work completed.
M. Screens, strainers, and blind flanges:
1. Provide and install temporary strainers, screens, and blind flanges as necessary to protect the equipment and to test the equipment and pipelines.
2. Prior to startup, remove all of the temporary blinds and temporary appurtenances.
3. Clean the screens and strainers as required during startup.
4. At the end of startup, clean all of the permanently installed screens and strainers.
N. Purging/inerting:
1. Prior to startup, purge and/or passivate the facilities as specified.
Packet Pg. 469 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-10
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Install purge/inerting connections in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Provide purge or inerting materials and conduct the necessary operations as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
O. Drying out:
1. Prior to startup, dry out the facilities as specified or recommended by the equipment manufacturer to prevent contamination of catalysts, operating materials, and/or product.
2. Dry out systems, protective coatings, refractories, and linings as specified or recommended by the equipment manufacturers.
3.3 SPECIFIC PROCEDURES
A. In addition to the work responsibilities described in Subsection 3.2, the procedures outlined below further define the work responsibilities of the CONTRACTOR for specific systems and items of equipment.
B. Mechanical equipment:
1. Level baseplates and soleplates and grout under all load bearing surfaces.
2. Install suitable supports and flexible connections to alleviate any piping stresses that may be imposed on pumps, compressors, and drivers.
3. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, chemically clean lube oil, seal oil, and cooling systems. Dispose of waste and cleaning media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies.
4. In accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, charge the lube oil, seal oil, and cooling systems with flushing media and circulate for cleaning purposes.
Dispose of any flushing media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and applicable regulatory agencies.
5. Charge the lube oil systems, seal oil systems, and cooling systems with the amount and type of operating oil or coolant recommended by the manufacturer.
6. Operate the equipment and check for excessive vibration, abnormal operating noises, overheating and lubricant leakage, etc., and test any safety shutdown/alarm devices for proper operation, and make any operating tests required by the ENGINEER. The adjustments required for proper operation shall be made prior to operational testing.
7. Utilize manufacturer's representative for technical assistance during installation and startup.
8. Prior to startup, all sidewalks, gratings, handrails, safety chains, safety shields, etc., shall be installed.
9. Prior to startup, demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that all chemical solution pipelines are connected to the intended tank(s), feeder(s), pump(s), and application points, and that the pipes, appurtenances contained therein and diffusers will operate at the intended flow rates.
10. Prior to startup, the applicable safety equipment, emergency shower and eyewash units, fire extinguishers, fire suppression equipment, self-contained breathing apparatus, toxic and/or combustible gas detectors (including the respective personnel warning system), protective clothing, emergency repair kits, etc., shall be installed in an acceptable manner-subject to the ENGINEER's approval, and be fully ready for operation.
Packet Pg. 470 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-11
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
11. All safety hazards, e.g., exposed drive shafts or rotating equipment members, exposed electrical circuitry, open electrical junction boxes and panels, improperly supported piping and conduits, missing safety devices, etc., shall be corrected prior to supplier training of the OWNER's personnel.
12. The CONTRACTOR shall perform a comprehensive safety inspection and correct any safety deficiencies found before implementing plant startup.
13. Roadways that are required for ambulance service, fire fighting access, delivery of treatment chemicals and supplies, and disposal of the treatment byproducts shall be completed prior to startup.
14. Prior to startup, install all warning and safety signs, labels, and devices.
C. Tanks:
1. Test all tanks and internals, as required to demonstrate conformance to the Contract Documents. Dispose of test media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the applicable regulatory agencies.
2. Prior to startup, conduct chemical cleaning or flushing operations as specified.
Dispose of wastes and cleaning media in a manner that is acceptable to and approved by the OWNER and the applicable regulatory agencies.
3. Prior to startup, install all chemical identification, warning, and safety signs and labels.
D. Electrical power and lighting systems:
1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of the test schedule. The CONTRACTOR is advised that the tests shall be witnessed by the ENGINEER.
2. Perform insulation resistance tests on all wiring 120 volt and larger. Do not meggar instruments or solid-state devices.
3. Perform insulation resistance tests on all motor and transformer windings from phase to phase and phase to ground.
4. Perform grounding system tests to determine the continuity of connections and the value of resistance to ground.
5. Fill electrical gear with oil and/or other media as recommended by the equipment manufacturer.
6. Prior to substantial completion and startup, test and set switchgear and circuit breaker relays for proper coordination and operation.
7. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electric Testing Association, to perform a thermographic survey on all switchgear buses, insulators and power connections when energized and under at least 20 percent load. Significant hot spots shall be further checked by infrared pyrometer for exact temperature rise. The CONTRACTOR shall troubleshoot and correct the thermographic hot spots. Correction shall be verified by repeating the thermographic survey at no additional cost to the OWNER.
8. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electric Testing Association, to inspect and test the protective relays and the 800-ampere and larger drawout breakers for proper installation, adjustment, and operation in accordance with the manufacturer recommendations.
9. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain the services of a qualified "independent testing service", member of the National Electrical Testing Association, to perform DC high potential tests on all cables that will operate at more than 2,000 volts to ground.
10. Obtain local electrical inspector's approval where required.
11. Energize all substations, with approval of the Utility Company and the ENGINEER after completion of all electrical testing.
Packet Pg. 471 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01750-12
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
12. Prior to startup, perform tests and adjustments on all switchgear and motor control equipment to demonstrate proper operation and conformance to the Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommended settings.
13. Prior to startup, test installation of emergency power and lighting systems for proper operation, including light intensity.
14. Prior to startup, provide the ENGINEER with a record of all test data and the work completed.
15. Vacuum clean all electrical equipment prior to startup and acceptance.
E. Piping systems:
1. Provide the ENGINEER with 3-day advance notification in writing of test schedule.
2. Hydrostatically or pneumatically test all piping as required by the codes and contract documents.
3. After successful testing of the piping, slowly drain the system and then flush the system. Orifice plates shall be installed after testing. If installed with the piping, they will be removed and replaced with spacers or pipe spools of equal length prior to the pressure test.
4. Dewater the system, remove blind flanges, and perform tightness tests, as required by the ENGINEER.
5. Insulate or paint piping, flanges, threaded joints, or field welds after the specified testing of each item has been completed unless instructed otherwise by the ENGINEER.
6. Leave exposed all welded joints (longitudinal, girth, and nozzle) in underground piping that have not been shop tested until the specified testing has been completed.
After final testing of these joints, cover the system.
7. Prior to substantial completion and startup, check pipe hangers, supports, guides, and pipe specialties for the removal of all shipping and erection stops and for the correctness of the cold and hot settings for the design service, make adjustments as necessary to obtain proper installation. Provide the ENGINEER with instructions for the hot settings.
8. As necessary during equipment testing and at the end of substantial completion and startup, clean or replace the screens and filter elements as appropriate for the filter type and service.
9. Prior to startup, verify, to the extent required by the ENGINEER, that specified valve packing has been provided on valves installed in the plant.
10. Prior to startup, install all of the valve and piping system identification labels.
11. Prior to startup, check and record the position of all process system valves.
12. Prior to startup, correct support, vibration, and thermal expansion problems detected during the preliminary equipment testing.
13. Prior to the startup, retorque all hot and cold service bolting as required to ensure a permanent and proper installation.
14. Prior to startup, demonstrate to the ENGINEER's satisfaction that each piping system (e.g., chemical, sample, utility, irrigation process, etc.) functions as designed and required by the Contract Documents.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 472 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01800-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01800
OPERATIONAL COMPLETION AND PROJECT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. The Work will be considered operationally complete when all technical and administrative submittals, testing, training and startup are completed satisfactorily in accordance with the Contract Documents.
B. Operational completion shall apply to the project in its entirety.
1.2 CERTIFICATION OF OPERATIONAL COMPLETION
A. Prior to requesting the ENGINEER's inspection for certification of each phase as operationally complete, the CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing that each phase of the Work is operationally complete and shall submit a list of known items still to be completed or corrected (punchlist) prior to Contract Completion.
B. The following items shall be completed:
1. OWNER has been advised of any pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Specific warranties, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents have been submitted.
3. All tools, spare parts, extra stocks of materials, and similar physical items have been delivered to OWNER.
4. Instruction of OWNER's operation/maintenance personnel, and start up testing has been completed.
5. Submittal and acceptance of all O&M manuals.
6. Changeover of locks to OWNER's cores/keys.
C. Punchlist:
1. When the CONTRACTOR considers that the Work, or a portion or phase thereof which the OWNER agrees to accept separately, is operationally complete, the CONTRACTOR shall certify in writing that the work is operationally complete and shall prepare and submit to the ENGINEER a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to Contract Completion (punchlist).
2. The ENGINEER may add additional work items to the punchlist.
3. Failure to include an item on the punchlist does not alter the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4. Upon receipt of the CONTRACTOR's punchlist, the ENGINEER will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is operationally complete.
5. If the ENGINEER's inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the CONTRACTOR's list, that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall, upon notification by the ENGINEER and before an issuance of the Certificate of Operational Completion is provided, complete or correct such item.
6. The CONTRACTOR shall then submit a request for another inspection by the ENGINEER.
Packet Pg. 473 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01800-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
7. When the Work or designated portion thereof is accepted by the ENGINEER to be operationally complete, the ENGINEER will prepare a Certificate of Operational Completion.
8. The date of Operational Completion shall be the date of the ENGINEER's inspection and acceptance.
1.3 DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT CLOSEOUT
A. Closeout is hereby defined to include general requirements near the end of the Contract Time, in preparation for Final Acceptance, Final Payment, normal termination of Contract, occupancy by OWNER and similar actions evidencing completion of the Work.
B. Specific requirements for individual units of Work are specified in Sections of Divisions 2 through 16.
1.4 FINAL CLEANUP
A. At completion, leave project clean and ready for use.
1. Legally dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the site.
2. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints and other foreign materials from exposed and enclosed surfaces.
3. Repair, patch and touch up all affected curbs, gutters, and sidewalks to match adjacent surfaces.
4. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds. Vacuum clean all interior surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
1.5 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit Contract Record Drawings for the OWNER.
1. The CONTRACTOR shall make a record of changes during construction on prints of the Drawings provided by the OWNER for this purpose (Contract Record Drawings) as described in Section 01330, Submittal Procedures.
2. The reproducible drawings on which changed conditions are recorded shall be returned to the ENGINEER prior to project completion.
1.6 GUARANTEES
A. The General Conditions cover the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to remedy defects due to faulty workmanship and materials which appear within one year from the date of Final Acceptance.
B. Special guarantees are required by various Sections of the Specifications. Assemble written guarantees, label and submit to the ENGINEER.
1. Equipment guarantees shall be written in the manufacturer's standard form and shall be countersigned by the Subcontractor or supplier and the CONTRACTOR.
2. All other guarantees shall be written on the Subcontractor's or supplier's letterhead and shall be countersigned by the CONTRACTOR.
Packet Pg. 474 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01800-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.7 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Spare parts and maintenance materials are required by various Sections of the Specifications.
1. Parts and materials shall be packaged so as to preclude damage in normal handling and storage.
2. Packages shall be labeled with full description of contents and project name and clearly identified as to which item of equipment they belong to. CONTRACTOR shall maintain a spare parts inventory list which shall be provided to the OWNER prior to Final Acceptance.
3. Submit packaged parts and materials to ENGINEER.
4. Submit the value of all spare parts.
1.8 FINAL INSPECTION
A. Prior to requesting ENGINEER's final inspection for certification of Final Acceptance and Final Payment, complete the following and list known exceptions (if any):
1. Submit Final Payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted.
2. Submit copy of final punchlist of itemized work to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, endorsed and dated by ENGINEER.
3. Submit Consent of Surety.
4. Revise and submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.
B. Certify in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents, and request ENGINEER's final inspection.
C. Reinspection:
1. Within seven (7) days after receipt of the CONTRACTOR's notice that the work has been completed, including punchlist items resulting from earlier inspections, and excepting incomplete items delayed because of acceptable circumstance, the ENGINEER will reinspect the work.
2. Upon completion of reinspection, ENGINEER will either prepare a certificate of Final Acceptance or advise the CONTRACTOR of work not complete or obligations not fulfilled as required for Final Acceptance.
3. If necessary, inspection procedure will be repeated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED)
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 475 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01800-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 476 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01810-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 01810
CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 WORK INCLUDED
A. This Section covers the work necessary for cleaning during construction and final cleaning on completion of the Work.
1.2 GENERAL
A. At all times maintain areas covered by the Contract and public properties free from accumulations of waste, debris, and rubbish caused by construction operations.
B. Pollution Control:
1. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with local ordinances and antipollution laws.
2. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on project site.
3. Volatile wastes shall be properly stored in covered metal containers and removed daily.
4. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral spirits, oil, or paint thinner in storm or sanitary drains.
5. Do not dispose of wastes into streams or waterways.
C. Construction materials such as concrete forms and scaffolding shall be neatly stacked by the CONTRACTOR when not in use. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove splattered concrete, asphalt, oil, paint, corrosive liquids, and cleaning solutions from surfaces to prevent marring or other damage.
D. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned.
E. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by cleaning material manufacturers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. During execution of Work, clean site and public properties and dispose of waste materials, debris, and rubbish to assure that buildings, grounds, and public properties are maintained free from accumulations of waste materials and rubbish.
B. Wet down dry materials and rubbish to lay dust and prevent blowing dust.
C. Provide approved containers for collection and disposal of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Empty containers within one day after they are full.
Packet Pg. 477 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 01810-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from exposed and semi-exposed surfaces.
E. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish to match adjacent surfaces.
F. Vacuum clean all interior spaces, including inside cabinets. Broom clean paved surfaces, rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
G. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as few handlings as possible; do not drop or throw materials from heights.
H. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
I. Vacuum clean interior building areas when ready to receive finish painting and continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until building is ready for substantial completion or occupancy.
3.2 FINAL CLEANING
A. See Section 01800, Operational Completion and Project Closeout, for additional requirements.
B. At the completion of Work on all Contracts and immediately prior to final inspection, cleaning of the entire Project will be accomplished according to the following provisions:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall thoroughly clean, sweep, wash, and polish all work and equipment, including finishes. The cleaning shall leave the structures and site in a complete and finished condition to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER.
2. Should the CONTRACTOR not remove rubbish or debris or not clean the building and site as specified above, the OWNER reserves the right to have the cleaning done at the expense of the CONTRACTOR.
3. Employ professional cleaners for final cleaning.
4. In preparation for substantial completion of occupancy, conduct final inspection of sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces, and of concealed spaces.
5. Remove grease, dust, dirt, stains, labels, fingerprints, and other foreign materials from sight-exposed interior and exterior finished surfaces; polish surfaces so designated to shine finish.
6. Repair, patch, and touch up marred surfaces to specified finish, to match adjacent surfaces.
7. Broom clean paved surfaces; rake clean other surfaces of grounds.
8. Replace air-handling filters if units were operated during construction.
9. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils, if air-handling units were operated without filters during construction.
10.Clean luminaires in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Clean all light fixtures.
11.Remove from the OWNER's property all temporary structures and all materials, equipment, and appurtenances not required as a part of, or appurtenant to, the completed work. See Section 01500 - Temporary Construction Facilities and Utilities. + + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 478 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02200-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02200
SITE PREPARATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. Interfering or Objectionable Material: Trash, rubbish, and junk; vegetation and other organic matter, whether alive, dead, or decaying; topsoil.
B. Clearing: Removal of interfering or objectionable material lying on or protruding above ground surface.
C. Grubbing: Removal of vegetation and other organic matter including stumps, buried logs, and roots greater than 0.5 inch caliper to a depth of 6 inches below subgrade.
D. Stripping: Removal of topsoil remaining after applicable scalping is completed.
E. Project Limits: Areas, as shown or specified, within which Work is to be performed.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Clear, grub, and strip areas actually needed for waste disposal, borrow, or site improvements within limits shown or specified.
B. Do not injure or deface vegetation that is not designated for removal.
3.2 LIMITS
A. As follows, but not to extend beyond Project limits.
1. Excavation 5 feet beyond top of cut slopes.
2. Trench Excavation: 4 feet from trench centerline, regardless of actual trench width.
3. Waste Disposal:
a. Clearing: 5 feet beyond perimeter.
b. Scalping and Stripping: Not required.
c. Grubbing: Around perimeter as necessary for neat finished appearance.
4. Structures: 5 feet outside of new structures.
5. Roadways: Clearing , grubbing and stripping 50 feet from centerline.
6. Overhead Utilities:
a. Clearing and Grubbing: Entire width of easements and rights-of-way. b. Scalping and Stripping: Wherever grading is required.
7. Other Areas: As shown.
B. Remove rubbish, trash, and junk from entire area within Project limits.
Packet Pg. 479 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02200-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.3 CLEARING
A. Clear areas within limits shown or specified.
B. Fell trees so that they fall away from facilities and vegetation not designated for removal.
C. Cut stumps not designated for grubbing flush with ground surface.
D. Cut off shrubs, brush, weeds, and grasses to within 2 inches of ground surface.
3.4 GRUBBING
A. Grub areas within limits shown or specified.
3.5 STRIPPING
A. Do not remove topsoil until after scalping is completed.
B. Strip areas within limits to minimum depths shown or specified. Do not remove subsoil with topsoil.
3.6 DISPOSAL
A. Clearing and Grubbing Debris: Dispose of debris offsite.
B. Strippings:
1. Dispose of strippings that are unsuitable for topsoil or that exceed quantity required for topsoil offsite or approved by ENGINEER.
2. Stockpile topsoil in sufficient quantity to meet Project needs. Dispose of excess strippings as specified for clearing and grubbing.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 480 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02220
DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. ìDemolishî: CONTRACTOR shall remove from the site as property of CONTRACTOR.
Demolition includes disconnecting, removal, loading, repairs, cleanup, transportation, unloading, disposal permits and fees, disposal, and all other items required to remove the material from the site.
B. ìSalvageî: CONTRACTOR shall remove from area of Work and place in location designated by ENGINEER. Equipment is property of OWNER. Salvage includes disconnecting, removal, repairs, cleanup, loading, transportation, unloading, and all other items required to remove and relocate the material.
C. ìOWNER to Removeî: OWNER will remove from area of Work prior to CONTRACTOR commencing demolition Work for this area.
D. ìRelocateî: CONTRACTOR shall relocate material shown to new locations shown on Drawings or stated herein. Relocation includes disconnecting, removal, reconnecting, attaching, repairs, and all other items required to relocate material to new location.
E. ìAbandonî: CONTRACTOR shall disconnect and leave in place as specified.
F. ìMaterialsî: Any and all items and objects that are scheduled, specified, or shown to be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Action Submittals:
1. Product Information: Grout, sealants, and bonding agents to be used for patching.
B. Informational Submittals:
1. Plan and schedule phased demolition, including limits of demolition, as part of and consistent with the progress schedule specified in Section 01320, PROGRESS SCHEDULE.
2. Methods of demolition and equipment proposed to demolish materials.
3. Copies of any authorizations and permits required to perform Work.
4. Copies of Hazardous Materials Inspection Reports.
5. Repair procedures for demolition of materials beyond limits shown on Drawings.
Packet Pg. 481 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials and equipment in suitable and adequate quantity as required to accomplish the Work shown, specified herein, and as required to complete the Project.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Drawings are based on available information. The Work may differ slightly from what is shown. CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for determining the work required by inspecting the site.
3.2 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
A. All Work shall be done in conformance with all applicable rules and regulations pertaining to safety.
B. Hazardous Materials:
1. See General Conditions.
2. Existing facilities, or portions thereof, to be demolished may contain hazardous materials such as asbestos cement piping, residual chemicals in existing or abandoned piping, lead-based paint, mercury seals, or other unknown hazardous materials.
3.3 SEQUENCE
A. Be responsible for the sequence of Work.
B. Conform to constraints as specified in Section 01130, SPECIAL PROJECT CONSTRAINTS.
3.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordination with ENGINEER:
1. Only materials specified herein, shown on the Demolition Photographs or the Drawings, or approved by ENGINEER in the field shall be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned.
2. Verify materials scheduled to be demolished, salvaged, removed, relocated, or abandoned with ENGINEER prior to performing Work.
3. Do not remove materials without prior approval of ENGINEER.
4. Provide at least 3 working daysí notice to ENGINEER prior to start of Work.
5. Notify ENGINEER to turn off affected services or facilities before starting Work.
6. Provide temporary services during interruptions to affected services or facilities as acceptable to ENGINEER.
7. ENGINEER will indicate limits of Work if not clearly shown.
B. Coordination with Utility Owners:
1. Notify utility owners to turn off affected services or facilities before starting Work.
Packet Pg. 482 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Provide not less than 72 hours notice to utility owners prior to shutdown, unless otherwise directed by utility owners.
3. Provide temporary services during interruptions to affected services or facilities as acceptable to utility owners.
3.5 LIMITS
A. Drawings define minimum portions of materials to be demolished. Unless otherwise shown, rough cuts or breaks may be made to limits of demolition shown. If rough cuts or breaks are made exceeding limits shown, CONTRACTOR shall repair the cuts or breaks back to the dimensions shown on Drawings at CONTRACTORís expense.
B. If limits are not clear on the Drawings or Demolition Photographs, limits shall be as directed by ENGINEER.
C. All areas not within the limits of demolition Work shown on the Drawings, or as specified herein, shall be left undisturbed, unless necessary for demolition of materials.
3.6 DEMOLITION
A. General:
1. Inspect condition of materials to be demolished prior to bidding to assess potential for salvage value.
2. Remove all materials associated with existing equipment that is to be demolished.
3. Materials within limits of demolition will become the property of CONTRACTOR.
4. All materials from the demolition process shall be removed safely from the project site as soon as possible. They shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable federal, state, and city regulations. CONTRACTOR is responsible for determining these regulations and shall bear all costs associated with disposal of the materials.
B. Pavement and Curbs:
1. Provide saw cut at all concrete and pavement surfaces and curb removal limits and where neat connection lines are required.
2. Surfaces exposed by demolition activities shall be repaired and finished to provide a uniform, smooth, level transition between adjacent surfaces.
C. Concrete, CMU, and Reinforcing:
1. In areas where concrete or CMU portions are to be removed from a structure, the edge of removal shall be cut with a concrete saw to leave a perpendicular edge or by coredrilling where a circular hole is required.
2. Damaged concrete shall be removed to solid concrete. Damaged concrete shall include concrete that is soft, spalled, cracked, or otherwise damaged as determined by ENGINEER.
3. Depth of removal shall be as determined by ENGINEER unless otherwise shown or specified.
4. Reinforcing shall be cut and removed unless otherwise shown or instructed by ENGINEER.
5. Spalled edges may be required to be resawn at the discretion of the ENGINEER.
6. Protect adjacent structures and equipment from damage during Work.
Packet Pg. 483 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
7. Exposed surfaces following demolition activities shall be repaired and finished to provide a uniform, smooth, and level transition between adjacent surfaces.
8. Remove and repair designated cracked and damaged concrete areas shown in accordance with this section and Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
D. Concrete Embedded Items:
1. Except for core drills, demolish anchor bolts, reinforcing steel, conduit, and other materials that are concrete embedded to a minimum of 1 inch below final finished surface. For core drills, coat rebar exposed by core drilling with System No. 304 in accordance with Section 09900, PAINTING.
2. Plug empty pipes and conduits with fireproof sealant to maintain fire ratings for floors or walls.
3. Patching:
a. Demolish damaged concrete. Damaged concrete shall be removed to solid concrete. Damaged concrete shall include concrete that is soft, spalled, cracked, or otherwise damaged as determined by ENGINEER.
b. Coat with approved bonding agent.
c. Patch with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
E. Piping:
1. Pressurized Services: Install restrained caps or plugs at the demolished ends, unless otherwise shown.
2. Gravity Services: Install concrete plugs, 5-foot minimum length.
F. Utilities:
1. Excavate utility lines serving structures to be demolished.
2. Demolish electrical, sanitary, and storm drainage lines serving structures to be demolished.
3. Support or relocate utility lines exposed by Work.
4. For water and gas lines to be demolished or capped and terminated, provide a permanent leakproof closure. Closure type shall be as recommended by utility owner.
G. Electrical:
1. Remove conduits and wiring from materials to be demolished back to nearest junction box.
2. For existing circuits to remain operational, intercept existing conduit at the most convenient location, or as shown, and splice and extend conduit to new location.
Install new conductors as required to accomplish intended results. New conductors shall be continuous without splices between junction boxes.
3. For existing circuits no longer needed, demolish conductors from conduits.
4. Demolish all surface-mounted conduit which is no longer needed.
5. For conduit below grade or concealed within walls, cap and abandon in place.
3.7 SALVAGE
A. Salvage materials for OWNERís own use where shown.
B. Remove materials with extreme care so as not to damage.
Packet Pg. 484 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
C. Promptly remove materials from Work area.
D. Store materials in location designated by ENGINEER.
E. Clean and protect materials from dust, dirt, natural elements, and store as directed.
3.8 RELOCATION
A. ENGINEER will determine condition of materials prior to removal.
B. Remove all materials associated with items to be relocated.
C. Existing materials shall not be damaged during removal.
D. Properly store and maintain materials in same condition as when removed.
E. Clean and protect materials from dust, dirt, natural elements, and store as directed.
3.9 ABANDONMENT
A. Structures: Break holes into or core drill floor slabs, catch basins, and other below-grade concrete structures to be abandoned in place to allow water to freely migrate through.
B. Piping and Conduits:
1. General: Piping and conduits to be abandoned shall be capped with a watertight plug at demolished end in a manner that will prevent entrance of soil, groundwater, or moisture.
2. Pressurized Services: Install restrained caps or plugs at the demolished ends, unless otherwise shown.
3. Gravity Services: Install concrete plugs, 5-foot minimum length.
3.10 REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT
A. Any damaged materials scheduled to be salvaged or relocated shall be repaired by the CONTRACTOR to the satisfaction of ENGINEER or replaced at the CONTRACTORís expense.
B. Any damage to areas not within the limits of demolition Work shown on the Demolition Photographs, Drawings, or as specified herein shall be repaired or replaced to original precontract conditions at the CONTRACTORís sole expense.
3.11 DISPOSAL
A. Dispose of materials offsite in licensed landfills and in accordance with all local, state, and federal regulations. CONTRACTOR is responsible for obtaining any and all necessary permits for disposal.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 485 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02220-
6 City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 486 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes: All excavating, backfilling, filling, grading, subgrade preparation and disposing of earth materials as required. It also includes all temporary means needed to prevent discharge of sediment to watercourses from dewatering systems or erosion.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Aggregate Material.
2. ASTM D422, Method for Particle-Size Analysis of Soils.
3. ASTM D423, Liquid Limit of Soils.
4. ASTM D427, Shrinkage Factors of Soils.
5. ASTM D4355, Standard Test Method for Deterioration of Geotextiles.
6. ASTM D4491, Standard Test Method for Water Permeability of Geotextiles.
7. ASTM D4533, Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles.
8. ASTM D4632, Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles.
9. ASTM D4751, Standard Test Method for Determining Apparent Opening Size of a Geotextile.
10. ASTM D6241, Standard Test Method for Static Puncture Strength of Geotextiles.
11. ASTM D698, Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil.
12. ASTM D1556, Test Method for Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand-Cone Method.
13. ASTM D2922, Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth).
14. ASTM D2166, unconfined compressive strength of soils.
B. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)
1. Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1926
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Permits and Regulations:
1. Perform excavation Work in compliance with applicable requirements of governing authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Obtain all necessary permits for Work in roads, rights-of-way, railroads, etc. Also, obtain permits as required by local, state and federal agencies for discharging water from excavations, for erosion control, and for prevention of air and water pollution.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Test Reports - Borrow, Backfill, and Grading: Testing laboratory shall submit copies of the following reports directly to ENGINEER:
1. Tests on borrow material.
Packet Pg. 487 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Tests on footing subgrade.
3. Field density tests.
4. Optimum moisture - maximum density curve for each soil used for backfill.
5. Reports of observations for conformance of borrow material to the Project Geotechnical Report.
6. Quality Control Plan: Names and phone numbers of independent testing companies that will be used to perform soil and asphalt concrete testing, qualifications, and proposed procedures for performing tests and providing test results to ENGINEER.
B. Submit to the ENGINEER samples of all materials, including select backfill, general backfill, bedding, crushed stone, sand and topsoil. Submit samples of the proposed material at least seven days in advance of its anticipated use.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. General:
1. All material will be tested by the laboratory and approved by the ENGINEER.
2. No material shall be placed without the approval of the ENGINEER.
B. Marking Tape:
1. Plastic:
a. Inert polyethylene, impervious to known alkalis, acids, chemical reagents, and solvents likely to be encountered in soil.
b. Thickness: Minimum 4 mils.
c. Width: 12 inches.
d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length.
e. Manufacturers and Products:
1) Reef Industries; Terra Tape.
2) Allen; Markline.
3) Or equal.
2. Metallic:
a. Solid aluminum foil, visible on unprinted side, encased in a protective high visibility, inert polyethylene plastic jacket.
b. Foil Thickness: Minimum 5.5 mils.
c. Width: 12 inches.
d. Identifying Lettering: Minimum 1-inch high, permanent black lettering imprinted continuously over entire length.
e. Joining Clips: Tin or nickel-coated, furnished by tape manufacturer. f. Manufacturers and Products:
1) Reef Industries; Terra îDî.
2) Allen; Detectatape.
3) Or equal.
3. Marking tape shall be marked with the following statements:
a. Backwash Waste (BWW), Finished Water (FW), Pump to Waste (PTW), Raw Water (RW), Backwash Recycle (REC), Sample (SA) Pipelines: ìCAUTION ñ WATER PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.î
b. Drain (DR) Piping: ìCAUTION ñ DRAIN PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.î Packet Pg. 488 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
c. Ferric Chloride (FECL) and Sodium Hypochlorite (SHC) Pipeline: ìCAUTION ñ CHEMICAL PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.î
d. Sludge (SLD) Pipeline: ìCAUTION ñ SLUDGE PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.î e. Sewer Force Main (SFM) Pipeline: ìCAUTION ñ SEWER FORCE MAIN PIPELINE BURIED BELOW.î
f. For Existing Utilities Within Trench Limits: ìCAUTION ñ BURIED PIPELINE/CONDUITî or as specified by utility owner.
4. Color:
a. Effluent Pipeline: Purple, as specified in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code. b. Sanitary Sewer Pipeline: Green, as specified in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code. c. Others Disturbed: Color, as specified for specific utility in ANSI Z53.1 Safety Color Code.
C. Pipe Locating Wire:
1. Pipe locating wire shall be bare AWG No. 10, soft drawn, single-strand copper wire.
Locating wire shall be PVC, HDPE or HMWPE insulated and rated for direct bury.
Insulation color shall be per APWA uniform color code.
2. Provide at least 6-mil PVC electrical tape insulation around wire where adjacent to metal pipe, valves, and in all valve boxes.
D. Geotextile Fabric
1. Mechanical Properties
a. Grab Tensile Strength (ASTM D4632): 200 lbs
b. Grab Tensile Elongation (ASTM D4632): 15%
c. Trapezoid Tear Strength (ASTM D4533): 75 lbs
d. CBR Puncture Strength (ASTM D6241): 700 lbs
e. Apparent Opening Size (ASTM D4751): 40 sieve
f. Permittivity (ASTM D4491): 0.05 sec-1
g. Flow Rate (ASTM D4491): 4 gal/min/ft2
h. UV Resistance (at 500 hours)(ASTM D4355): 70% Strength retained
2. Manufacturers and Products:
a. Tencate; Mirafi 500x
b. Or Equal
E. Fill Material:
1. Classification:
a. Fill adjacent to structures to a distance measured horizontally from the structure that is equal to the depth from the finished grade is classified as Select Fill. b. Outside these limits, the fill is classified as Common Fill, unless otherwise specified.
2. Common Fill:
a. Common Fill materials shall consist of soils obtained from on-site excavations or off-site sources that are uniformly mixed, contain no organic material, and have been passed through a 3î screen.
b. The maximum expansion of off-site materials shall be 1.5% as performed on a sample remolded to approximately 9% of the maximum dry density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 698 at 2% below optimum moisture content under a 100 psf surcharge pressure.
c. If on-site material is unsuitable as determined by the ENGINEER, imported fill shall be used.
3. Select Fill:
Packet Pg. 489 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-4
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
a. Select fill or backfill is material selected by the ENGINEER from the excavation. b. Select material shall be free of organic or other unsuitable materials and shall not contain rocks, or unbroken masses of soil larger then 4" in greatest dimension.
F. Aggregate Base:
1. Class 2, æî maximum conforming to Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
G. Granular Bedding:
1. Well-graded sand and gravel materials.
2. Unfrozen, friable, and no clay balls, roots, or other organic material.
3. Clean or gravelly sand with less than 5 percent passing No. 200 sieve, as determined in accordance with ASTM D1140, or gravel or crushed rock within maximum particle size and other requirements as follows unless otherwise specified.
4. 3/4-inch maximum particle size, except 1/4 inch for stainless steel pipe, copper pipe, tubing, and plastic pipe under 3-inch diameter.
5. Conduit and Direct-Buried Cable:
a. Sand, clean or clean to silty, less than 12 percent passing No. 200 sieve. b. Individual Particles: Free of sharp edges.
c. Maximum Size Particle: Pass a No. 4 sieve.
d. If more than 5 percent passes No. 200 sieve, the fraction that passes No. 40 sieve shall be non-plastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318.
H. Sand:
1. Natural or manufactured granular material, containing no organic material.
2. Sand will be non-plastic, when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318, 100% passing a 1/2î screen and no more than 20% passing a No. 200 screen.
I. Crushed Stone :
1. Crushed stone will be crushed rock or gravel conforming to the requirements of ASTM C33, Size #57.
J. Gravel Surfacing
1. Gravel Surfacing will be crushed rock, angular, and well-graded.
2. Maximum size of æî, at least 50% passing the No 4. screen, between 10 and 30% passing the No. 10 screen and no more than 15% passing the No. 40 screen.
3. Color to be selected by OWNER.
K. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM):
1. Select and proportion ingredients to obtain compressive strength between 50 and 150 psi at 7 days in accordance with ASTM D4832. Sufficient cement shall be added to meet the strength and material requirements given below and as required to provide sufficient strength for compacting overlying trench backfill. Provide certified mix design and test results in accordance with submittal requirements.
2. Materials:
a. Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, two sacks minimum per cubic yard. b. Aggregate: ASTM C33, maximum Size 7. The amount of material passing a No. 200 sieve shall not exceed 12 percent. The above No. 200 sieve material shall be well graded so as to avoid segregation. The minus #200 sieve fraction shall be nonplastic.
Packet Pg. 490 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-5
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
c. Fly Ash (if used): ASTM C618, Class C or F.
d. Water: Clean, potable, containing less than 500 ppm of chlorides.
3. Mix Design:
a. The CONTRACTOR and its suppliers shall determine the materials and proportions used to meet the requirements of these Specifications. Make daily checks of the aggregate gradation and adjust the mix design as required. Modify the CLSM mix as necessary to meet the flowability, pumpability, and set time requirements for each individual pour.
b. At least 30 days before placing CLSM, submit to the ENGINEER a mix design for each CLSM to be used. The mix design shall include trial lab and field data, with pairs of 6-inch by 12-inch cylinder breaks performed at 7, 14, and 28 days. Molds shall be plastic or waxed cardboard. The mix design shall be performed by an independent laboratory under the direction of an engineer licensed in California. c. No CLSM shall be placed until the ENGINEER has approved the mix design. The ENGINEERís approval of the mix design shall be understood to indicate conditional acceptance. Final acceptance will be based on tests conducted on field samples and conformance with these Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Inspection:
1. Provide ENGINEER with sufficient notice and with means to examine the areas and conditions under which excavating, filling, and grading are to be performed.
2. ENGINEER will notify CONTRACTOR if conditions are found that may be detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the Work.
3. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
B. ìPot-holingî:
1. Excavate and backfill, in advance of the construction, test pits to determine conditions or location of the existing utilities and structures.
2. Definite the location of each existing facility involved within the area of his excavation for Work under this Contract.
3. Exercise care during such location work to avoid damaging and/or disrupting the affected facility.
4. CONTRACTOR is responsible for repairing, at his expense, damage to any structure, piping, or utility caused by his Work.
C. Temporary Fencing:
1. Furnish and install a temporary fence surrounding excavations and work area, including the stockpile and storage areas.
2. Provide fence openings only at vehicular, equipment and worker access points.
Packet Pg. 491 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-6
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.2 EROSION CONTROL
A. General: Implement the construction procedures outlined herein to assure minimum damage to the environment during construction. Take all additional measures required to conform to the requirements of applicable codes and regulations.
1. Whenever possible, locate and construct access and temporary roads to avoid environmental damage. Make provisions to regulate drainage, avoid erosion and minimize damage to vegetation.
2. Where areas must be cleared for storage of materials or temporary structures, provisions will be made for regulating drainage and controlling erosion, subject to the ENGINEER'S approval.
3. Remove only those shrubs and grasses that must be removed for construction.
Protect the remainder to preserve their erosion-control value.
B. Control Measures: Apply measures to control erosion and to minimize the siltation of the existing waterways, and natural ponding areas. Such measures include, but are not limited to, the use of berms, baled straw silt barriers, gravel or crushed stone, mulch, slope drains and other methods.
1. Install erosion and sediment control practices where shown and according to applicable standards, codes and specifications. The practices will be maintained in effective working condition during construction and until the drainage area has been permanently stabilized.
2. Temporary measures will be coordinated with the construction of permanent drainage facilities and other Work to the extent practicable to assure economical, effective, and continuous erosion and siltation control.
3. CONTRACTOR will provide special care in areas with steep slopes. Disturbance of vegetation will be kept to a minimum to maintain stability.
4. After stabilization, remove all straw bale dikes, debris, etc., from the site.
C. Dust Control:
1. Prevent blowing and movement of dust from exposed soil surfaces and access roads to reduce on- and off-site damage and health hazards.
2. Control may be achieved by irrigation in which the site is sprinkled with water until the surface is moist.
3. Repeat the process as needed.
D. Failure to Comply: In the event CONTRACTOR repeatedly fails to satisfactorily control erosion and siltation, the OWNER reserves the right to employ outside assistance or to use its own forces to provide the corrective measures indicated. The cost of such work, plus engineering costs, will be deducted from monies due CONTRACTOR.
3.3 DEWATERING
A. General:
1. Continuously control all water during the course of construction, including surface water and ground water, to prevent any damage to any excavation or to the construction activities occurring within those excavations.
2. Maintain all dewatering systems full time (24-hours/day) during the entire time the excavation is open. Do not shut down dewatering systems at night, on weekends or on holidays, or any other time the excavation is open.
Packet Pg. 492 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-7
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Each excavation will be kept dry during subgrade preparation and continually thereafter until the structure to be built, or the pipe to be installed therein is inspected by the ENGINEER and backfill operations have been completed.
4. Provide adequate alarm, monitoring and back-up systems for all dewatering systems to maintain control of all water during all times any excavation is open.
B. Surface Water:
1. Provide and maintain adequate drainage and dewatering system to prevent surface water from entering excavations and to remove and dispose of all rainwater entering excavations, trenches, or other parts of the Work.
2. Keep the different working areas on the site free of surface water at all times. Special care will be taken to eliminate depressions that could serve as mosquito pools.
3. The diversion and removal of surface water will be performed in a manner that will prevent the accumulation of water behind temporary structures or at any other locations within the construction area where it may be detrimental.
C. Ground Water:
1. Provide, operate and maintain dewatering system to permit excavation and subsequent construction activities in a dry, safe environment.
2. System shall be of sufficient size and capacity to maintain groundwater level a minimum of 2 feet below the lowest point of excavation.
3. Contractor shall make an assessment of the potential for dewatering induced settlement of surrounding soils and structures. Contractor shall provide all necessary equipment and facilities, including re-injection wells, cutoff walls, infiltration trenches, etc, to prevent damage to adjacent structures.
D. Disposal of water:
1. Disposal of discharge water shall conform to any and all applicable permit requirements.
3.4 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS
A. Trench Support
1. Provide, install and maintain trench shields for all trench excavations for which trench shields are required (at a minimum, as required by OSHA).
2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances.
3. Elevation of Bottom:
a. Excavation of earth material below the bottom of a shield will not exceed the limits established by ordinances, codes, laws and regulations. b. When using a shield for pipe installation, the bottom of the shield will not extend below the mid-diameter of installed pipe at any time.
c. When using a shield for the installation of structures, the bottom of the shield shall not extend below the top of the bedding for the structures.
4. Moving Shield: When a shield is removed or moved ahead, extreme care will be taken to prevent the movement of pipe or structures or the disturbance of the Packet Pg. 493 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-8
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
bedding for pipe or structures. Pipe or structures that are disturbed are to be removed and reinstalled as specified.
B. Below Grade Structure Excavation Support
1. Provide, install and maintain excavation support systems for all structural excavations where excavation support is required (at a minimum, as required by OHSA).
2. Follow all OSHA guidelines and other applicable laws and ordinances.
3. Prepare excavation support plan addressing the following topics:
a. Details of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions for worker protection from the hazards of caving ground
b. Design assumptions and calculations
c. Methods and sequencing of installing excavation support d. Proposed locations of stockpiled excavated materials e. Minimum lateral distance from the crest of slopes for vehicles, equipment and materials
f. Location of vertical and horizontal monitoring points on structures and recommended frequency of monitoring for excavation support system stability and performance
4. Design of excavation support systems and excavation support plan shall be prepared by a civil or structural engineer registered in the state in which the system is installed.
a. Excavation support system shall consist of h-pile and lagging, sheet piles, or other reliable method of excavation support.
b. The use of below-ground tiebacks is allowed, however, Contractor is responsible for locating and avoiding potential conflicts with existing utilities in the area in which the tie-backs are installed. All tiebacks shall be further than 3 feet from any conflicting utility. Tiebacks shall not use existing structures for support.
C. Removal of Excavation Support
1. Completely remove all excavation support unless ENGINEER specifically allows requested excavation support to remain in place after backfill.
2. Remove all excavation support in a manner that will maintain support as excavation is backfilled and will not leave voids in the backfill.
3.5 EXCAVATION
A. General:
1. Material removed: Excavations include earth, sand, clay, gravel, hardpan, boulders, rock, pavements, rubbish and all other materials within the excavation limits.
2. Excavations for structures and pipelines will be open excavations. Provide excavation protection system(s) required by ordinances, codes, law and regulations to prevent injury to workmen and to prevent damage to new and existing structures or pipelines.
Unless shown or specified otherwise, protection system(s) will be utilized under the following conditions.
a. Excavation Less Than 5í deep: Excavations in stable rock or in soil conditions where there is no potential for a cave-in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other conditions, excavations will be sloped and benched, shielded, or shored and braced.
b. Excavations More Than 5í deep: Excavations in stable rock where there is no potential for a cave-in may be made with vertical sides. Under all other Packet Pg. 494 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-9
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
conditions, excavations will be sloped and benched, shielded or shored and braced.
c. Excavation protection system(s) will be installed and maintained in accordance with the excavation plan submitted.
B. Structural Excavation:
1. The elevation of the bottom of footings shown is approximate only. ENGINEER may order such changes in dimensions, and elevations as may be required to secure a satisfactory footing.
2. Hand-trim all structure excavations to permit the placing of full widths and lengths of footings on horizontal beds. Rounded and undercut edges will not be permitted.
3. Excavations shall allow for aggregate base, forms, working space, installation of shoring or bracing or the safe sloping of banks.
C. Pipe Trench Excavation:
1. No more than 100í of trench may be opened in advance of pipe laying.
2. Minimize trench width to the greatest extent practical, but conform to the following:
3. Sufficient to provide room for installing, jointing and inspecting piping, but in no case wider at top of pipe than pipe barrel outside diameter plus 3í.
4. Enlargements at pipe joints may be made, if required, and approved by ENGINEER.
5. Sufficient for shoring and bracing, or shielding and dewatering.
6. Sufficient to allow thorough compaction of backfill adjacent to bottom half of pipe.
7. Depth of trench will be as shown. If required and approved by ENGINEER, depths may be revised.
D. Subgrades:
1. Subgrades for roadways, structures and trench bottoms shall be firm, dense, and thoroughly compacted and consolidated; free from mud, muck, and other soft or unsuitable materials; and remain firm and intact under all construction operations.
2. Subgrades that are otherwise solid, but which become soft or mucky on top due to construction operations, shall be reinforced with select fill.
3. The finished elevation of stabilized subgrades shall not be above subgrade elevations shown.
E. Material Storage: Stockpile satisfactory excavated materials in approved areas, until required for backfill or fill. Place, grade and shape stockpiles for proper drainage.
1. Locate and retain soil materials away from edge of excavations.
2. Dispose of excess soil material and waste materials as specified hereinafter.
F. Unauthorized Excavation:
1. All excavation outside the lines and grades shown, and which is not approved by ENGINEER, together with the removal and disposal of the associated material is at the CONTRACTOR'S expense.
2. Unauthorized excavations shall be filled and compacted with select fill by the CONTRACTOR at his expense.
3.6 PLACEMENT OF FILL AND BACKFILL
A. General:
1. Backfill excavations as promptly as Work permits, but not until completion of the following:
Packet Pg. 495 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-10
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
a. Acceptance by the ENGINEER of construction below finish grade. b. Inspection, testing, approval, and recording of locations of underground piping and ductwork.
c. Removal of concrete formwork.
d. Removal of shoring and bracing, and backfilling of voids with satisfactory materials.
e. Removal of trash and debris.
2. Remove and replace with approved fill material, as specified, fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material.
3. Compact all fill and backfill as specified in Subsection 3.7.
B. Structural Backfill:
1. Select fill shall be placed as structural backfill where shown on the Drawings or indicated herein.
2. Constraints:
a. Backfill water-holding basins or structures only after satisfactory leakage tests have been conducted as specified in Sections Concrete and Precast Concrete. b. No backfill or fill material shall be placed when free water is standing on the surface of the area.
c. No compaction of fill will be permitted with free water on any portion of the fill to be compacted.
d. No fill shall be placed or compacted in a frozen condition or on top of frozen material.
e. Any fill containing organic materials or other unacceptable material previously described shall be removed and replaced with approved fill material prior to compaction.
3. Levels of backfill against concrete walls are not to differ by more than 2í on either side of walls, unless walls are adequately braced or all floor framing is in place up to and including grade level slabs.
4. Wherever a pipe passes through a structure backfill, the structure backfill shall be placed and compacted to an elevation 12î above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
C. Backfill in Pipe Trenches:
1. Pipeline trenches may be backfilled prior to pressure testing, but no structure shall be constructed over any pipeline until it has been tested.
2. Unless otherwise shown, place all pipe on a minimum 6î thick layer of Granular Bedding. The bedding shall extend 12î above the top of the pipe.
3. Install bedding as follows:
a. Spread bedding and grade to provide a uniform and continuous support beneath the pipe at all points between bell holes or pipe joints. b. After each pipe section is placed, deposit and compact sufficient bedding material under and around each side of the pipe to hold the pipe in proper position and to maintain alignment during subsequent pipe jointing and bedding operations. c. Bedding material shall be deposited and compacted uniformly and simultaneously on each side of the pipe to prevent lateral displacement. Then place and compact the bedding material to an elevation 12î above the top of pipe.
Packet Pg. 496 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-11
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
4. Above the level of bedding, place Select or Common Fill, as specified elsewhere in these specifications.
5. Controlled Low Strength Material (CLSM):
a. When CLSM pipe zone material is indicated, the pipe may be supported above the trench floor on pea gravel bags or sandbag supports. The CONTRACTOR shall demonstrate to the ENGINEER, 7 days prior to full pipeline backfill installation, placement of CLSM as described below. This demonstration shall occur on the first 300 feet of trench, The CLSM pipe zone material shall be installed as indicated. 1) Bedding and Embedment: Place and compact CLSM pipe zone material using the following techniques:
a) Following placement and anchoring of the pipe, remove all loose soil from trench walls and floor. Remove any unstable soil at the top of the trench which might fall into the trench during placement of the CLSM. b) Deliver the CLSM to the trench in ready mix trucks or traveling pug mill and utilize pumps or chutes to place the CLSM in the trench. Direct CLSM to one side of the pipe, taking care not to displace the pipe at any time.
Continue placing CLSM on one side of the pipe until CLSM has gone under the pipe and up the other side to a depth of 6 inches above the pipe bottom. Use at least two handheld vibrators to continuously liquefy and move CLSM into all voids. Adjust water in mixture to maintain fluid consistency but maintain strength requirements. Continue placing CLSM on both sides of the pipe continuously using two vibrators for every 30 feet of pipe run.
c) Maintain stability of pipe and conduit throughout CLSM placement and curing. CLSM will likely require placement in lifts to prevent pipe flotation.
No movement of the pipe caused by flotation will be allowed. If any movement occurs, the CLSM material shall be removed and/or repaired in full conformance with these Contract Documents at no additional cost to the OWNER. Remove all sloughed material or other debris from top of previously placed CLSM.
d) CLSM shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 4 hours prior to placing each lift as well as trench zone material. A smaller cure period will be allowed if it can be demonstrated to the ENGINEER that it will support the individual lift or trench zone material. The CLSM shall be sufficiently strong to support trench backfill material and the compaction effort required to achieve the specified compaction.
D. Marking Tape:
1. Continuously install marking tape along centerline of all buried piping, on top of last lift of pipe zone material unless otherwise shown. Coordinate with piping installation drawings. Install in accordance with manufacturerís recommendations. a. Metallic Marking Tape: Install with nonmetallic piping and waterlines. Join ends with clips provided by the manufacturer.
b. Plastic Marking Tape: Install with metallic piping.
E. Pipe-Locating Wire:
1. Pipe-locating wire shall be provided for the entire length of all buried pipelines and shall be continuous around restrained joint sections.
2. Install pipe locating wire by strapping to the top of the pipe with PVC tape, polyethylene-backed tape, or tie locks. Test pipe locating wire with pipe locator equipment prior to final acceptance.
Packet Pg. 497 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-12
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3. Stub the pipe-locating wire up inside each valve box or flush-mounted Type C corrosion monitoring stations. Sufficient excess length shall be provided at terminal connections to allow continuation of the pipe-locating wire to the terminal connection.
4. Wire splices shall be made with compression fittings or soldering; wrapped with TacTape, Aqua-Seal, or equal, and wrapped with electrical tape. Prevent bare copper wire from contacting metallic appurtenances including, but not limited to, pipe, buried valves, or fittings.
F. Geotextile Fabric
1. Install per manufacturerís recommendations.
G. Resume backfilling operations using the techniques described above to complete the pipe zone backfill. ENGINEER will approve the pipe zone backfill prior to initiating the trench zone backfill.
H. Embankments:
1. To the maximum extent available, use excess earth obtained from structure and trench excavations for construction of embankments. Obtain additional material from borrow pits, if such pits are shown, otherwise obtain additional material from offsite sources as necessary.
2. Strip, scarify, level and roll the subgrade so that surface materials of the subgrade will be compact and well bonded with the first layer of the embankment.
3. Wherever a pipe is to pass through a fill or embankment, place and compact the fill or embankment material to an elevation 12î above the top of the pipe before the trench is excavated.
I. Crushed Stone:
1. Place where shown on the Drawings, to the limits shown.
2. Place in hand-tamped lifts, not to exceed 6î.
J. Replacement of Unacceptable Excavated Materials: In cases where over-excavation for the replacement of unacceptable soil materials is required, backfill the excavation to the required subgrade with select backfill material and thoroughly compacted.
3.7 COMPACTION
A. General:
1. Compaction by inundation with water will not be permitted.
2. Provide equipment capable of discing, aerating, and mixing the soil to ensure reasonable uniformity of moisture content throughout the material and to reduce the moisture content by air drying, if necessary.
3. Perform compaction with equipment suitable for the type of fill material being placed.
Select equipment that is capable of providing the minimum density required by these Specifications. Use hand-operated compacting equipment within a distance of 10 feet from the wall of any completed below grade structure. Provide equipment that is capable of compacting in restricted areas next to structures and around piping.
B. Compaction Density Requirements: The degree of compaction required for several types of fill is listed below. Moistened or aerated material as necessary to provide the moisture content specified, or if not specified, that will facilitate obtaining the specified compaction.
Packet Pg. 498 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-13
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
MATERIAL Required
Minimum Density
(ASTM D 1557)
Maximum
Uncompacted Lift*
Common Fill/Prepared Subgrade: 90% 8î
Select Fill/Trench Backfill above pipe:
More than 2 feet below final grade 90% 8î
Less than 2 feet below final grade 95% 8î
Aggregate Base: 95% 8î
Granular Bedding 90% 6î
Sand 90% 6î
Gravel Surfacing 95% 6î
*Where large areas of backfill allow for use of large, heavy equipment, ENGINEER may, at their option, allow uncompacted lifts up to 12î.
C. Moisture Content: All fill and backfill shall be prepared and thoroughly mixed to achieve optimum moisture content, ±3%, with the following exception: On site clayey soils optimum to +3%.
D. Testing: Testing will be as specified under Paragraph 3.10, ìField Quality Controlî.
3.8 GRADING
A. General:
1. Uniformly grade areas within limits of grading under this Section, including adjacent transition areas.
2. Smooth subgrade surfaces within specified tolerances, and compact with uniform levels or slopes between points where elevations are shown or between such points and existing grades.
B. Adjacent to Structures: Grade areas adjacent to structures to drain away from structures (including masonry fences) and to prevent ponding.
C. Walks: Shape surface of areas under walks to line, grade and cross-section, with finish surface not more than 1î above or below the required subgrade elevation.
D. Pavements: Shape surface of areas under pavement to line, and grade and cross-section with finish surface not more than 1/2î above or below the required subgrade elevation.
E. Under Building Slabs: Grade smooth and even, free of voids, compacted as specified and to required elevation. Provide final grades within a tolerance of 1/2î when tested with a 10í straightedge.
F. Special Areas: In turfed areas or areas covered with gravel, stone, wood chips, or other special cover, grade to within not more than 1-inch above or below the required subgrade elevations.
G. Compaction: After grading, compact subgrade surfaces to the depth and percentage of maximum density for each area classification.
Packet Pg. 499 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-14
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
Area Required Minimum Density
(ASTM D 1557)
Beneath Treatment Structures and Buildings 95%
Beneath Pavement 95%
Landscaped and other areas 85%
3.9 PAVEMENT BASE COURSE
A. Shoulders:
1. Place shoulders along edges of base course to prevent lateral movement.
2. Construct shoulders of acceptable soil materials, placed in such quantity to compact to thickness of each base course layer.
3. Compact and roll at least a 12î width of shoulder simultaneously with compacting and rolling of each layer of base course.
B. Placing:
1. Place base course material on prepared subgrade in layers of uniform thickness conforming to indicated cross-section and thickness.
2. Maintain optimum moisture content for compacting base material during placement operations.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
A. General: Testing by a testing laboratory of materials, testing for moisture content during placement and compaction of fill materials, and of compaction requirements for compliance with technical requirements of the Specifications.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall retain one or more independent testing agencies to perform all quality control testing required for all materials except portland cement concrete. The required testing is for soil, aggregates, imported gravel, aggregate base, asphalt concrete, and CLSM. Each independent testing agency shall perform the testing under the supervision of an engineer registered in California. Technicians performing the testing shall be certified to operate the equipment and have at least 1 full year of experience in the type of tests being performed.
C. A Quality Control Plan shall be submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER at least 30 days before field testing is required. It shall include the names, addresses, and phone number of the companies, the major personnel that will be involved, and resumes of the individuals that will be supervising and performing the tests. Copies of certificates held by the companies and the testing personnel shall be included.
D. CONTRACTORís independent testing agency shall perform all field and laboratory testing as described in these Specifications. Test shall include specific gravity, sand equivalent, durability, abrasion resistance, soundness, gradation, compaction curves, lab and field moisture contents, compressive strength, and field density. Other tests shall be performed by the CONTRACTORís independent testing agency as may be required to meet the Specifications. Mix design testing for portland cement concrete, CLSM, and asphalt concrete shall also be performed by the CONTRACTOR. Field testing for portland cement concrete will be performed by the ENGINEER.
E. CONTRACTOR shall schedule all lab testing so that materials arriving at the site have been approved by the ENGINEER for use on the Project.
Packet Pg. 500 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-15
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
F. All lab tests shall be performed on Samples obtained from the source of actual material that will be used on the Project. No test results more than 90 days old shall be submitted for review.
G. The location of field density tests shall be determined by the ENGINEER.
H. Frequency of tests: Frequency will be not less than as follows:
1. For trenches:
a. In open fields: 2 locations every 1,000 linear feet, for each layer b. Along dirt, gravel, or paved roads or off traveled right-of-way: 2 locations every 500 linear feet, for each layer
c. Crossing roads: 2 locations along each crossing, for each layer
2. For structural backfill: 1 every 50 cubic yards.
3. In embankment or fill: 1 every 200 cubic yards.
4. Base material: 1 every 50 cubic yards.
5. Footing Subgrade: 1 every 50 linear feet, for each layer.
6. Paved Areas and Building Slab Subgrade: 1 every 500 square feet, but in no case less than 3 tests, for each layer.
I. The ENGINEER may modify the frequency or spacing of tests to provide for testing at specific structures or locations where the ENGINEER deems additional testing is required.
The CONTRACTOR shall perform such additional testing up to 10 percent above the frequency and total number of tests specified at no additional cost to the OWNER.
J. Verbal and hand-written test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR immediately following the field testing. Written test data sheets shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 12 hours following completion of the field test.
Typed lab test results shall be provided to the ENGINEER not more than 7 calendar days following completion of the tests; however, the results must be reviewed and approved by the ENGINEER prior to placing the material in the trenches or incorporating it in the Work.
A. Any location where a failing test occurs shall be recompacted and retested until a passing test is obtained. Specified testing values are minimums and no tests shall be accepted below the specified minimums. No material shall be placed over the failing test area until the failing material is recompacted and a passing test is obtained, and the area is approved by the ENGINEER. The limits of the failing test shall be assumed to be halfway between the failing location and the nearest passing location. Additional tests may be taken to determine the limits of unsatisfactory compaction.
B. At the first of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall provide to the ENGINEER a typed summary of all tests performed for the previous month including test location by station, depth below finished grade, material tested, wet density, moisture content, dry density, maximum density curve used, and percent relative compaction. Lab test results shall also be included in the monthly report with clear description of material tested, intended use on the Project, and a statement of compliance or noncompliance with the Project Specifications.
C. Any material which does not meet the Specifications shall be removed from the site and replaced with material in compliance.
Packet Pg. 501 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02300-16
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. Material which has been softened or modified prior to placing the overlying lift shall be removed down to material which is in compliance.
3.11 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS
A. Material removed from the excavations that does not conform to the requirements for fill or is in excess of that required for backfill shall be hauled away from the Work site and disposed of by CONTRACTOR in compliance with ordinances, codes, laws and regulations at no additional cost to the OWNER.
B. A site is not available to dispose of excess material. + + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 502 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02390-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02390
RIPRAP
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Administrative Submittals: Trip tickets showing source, type, and weight of each load of material delivered to site.
B. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Certified Test Results for Each Class of Riprap for Each Quarry Used to Supply Material:
a. Gradation.
b. Abrasion resistance.
c. Bulk density.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GEOTEXTILES
A. Provide geotextile under all Riprap.
B. Geotextile shall be non-woven, synthetic, UV resistant fabric.
2.2 RIPRAP
A. Riprap shall conform to the following specification:
1. Conforming to Section 72-2 of the CalTrans Standard Specifications B. Free of roots and other organic or deleterious matter.
C. Hard and durable quarry stone free from fractures, bedding planes, pronounced weathering, and earth or other adherent coatings.
D. Minimum Dimension of Individual Pieces: Not less than 1/3 maximum dimension.
E. Abrasion Resistance: Maximum 35 percent wear as determined in accordance with ASTM C535.
F. Bulk Density: Minimum 150 pounds per dry cubic foot.
G. Gradation: Smaller pieces shall generally fill voids between larger pieces without either excess or deficiency of one or more sizes of stone.
Packet Pg. 503 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02390-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PLACING RIPRAP
A. Utilize power and hand tools to produce a subgrade that is true to the slope or grades indicated.
B. Place geotextile prior to placing riprap. Overlap seams at least 24 inches.
C. Place riprap as follows:
1. Intermix different sizes of pieces to eliminate segregation and to fill voids between larger pieces with smaller pieces and work surface free from irregularities.
2. Use placement and intermixing methods that avoid disturbing prepared subgrade or damaging existing facilities, completed Work, or adjacent property. + + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 504 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02770-1
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02770
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Information Submittals:
1. Asphalt Concrete Mix Formula:
a. Submit minimum of 15 days prior to start of production. b. Submittal to include the following information:
1) Gradation and portion for each aggregate constituent used in mixture to produce a single gradation of aggregate within specified limits.
2) Bulk specific gravity for each aggregate constituent. 3) Measured maximum specific gravity of mix at optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with ASTM D2041.
4) Percent of asphalt lost due to absorption by aggregate. 5) Percentage of asphalt cement, to nearest 0.1 percent, to be added to mixture. 6) Optimum mixing temperature.
7) Optimum compaction temperature.
8) Temperature-viscosity curve of asphalt cement to be used.
2. Test Report for Asphalt Cement:
a. Submit minimum 10 days prior to start of production. b. Show appropriate test method(s) for each material and the test results.
3. Statement of qualification for independent testing laboratory.
4. Test Results:
a. Mix design.
b. Asphalt concrete core.
c. Gradation and asphalt content of uncompacted mix.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Independent Testing Laboratory: In accordance with ASTM E329.
2. Asphalt concrete mix formula shall be prepared by approved certified independent laboratory under the supervision of a certified asphalt technician.
1.3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Temperature: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when ground temperature is lower than 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) or air temperature is lower than 4 degrees C (40 degrees F). Measure ground and air temperature in shaded areas away from heat sources or wet surfaces.
B. Moisture: Do not apply asphalt materials or place asphalt mixes when application surface is wet.
Packet Pg. 505 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02770-2
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Asphalt Material: Conform to the following specification:
1. Asphalt Material shall be a hot mix asphalt concrete, Type A, 1/2-inch maximum aggregate size, consisting of a mixture of mineral aggregate and paving asphalt conforming to Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, PG 64-10.
B. Seal Coat: Conform to the following specification:
1. Seal coat material shall be conforming to Section 37 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Traffic Control:
1. In accordance with all applicable specification sections and laws.
2. Minimize inconvenience to traffic, but keep vehicles off freshly treated or paved surfaces to avoid pickup and tracking of asphalt.
B. Driveways: Repave driveways from which pavement was removed. Leave driveways in as good or better condition than before start of construction.
3.2 LINE AND GRADE
A. Provide and maintain intermediate control of line and grade, independent of underlying base, to meet finish surface grades and minimum thickness.
B. Shoulders: Construct to line, grade, and cross-section shown.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Prepare subgrade as specified.
B. Thoroughly coat edges of contact surfaces with emulsified asphalt or asphalt cement prior to laying new pavement. Prevent staining of adjacent surfaces.
3.4 PAVEMENT APPLICATION
A. General: Place asphalt concrete mixture on approved, prepared base in conformance with this section.
B. Pavement Mix:
1. Prior to Paving:
a. Sweep primed surface free of dirt, dust, or other foreign matter. b. Patch holes in primed surface with asphalt concrete pavement mix.
2. Place asphalt concrete pavement mix in one single lift.
3. Total Compacted Thickness: 3 inches.
4. Apply such that meet lines are straight and edges are vertical.
Packet Pg. 506 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02770-3
City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
5. Collect and dispose of segregated aggregate from raking process. Do not scatter material over finished surface.
6. After placement of pavement, seal meet line by painting a minimum of 150 millimeters (6 inches) on each side of joint with cut-back or emulsified asphalt. Cover immediately with sand.
C. Compaction: Roll until roller marks are eliminated and density of 92 percent of measured maximum density determined in accordance with ASTM D2041.
D. Tolerances:
1. General: Conduct measurements for conformity with crown and grade immediately after initial compression. Correct variations immediately by removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling.
2. Completed Surface or Wearing Layer Smoothness:
a. Uniform texture, smooth, and uniform to crown and grade. b. Maximum Deviation: 1/8 inch from lower edge of a 3.6-meter (12-foot) straightedge, measured continuously parallel and at right angle to centerline. c. If surface of completed pavement deviates by more than twice specified tolerances, remove and replace wearing surface.
3. Transverse Slope Maximum Deviation: 1/4 inch.
E. Seal Coat:
1. General: Apply seal coat of paving grade or emulsified asphalt to finished surface at longitudinal and transverse joints, joints at abutting pavements, areas where asphalt concrete was placed by hand, patched surfaces, and other areas as directed by ENGINEER.
2. Preparation:
a. Surfaces that are to be sealed shall be maintained free of holes, dry, and clean of dust and loose material.
b. Seal in dry weather and when temperature is above 2 degrees C (35 degrees F).
3. Application:
a. Fill cracks over 1.5 millimeters (1/16 inch) in width with asphalt-sand slurry or approved crack sealer prior to sealing.
b. When sealing patched surfaces and joints with existing pavements, extend minimum 150 millimeters (6 inches) beyond edges of patches.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 507 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02770-
4 City of Redding May 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 508 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 02830
CHAIN LINK FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Detailed information and specifications for materials, finishes, and dimensions.
B. Samples: Approximately 6 inches square, or 6 inches long of posts, rails, braces, fabric, wire, ties, and fittings.
C. Quality Control Submittals:
1. Manufacturer's recommended installation instructions.
2. Evidence of Supplier and installer qualifications.
1.2 SCHEDULING AND SEQUENCING
A. Complete necessary site preparation and grading before installing chain link fence and gates.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Match style, finish, and color of each fence component with that of other fence components.
2.2 CHAIN LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. Galvanized fabric conforming to ASTM A392, Class 2.
B. Height: 72 inches, unless otherwise shown.
C. Wire Gauge: No. 9.
D. Pattern: 2-inch diamond-mesh.
E. Diamond Count: Manufacturer's standard and consistent for fabric furnished of same height.
F. Loops of Knuckled Selvages: Closed or nearly closed with space not exceeding diameter of wire.
G. Wires of Twisted Selvages:
1. Twisted in a closed helix three full turns.
2. Cut at an angle to provide sharp barbs that extend minimum 1/4-inch beyond twist.
Packet Pg. 509 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2.3 POSTS
A. General:
1. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Heavy Industrial Fence, except as modified in this section.
2. Steel Pipe: ASTM F1083.
3. Roll-Formed Steel Shapes: Roll-formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45, steel.
4. Protective Coatings:
a. Zinc Coating: ASTM F1234, Type A external and internal coating.
5. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric.
B. Line Posts:
1. Steel Pipe:
a. Outside Diameter: 2.375-inch.
b. Weight: 3.65 pounds per foot.
2. Roll-Formed Steel C Shape:
a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.625-inch.
b. Weight: 2.70 pounds per foot.
3. Steel H-Section:
a. Outside Dimensions: 2.25-inch by 1.70-inch.
b. Weight: 3.26 pounds per foot.
C. End, Corner, Angle, and Pull Posts:
1. Steel Pipe:
a. Outside Diameter: 2.875-inch.
b. Weight: 5.79 pounds per foot.
D. Posts for Removable Fence Panels: As specified for end, corner, angle, and pull posts.
E. Posts for Swing Gates:
1. Material: ASTM F1043 Group IA ASTM F1083 schedule 40 pipe.
2. Gate Post Size per ASTM F900:
For gate fabric height up to and including 6 feet
Gate Leaf Width Post Outside Diameter
Up to 4 ft 2.375-inch
Over 4 ft to 10 ft 2.875-inch
Over 10 ft to 18 ft 4.0-inch
For gate fabric height over 6 feet to 12 feet
Up to 6 ft 2.875-inch
Over 6 ft to 12 ft 4.0-inch
Over 12 ft to 18 ft 6.625-inch
Over 18 ft to 24 ft 8.625-inch
a. Roll-formed steel shapes may be substituted for steel pipe posts for gate leaf widths up to 6 feet and fabric heights up to 8 feet.
1) Outside Dimensions: 3.5-inch by 3.5-inch.
2) Weight: 4.85 pounds per foot.
2.4 TOP RAILS AND BRACE RAILS
A. Galvanized steel pipe or roll-formed steel C shapes, color-coated.
Packet Pg. 510 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Protective Coatings: As specified for posts.
C. Color Coating: ASTM F1043, minimum 10 mils thickness over zinc coating to match color of chain link fabric.
D. Strength and Stiffness Requirements: ASTM F669, Top Rail, Heavy or Light Industrial Fence.
E. Steel Pipe:
1. ASTM F1083.
2. Outside Diameter: 1.66-inch.
3. Weight: 2.27 pounds per foot.
F. Roll-Formed Steel C Shapes:
1. Roll formed from ASTM A570, Grade 45.
2. Outside Dimensions: 1.625-inch by 1.25-inch.
3. Weight: 1.40 pounds per foot.
2.5 FENCE FITTINGS
A. General: In conformance with ASTM F626, except as modified by this article.
B. Post and Line Caps: Designed to accommodate passage of top rail through cap, where top rail required.
C. Tension and Brace Bands: No exceptions to ASTM F626.
D. Tension Bars:
1. One-piece.
2. Equal in length to full height of fabric.
E. Truss Rod Assembly: 3/8-inch diameter.
F. Barb Arms: 45-degree arms for supporting three strands of barbed wire.
2.6 TENSION WIRE
A. Zinc-coated steel marcelled tension wire conforming to ASTM A824, Type II, Class 2.
2.7 GATES
A. General:
1. Gate Operation: Opened and closed easily by one person.
2. Welded Steel Joints: Paint with zinc-based paint.
3. Chain Link Fabric: Attached securely to gate frame at intervals not exceeding 15 inches.
B. Swing Gates: ASTM F900.
1. Hinges:
a. Furnished with large bearing surfaces for clamping in position.
Packet Pg. 511 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
b. Designed to swing either 180 degrees outward, 180 degrees inward, or 90 degrees in or out, as shown, and not twist or turn under action of gate.
2. Latches: Plunger bar arranged to engage stop, except single gates of openings less than 10 feet wide may each have forked latch.
3. Gate Stops: Mushroom type or flush plate with anchors, suitable for setting in concrete.
4. Locking Device and Padlock Eyes: Integral part of latch, requiring one padlock for locking both gate leaves of double gates.
5. Hold-Open Keepers: Designed to automatically engage gate leaf and hold it in open position until manually released.
C. Fabric Salvage: Knuckled.
D. Appurtenances and Framework: As specified.
2.8 REMOVABLE FENCE PANELS
A. Panel Length:
1. Equal division of total length of removable fence section.
2. Maximum 10 feet.
B. Frames: ASTM F1184, Type I.
2.9 CONCRETE
A. Provide as specified in Section 03300, CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Install chain link fences and gates in accordance with ASTM F567, except as modified in this section, and in accordance with fence manufacturer's recommendations, as approved by ENGINEER. Erect fencing in straight lines between angle points.
B. Provide all necessary hardware for a complete fence and gate installation.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Establish locations of fence lines, gates, and terminal posts.
3.3 POST SETTING
A. Driven posts are not acceptable.
B. Post Hole Depth:
1. Minimum 3 feet below finished grade.
2. 2 inches deeper than post embedment depth below finish grade.
C. Backfill post holes with concrete to 2 inches above finished grade.
D. Before concrete sets, crown and finish top of concrete to readily shed water.
Packet Pg. 512 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.4 BRACING
A. Brace gate and corner posts diagonally to adjacent line posts to ensure stability.
3.5 TOP RAILS
A. Install top rail sleeves with springs at 105 feet maximum spacing to permit expansion in rail.
3.6 CHAIN LINK FABRIC
A. Do not install fabric until concrete has cured minimum 7 days.
B. Install fabric with twisted and barbed selvage at top.
3.7 GATES
A. Hang gates and adjust hardware so gates operate satisfactorily from open or closed position.
B. Set gate stops in concrete to engage center drop rod or plunger bar.
3.8 ELECTRICAL GROUNDING
A. Ground fences in accordance with applicable requirements of IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code.
3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Gate Tests: Prior to acceptance of installed gates and gate operator systems, demonstrate proper operation of gates under each possible open and close condition specified.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 513 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 02830-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
Packet Pg. 514 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Formwork as required to construct cast-in-place concrete, including placing of all items such as sleeves, anchor bolts, inserts and all other items to be embedded in concrete for which placement is not specifically provided under other Sections.
B. REFERENCES
C. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
2. ACI 347, Guide for Concrete Formwork.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Coordination:
1. Review installation procedures under other Sections and coordinate the installation of items that must be installed with the formwork.
2. Coordinate formwork specifications herein with the requirements for finished surfaces specified in Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit for information purposes the following: Copies of manufacturer's data and installation instructions for all proprietary materials, including form coatings, manufactured form systems, ties and accessories.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Allowable Tolerances: Construct formwork to provide completed concrete surfaces complying with tolerances specified in ACI 347, Chapter 3.3, except as otherwise specified.
B. Furnish and install all items for permanent or temporary facilities in accordance with manufacturerís instructions.
Packet Pg. 515 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FORM MATERIALS
A. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Unless otherwise shown or specified, construct formwork for exposed concrete surfaces with plywood overlaid with MDO or HDO specifically designed for concrete forms, metal, metal-framed plywood-faced or other acceptable panel materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth as-cast surfaces. Furnish in largest practical sizes to minimize number of joints. Provide form material with sufficient thickness to remain watertight and withstand pressure of newly placed concrete without bow or deflection.
B. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Form concrete surfaces that will be unexposed in the finished structure with plywood, lumber, metal, or other acceptable material. Provide lumber that is dressed on at least 2 edges and 1 side.
C. Form Ties:
1. Form ties on exposed surfaces shall be located in a uniform pattern or as indicated on the Drawings. Form ties shall be constructed so that the tie remains embedded in the wall, except for a removable portion at each end. Form ties shall have conical or spherical type inserts, inserts shall be fixed so that they remain in contact with forming material, and shall be constructed so that no metal is within 1 inch of the concrete surface when the forms, inserts, and tie ends are removed. Wire ties will not be permitted. Ties shall withstand all pressures and limit deflection of forms to acceptable limits.
2. Flat bar ties for panel forms shall have plastic or rubber inserts having a minimum depth of 1 inch and sufficient dimensions to permit proper patching of the tie hole.
3. Ties for water-holding structures or dry structures with access such as basements, pipe galleries, etc., that are below finish grade, shall have either an integral steel water stop
0.103 inch thick and 0.625 inch in diameter that is tightly and continuously welded to the tie, or a neoprene water stop 3/16-inch thick and 15/16 inch in diameter whose center hole is ½ the diameter of the snap tie, or a molded plastic water stop of comparable size. Flat snap ties complying with above requirements and other sections of this Specification may be used. The water stop shall be considerably larger in area than the tie cross sectional area, and shall be oriented perpendicular to the tie and symmetrical about the center of the tie. The ties shall be constructed to provide a positive means of preventing rotation or disturbance of the center portion of the tie during removal of the ends.
D. Alternative Form Ties ñ Through-Bolts:
1. Alternate form ties consisting of tapered through-bolts at least 1 inch in diameter at smallest end, or through-bolts that utilize a removable tapered sleeve of the same minimum size may be used at the CONTRACTORís option. Clean and roughen, fill, and seal form tie hole as shown on the Drawings; or where not shown on the Drawings, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a shop drawing submittal of his proposed method of sealing the through-bolt hole by sandblasting or mechanically cleaning and roughening the entire interior surface of the hole, epoxy coating the roughened surface and driving a vinyl plug and then dry packing the entire hole on each side of the plug with nonshrink grout, meeting these Specifications. Dry packing shall be done while the epoxy is tacky or remove the epoxy by mechanical means and reapply new epoxy. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for watertightness and any repair
Packet Pg. 516 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
needed. Any leaks or dampness on the exterior of through-bolt patches during or after water testing shall require repair or replacement of the patch.
2. The elastic plug to be inserted into the form tie hole as shown on the Drawings shall be a Dayton Sure Plug, or approved equal, sized to allow insertion using the insertion tool to elongate the plug, place it at the correct location, and allow the plug to return to its original length and diameter upon removal to form a watertight seal. The plugs shall be as manufactured and supplied by Dayton Superior, Dayton OH, phone: 888/977-9500.
E. Forms Coatings: Provide commercial formulation form-coating compounds that will not bond with, stain, nor adversely affect concrete surfaces, and will not impair subsequent treatment of concrete surfaces requiring bond or adhesion, nor impede the wetting of surfaces to be cured with water or curing compounds.
2.2 DESIGN OF FORMWORK
A. The CONTRACTOR shall design all formwork prior to fabrication. The design shall account for all the tolerances, form ties, finishes, architectural features, rebar supports, construction joint locations, and other features and other nonstructural formwork requirements specified.
Forms shall contain pouring and observation windows to allow placement of concrete through windows or shall be staged to allow visual observation at all times of the fresh concrete to ensure correct placement and vibration. Provide a formwork and placement design that will limit free fall of concrete in forms 8-inch or less in width to 5 feet; and for forms wider than 8 inches, limit this fall to 8 feet, except as hereinafter specified. Review methods with ENGINEER prior to start of work. Use placement devices, such as chutes, pouring spouts, pumps, as required.
B. Wall forms shall be designed such that wall sections can be poured full height without creating horizontal cold joints and without causing snapping of form ties which shall be of sufficient strength and number to prevent spreading of the forms during the placement of concrete and which shall permit ready removal of the forms without spalling or damaging the concrete.
C. Reuse of forms will be permitted only if a ìlike newî condition, unless otherwise approved in writing, is maintained. The ENGINEER shall be notified 1 full working day prior to concrete placement so that the forms can be inspected. The CONTRACTOR shall correct any defective work, found in the ENGINEERís inspection, prior to delivery of concrete to the project.
Formwork surfaces that were in good condition and accepted for use, but were damaged during removal and handling shall not be reused on additional pours. The CONTRACTOR is expected to take care in the handling of forms and to obtain approval of form surfaces prior to each reuse.
D. All forms and other structural formwork required shall be structurally designed by the CONTRACTOR and the design shall comply with all applicable safety regulations, current OSHA regulations, and other codes. Comply with applicable portions of ACI 347, ACI 318 current edition, and theses Specifications. All design, supervision, and construction for safety of property and personnel shall be the CONTRACTORís full responsibility.
Packet Pg. 517 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate and the conditions under which Work is to be performed with installer and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
3.2 FORM CONSTRUCTION
A. Construct forms complying with ACI 347; to the exact sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown; as required to obtain accurate alignment, location and grades; to tolerances specified; and to obtain level and plumb work in finish structures. Provide for openings, offsets, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes.
B. Fabricate forms for easy removal without damaging concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where the slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only.
Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, to prevent swelling and assure ease of removal.
C. Provide temporary form windows where interior area of formwork is inaccessible for cleanout, for inspection before concrete placement, and for placement of concrete. Brace temporary closures and set tightly to forms to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate form windows on forms in locations as inconspicuous as possible, consistent with requirements of the Work. Form intersecting planes of openings to provide true, clean-cut corners, with edge grain of plywood not exposed as form for concrete.
D. Forms for Exposed To View Concrete:
1. Do not use metal cover plates for patching holes or defects in forms.
2. Provide sharp, clean corners at intersecting planes, without visible edges or offsets.
Back joints with extra studs or girts to maintain true, square intersections.
3. Use extra studs, walers and bracing to prevent bowing of forms between studs and to avoid bowed appearance in concrete. Do not use narrow strips of form material that will produce bow.
4. Assemble forms so they may be readily removed without damage to exposed concrete surfaces.
5. Form molding shapes, recesses, rustication joints and projections with smooth-finish materials, and install in forms with sealed joints to prevent displacement.
E. Corner Treatment:
1. Form exposed corners of beams, walls, foundations, bases and columns to produce smooth, solid, unbroken lines, except as otherwise shown. Except as specified below for reentrant or internal corners, exposed corners shall be chamfered.
2. Form chamfers with 3/4îx 3/4î strips, unless otherwise shown, accurately formed and surfaced to produce uniformly straight lines and tight edge joints. Use rigid PVC chamfers for all architecturally formed concrete. Extend terminal edges to require limit and miter chamfer strips at changes in direction.
3. Reentrant or internal corners and unexposed corners need not be formed chamfered.
Packet Pg. 518 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
F. Openings and Built-In Work:
1. Provide openings in concrete formwork shown or required by other Sections or other contracts.
2. Accurately place and securely support items to be built into forms.
G. Cleaning and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete.
Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is to be placed.
Retighten forms immediately after concrete placement as required to eliminate mortar leaks.
3.3 FORM COATINGS
A. Coat form contact surfaces with a non-staining form-coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form coating material to accumulate in the forms or to come into contact with surfaces that will be bonded to fresh concrete. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Coat steel forms with a non-staining, rust-preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust-stained steel formwork is not acceptable.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Set and build into the formwork, anchorage devices and other embedded items, shown, specified or required by other Sections and other contracts. Use necessary setting drawings, diagrams, instructions and directions.
B. Edge Forms and Screeds Strips for Slabs: Set edge forms or bulkheads and intermediate screed strips for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in the finished slab surface. Provide and secure units to support screeds.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Before concrete placement, check the formwork, including tolerances, lines, ties, tie cones, and form coatings. Make corrections and adjustments to ensure proper size and location of concrete members and stability of forming systems.
B. During concrete placement check formwork and related supports to ensure that forms are not displaced and that completed Work is within specified tolerances.
C. If forms are unsatisfactory in any way, either before or during placing of concrete, postpone or stop placement of concrete until the defects have been corrected, and reviewed by ENGINEER.
Packet Pg. 519 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03100-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.6 REMOVAL OF FORMS
A. Conform to the requirements of ACI 301, Chapter 2 and ACI 347, Chapter 3.7 except as specified below.
1. Removal of Forms and Supports: Continue curing in accordance with Section 03300, Cast-In-Place Concrete, Paragraph 3.7. Forms are to remain in-place for the time specified below. The temperature cited is the average of the daily high and low.
Temperature: Above 50oF Below 50oF or when retarders are used Walls 24 hours
Sides of Beams and Slabs 12 hours
48 hours
24 hours
3.7 RE-USE OF FORMS
A. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re-used in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form facing material will not be acceptable. Apply new form coating compound material to concrete contact surfaces as specified for new formwork.
B. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close all joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces. Form surfaces shall be subject to ENGINEER'S approval.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 520 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03200-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Fabrication and placement of reinforcement including bars, ties and supports, encasements and fireproofing.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials and reinforcement accessories.
2. Drawings for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI 315, Parts A and B. For walls, show elevations to a minimum scale of 1/4- inch to 1 foot. For slabs, show top and bottom reinforcing on separate plan views.
Show bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, arrangements and assemblies, as required for the fabrication and placement of concrete reinforcement, unless otherwise noted. Keep splices to a minimum. Avoid splices in regions of maximum tension stresses whenever possible.
B. Certificates: Submit one (1) copy of steel producer's certificates of mill analysis, tensile and bend tests for reinforcing steel.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Reference Standards: Comply with applicable provisions and recommendations of the following, except as otherwise shown or specified:
1. American Concrete Institute (ACI):
a. ACI 315, Manual of Engineering and Placing Drawings for Reinforced Concrete Structures.
b. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
2. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute:
a. Manual of Standard Practice, includes ASTM standards referred to herein.
B. Allowable Placing Tolerances: Comply with ACI 318, Chapter 7 - Details of Reinforcement.
1.4 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Deliver concrete reinforcement materials to the site bundled, tagged and marked. Use metal tags indicating bar size, lengths, and other information corresponding to markings shown on placement diagrams.
B. Store concrete reinforcement material at the site to prevent damage and accumulation of dirt or excessive rust. Store on heavy wood blocking so that no part of it will come in contact with the ground.
Packet Pg. 521 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03200-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615, Grade 60 for all non-welded bars. ASTM A706, Grade 60 for welded bars.
B. Mechanical Couplers: Reinforcement bars may be spliced with a mechanical connection.
Provide a full mechanical connection which shall develop in tension or compression, as required, at least 125% of specified yield strength (fy) of the bar in accordance with ACI 318 Section 12.14.3.4. The locations of the connections are subject to the approval of the ENGINEER.
C. Steel Wire: ASTM A82.
D. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers and other devices for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcement in place.
1. Use wire bar type supports complying with CRSI recommendations, except as specified below. Do not use wood, brick, or other unacceptable materials.
2. For slabs on grade, use 5000 psi concrete blocks.
3. At all formed surfaces, provide supports complying with CRSI "Manual of Standard Practice" as follows: Plastic protected or stainless steel legs.
2.2 FABRICATION
A. General: Fabricate reinforcing bars to conform to required shapes and dimensions, with fabrication tolerances complying with CRSI, "Manual of Standard Practice". In case of fabricating errors, do not re-bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner that will injure or weaken the material.
B. Unacceptable Materials: Reinforcement with any of the following defects will not be permitted in the Work:
1. Bar lengths, bends, and other dimensions exceeding specified fabrication tolerances.
2. Bends or kinks not shown on approved Shop Drawings.
3. Bars with reduced cross-section due to excessive rusting or other cause.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine substrate and conditions under which concrete reinforcement is to be placed with installer, and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the applicable recommendations of specified codes and standards, and CRSI, Manual of Standard Practice, for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports.
Packet Pg. 522 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03200-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, oil, earth, ice, and other materials that reduce or destroy bond with concrete.
C. Position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement during formwork construction or concrete placement operations. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required.
1. Place reinforcement to obtain the minimum concrete cover as shown. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports together with 16-gage wire to hold reinforcement accurately in position during concrete placement operations. Slab and wall bars shall be tied at every intersection around the periphery of the slab or wall and not less than every 48 inches in the field at walls and 60 inches in the field at slabs.
2. Bar supports shall be placed no further than 4 feet apart in each direction. Supports must be completely concealed in the concrete and shall not discolor or otherwise mar the surface of the concrete.
3. Set wire ties so that twisted ends are directed away from exposed concrete surfaces.
4. Do not secure reinforcing steel to forms with wire, nails or other ferrous metal. Do not permit metal supports subject to corrosion to touch or be within the required clearance to formed or exposed concrete surfaces.
D. Provide sufficient numbers of supports of strength required to carry reinforcement. Do not place reinforcing bars more than 2-inches beyond the last leg of any continuous bar support. Do not use supports as bases for runways for concrete conveying equipment or similar construction loads.
E. Splices: Provide reinforcement lap splices by placing bars in contact, and tying tightly with wire. Comply with requirements shown for minimum lap of spliced bars.
F. Mechanical Couplers in Lieu of Lap Splicing:
1. Provide mechanical butt splices in accordance with the recommendation of the manufacturer of the mechanical splicing device. Butt splices shall develop 125 percent of the specified minimum yield tensile strength of the spliced bars or of the smaller bar in transition splices. Flame dry bars before butt splicing. Provide adequate jigs and clamps or other devices to support, align, and hold the longitudinal centerline of the bars to be butt spliced in a straight line.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Bar-Lock (MBT) Coupler, as manufactured by Bar-Lock (MBT) Coupler Systems. b. Dayton-Superior DBR Coupler - Allow for the reduction of bar area at threads. c. Or approved equal.
G. Reinforcement Around Openings: Place an equivalent area of steel around the pipe or opening and extend on each side sufficiently to develop bond in each bar. See the Details on Drawings for bar extension length each side of opening. Where welded wire fabric is used, provide extra reinforcing using fabric or deformed bars.
H. Field Bending: Field bending of reinforcing steel bars is not permitted when rebending will later be required to straighten bars. Rebending of bars at the same place where strain hardening has taken place due to the original bend will damage the bar. Consult with the ENGINEER prior to any pour if the CONTRACTOR foresees a need to work out a solution to prevent field bending.
Packet Pg. 523 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03200-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.3 INSPECTION OF REINFORCEMENT
A. Do not place concrete until the reinforcing steel is inspected and permission for placing concrete is granted by ENGINEER. All concrete placed in violation of this provision will be rejected.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 524 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03251-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03251
CONCRETE JOINTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes installation of concrete joints including, construction joints, expansion joints and fillers, waterstops, and contraction (control) joints.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM A36, Standard Specification for Structural Steel.
2. ASTM D1752, Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.
C. United States Army Corps of Engineers
1. CRD-C572, Specifications for Polyvinyl-Chloride Waterstop.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. All joints subject to hydrostatic pressure shall be provided with continuous waterstop.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit for approval, Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all materials required.
B. Shop Drawings: Submit for approval:
1. Layout of all construction joint locations prior to the submittal of steel reinforcing drawings. The concrete pour sequence and placement schedule shall be stated in the construction joint shop drawing layout.
2. Detail for joining polyvinyl chloride to steel waterstops.
C. Samples: Submit for approval:
1. Waterstops for joints.
2. Expansion joint fillers.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Install all manufactured items in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Store materials off the ground and protected from moisture, dirt and other contaminants.
Protect installed and uninstalled materials from UV exposure in accordance with manufacturerís instruction.
Packet Pg. 525 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03251-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WATERSTOPS
A. Polyvinyl Chloride:
1. Reference Standard: ASTM D570.
2. Construction Joints: Minimum of 3/8-inch thick, ribbed, width as shown, or if not shown, 6-inch minimum, center bulb type may be provided but is not required.
3. Control Joints: Minimum of 3/8-inch thick, ribbed, center bulb type, width as shown, or if not shown, 6-inch minimum.
4. Expansion Joints: Minimum thickness of 3/8-inch and 9-inch minimum width.
Provide with "O" or "U" shaped center bulb. The "O" shall have an outside diameter of æ-inch minimum unless shown otherwise.
5. Product and Manufacturer: Provide polyvinyl chloride waterstops of one of the following:
a. W.R. Meadows
b. Sika Greenstreak
c. Or approved equal
2.2 PREFORMED EXPANSION JOINT FILLER
A. Bituminous type conforming to ASTM D994 or D1751, unless otherwise shown or specified.
2.3 CONCRETE CONSTRUCTION JOINT ROUGHENER
A. Provide a water-soluble non-flammable, surface-retardant roughener.
B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1. Rugasol-S, as manufactured by Sika Corporation for horizontal joints.
2. MBT EAC-S, as manufactured by Master Builders for horizontal joints.
3. MBT Tuf-Cote (Deep Etch), as manufactured by Master Builders for vertical joints.
4. Or approved equal.
2.4 EPOXY BONDING AGENT
A. Provide an epoxy-resin bonding agent, two component type.
B. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1. Sikadur 32 Hi-Mod LPL, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
2. Eucopoxy LPL, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company.
3. Epoxtite Binder (Code # 2390), as manufactured by A.C. Horn, Incorporated.
4. Or approved equal.
2.5 MORTAR
A. Mortar must be composed of cement, sand and water. Materials for mortar must comply with Section 03300. The proportion of sand to cement measured by volume must be 2 to 1 respectively. Mortar must contain only enough water to allow placing.
Packet Pg. 526 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03251-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2.6 BOND BREAKER
A. Tape for Joints: Adhesive-backed glazed butyl or polyethylene tape, same width as joint that will adhere to premolded joint material or concrete surface.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Examine substrate and conditions under which Work is to be performed with installer and notify ENGINEER, in writing, of unsatisfactory conditions. Do not proceed with the Work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to ENGINEER.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
A. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 2.2, and as specified below.
B. Locate and install construction joints as shown. Locate additional construction joints as required to satisfactorily complete all Work.
C. Horizontal Joints:
1. Roughen concrete at the interface of construction joints by sandblasting to expose the aggregate (1/4-inch minimum amplitude) and remove accumulated concrete on rebar immediately subsequent to form stripping. When sandblasting adjacent to installed waterstops, shield installed waterstops from the sandblasting operation. Immediately before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly clean the existing contact surface using a stiff brush or other tools and a stream of water under pressure. The surface shall be clean and wet, but free from pools of water at the moment the fresh concrete is placed.
2. Remove laitance, waste mortar or other substance that may prevent complete adhesion.
3. Place a 3î thick coat of mortar over the surface of the old concrete. Place fresh concrete before the mortar has attained its initial set.
D. Vertical Joints:
1. Apply roughener to the form in a thin, even film by brush, spray or roller in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. After roughener is dry, concrete may be placed.
2. When concrete has been placed and the form removed, wash loosened material off with high-pressure water spray to obtain roughened surface subject to approval by ENGINEER.
3.3 EXPANSION JOINTS
A. Locate and install expansion joints as shown. Install bituminous joint filler in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install caulking and sealants as specified in Section 07900, Joint Sealants.
3.4 WATERSTOPS
A. General:
Packet Pg. 527 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03251-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Comply with ACI 301, Chapter 2, and as specified below. Make all joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval for waterstop locations not shown.
3. Provide waterstops in all basements, tanks and other substructures up to an elevation at least 12î above grade or to an elevation at least 12î above highest liquid level in tanks, whichever is higher, except where otherwise shown or noted.
B. Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstop:
1. Tie waterstops to reinforcing steel at 12-inches on center, in each direction, so that it is securely and rigidly supported in the proper position, centered in the joint, during concrete placement. Hog rings shall be used to facilitate placing and tying of waterstops to reinforcing steel forms or form-ties.
2. Continuously inspect waterstops during concrete placement to ensure their proper positioning.
3. Provide fused waterstops using equipment as supplied by or recommended by the manufacturer. Joints shall be inspected for strength and pinholes after splicing.
Splices shall be strong enough to develop a pulling force of 75 percent of the strength of the waterstop, and shall be watertight.
4. Cover and protect installed waterstops from UV if the pour of concrete will be delayed more than 30 days.
5. Shield installed waterstops from sandblasting when performing surface roughening adjacent to installed waterstops.
3.5 BONDING WITH EPOXY ADHESIVE
A. Use adhesive for the following:
1. Bonding of fresh concrete to concrete cured at least 45 days or to existing concrete.
2. Bonding of horizontal surfaces, which will receive a topping.
B. Handle and store epoxy adhesive in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instructions, including safety precautions.
C. Mix the epoxy adhesive in complete accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
D. Before placing fresh concrete, thoroughly roughen and clean hardened concrete surfaces and coat with epoxy adhesive not less than 1/16" thick. Place fresh concrete while the epoxy material is still tacky, without removing the in-place grout coat, and as directed by the epoxy manufacturer.
+ + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 528 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes: Place, finish, cure, strip, and repair concrete.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)
1. ACI 211.1, Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight and Mass Concrete.
2. ACI 214, Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test Results of Concrete.
3. ACI 301, Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings, (includes ASTM Standards referred to herein).
4. ACI 304, Guide for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
5. ACI 305, Hot Weather Concreting.
6. ACI 306, Cold Weather Concreting.
7. ACI 309, Guide for Consolidation of Concrete.
8. ACI 311, Guide for Concrete Inspection.
9. ACI 318, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
10. ACI 347, Guide to Formwork for Concrete
11. ACI 350, Environmental Engineering Concrete Structures.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Class A Concrete shall be steel reinforced and includes:
1. Foundations.
2. Walls.
3. Slabs.
4. Equipment bases.
5. Pipe supports.
B. Class B Concrete shall be placed without forms or with simple forms, with little or no reinforcing, and includes:
1. Concrete fill.
2. Curbs and gutters.
3. Sidewalks.
4. Thrust blocks.
5. Encasements.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Samples: Submit samples of materials as specified and as otherwise may be requested by ENGINEER, including names, sources and descriptions.
B. Product Data: Submit for approval the following:
Packet Pg. 529 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Manufacturer's specifications with application and installation instructions for proprietary materials and items, including admixtures and bonding agents.
2. List of concrete materials and concrete mix designs proposed for use. Include the results of all tests performed to qualify the materials and to establish the mix designs.
C. Laboratory Test Reports: Submit copies of laboratory test reports for materials and mix design tests
D. Delivery Tickets: Furnish to ENGINEER copies of all weighmaster certificate delivery tickets for each load of concrete delivered to the site. Provide items of information as specified in ASTM C94, Section 16. Delivery tickets shall be signed by a Certified Weighmaster.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Tests for Concrete Materials: Submit written reports to ENGINEER, for each material sampled and tested, prior to the start of Work. Provide the Project identification name and number, date of report, name of CONTRACTOR, name of concrete testing service, source of concrete aggregates, material manufacturer and brand name for manufactured materials, values specified in the referenced specification for each material, and test results. Indicate whether or not material is acceptable for intended use.
B. If the concrete mix designs specified herein have not been used previously by the readymix supplier, mix proportions and concrete strength curves for regular cylinder tests shall be established by an approved ready-mix supplier or an independent testing laboratory based on the relationship of 7, 14 and 28 day strengths versus slump values of 2, 4 and 6 inches, all conforming to these Specifications. A laboratory, independent of the ready-mix supplier, shall be required to prepare and test all concrete cylinders. The costs for preparation of mix designs, not previously used by the ready-mix supplier, and testing of concrete and materials shall be borne by CONTRACTOR.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement:
1. Portland cement, ASTM C150, Type II; or blended hydraulic cement, ASTM C595, Type 1L.
2. Do not use cement which has deteriorated because of improper storage or handling.
B. Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified.
1. Do not use aggregates containing soluble salts, substances such as iron sulfides, pyrite, marcasite, ochre, or other materials that can cause stains on exposed concrete surfaces.
2. Fine Aggregate: Provide clean, sharp, natural sand free from loam, clay, lumps or other deleterious substances.
3. Coarse Aggregate: Provide clean, uncoated, processed aggregate containing no clay, mud, loam, or foreign matter, as follows:
a. Crushed stone, processed from natural rock or stone.
Packet Pg. 530 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
b. Coarse Aggregate Size: Size to be ASTM C33, Nos. 57 or 67, except that No. 467 may be used for footings, foundation mats and walls 16" or greater in thickness.
C. Water: Clean, free from injurious amounts of oils, acids, alkalis, organic materials or other substances that may be deleterious to concrete or steel.
2.2 CONCRETE ADMIXTURES
A. Provide admixtures produced by established reputable manufacturers, and use in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction. Do not use admixtures that have not been incorporated and tested in the accepted mixes, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER.
B. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260.
1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. SIKA AER, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
b. Micro Air, as manufactured by BASF.
c. Daravair, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn.
d. Or approved equal.
C. High-Range Water-Reducing Admixture (ìSuperplasticizerî): ASTM C494, Type F/G.
1. Superplasticizer shall be used in all Class A Concrete. Do not use high range water-reducing admixture containing more chloride ions than are contained in municipal drinking water. Add only at the job site to concrete in compliance with the manufacturer's printed instruction.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Sikament 320, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
b. Glenium, as manufactured by BASF.
c. Daracem-100, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn.
d. Or approved equal.
D. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.
1. A water-reducing, aqueous solution of a modification of the salt of polyhydroxylated organic acids. Do not use admixture containing any lignin, nitrates or chlorides added during manufacture.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Eucon WR-75, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Pozzolith, as manufactured by BASF.
c. WRDA series, as manufactured by W.R. Grace & Conn.
d. Or approved equal.
E. Pozzolanic Admixtures:
1. Pozzolanic admixtures shall be used in water-retaining structures, and may be used in other concrete.
2. Provide Mineral admixtures, when used, meeting the requirements of ASTM C618 Class F.
3. A substitution by weight, of the portland cement by pozzolan, so that the total tricalcium aluminate content of the resulting cement plus pozzolan is not greater than 8%, will be considered. However, the pozzolan shall not exceed 20% by weight of the cement plus pozzolan.
F. Set-Control Admixtures: ASTM C494, as follows:
Packet Pg. 531 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Type B, Retarding.
2. Type C, Accelerating.
3. Type D, Water-reducing and Retarding.
4. Type E, Water-reducing and Accelerating.
5. Type F, Water-reducing, high range admixtures.
6. Type G, Water-reducing, high range, and retarding admixtures.
G. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride in concrete, unless otherwise authorized in writing by ENGINEER. Do not use admixtures containing calcium chloride where concrete is placed against galvanized steel.
2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF MIXES
A. Prepare design mixes of concrete. Mixes subject to the following limitations:
1. Class A Concrete
a. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 4,000 psi.
b. Air content: 2% ± 1%. For concrete placed at least 2 feet below the adjacent grade, an air-entraining admixture is not required unless otherwise specified. c. Slump, before addition of superplasticizer: 3½" ± ½" d. Slump, after addition of superplasticizer: 8î maximum Coarse
Aggregate
Size
Cementitious
Content-Pounds Per
Cubic Yard
Water-Cement
Ratio With
Superplasticizer
æî 625 min, 800 max 0.375
1î 600 min, 800 max 0.385
1 ½î 590 min, 800 max 0.400
e. Use superplasticizer in all Class A Concrete. Use water reducers in combination with superplasticizers as required for mixing.
2. Class B Concrete
a. Specified 28-day Compressive Strength: 2,500 psi.
b. Maximum Water-Cement Ratio by Weight: 0.49.
c. Slump: 3" Minimum, 5" Maximum.
B. Use an independent testing facility acceptable to ENGINEER for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs.
C. Admixtures:
1. Use air-entraining admixture in all concrete, except interior slabs subject to abrasion, unless otherwise shown or specified. Add air-entraining admixture at the manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at the point of placement having air content within the prescribed limits.
2. Use amounts of admixtures as recommended by the manufacturer for climatic conditions prevailing at the time of placing. Adjust quantities and types of admixtures as required to maintain quality control.
2.4 EPOXY BONDING AGENT
A. For use in all dry-packed holes, concrete repair and for unplanned cold-joints.
B. Provide an epoxy-resin bonding agent, two component, polysulfide type.
Packet Pg. 532 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
C. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
1. Sikadur 32, Hi-Mod LPL, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
2. Eucopoxy LPL, as manufactured by the Euclid Chemical Company.
3. Or approved equal.
2.5 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS
A. Absorptive Cover: Burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 10 ounces per square yard and complying with AASHTO M182, Class 3.
B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: One of the following, complying with ASTM C171.
1. Waterproof paper.
2. Polyethylene film.
3. White burlap-polyethylene sheet.
C. Curing Compound: ASTM C309 Type 1-D (water retention requirements):
1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. Super Aqua Cure VOX, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sealtight 1100, as manufactured by W.R. Meadows, Incorporated. c. Or approved equal.
D. Concrete Densifier and Chemical Hardener (Surface Applied)
1. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. LS, as manufactured by Consolideck.
b. Liqui-Hard, as manufactured by W. R. Meadows.
c. Duro-Nox LS, as manufactured by Nox-Crete.
d. Or approved equal.
2.6 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Provide and install items such as plates, angles, inserts, bolts and similar items not specified elsewhere under this Section. Carbon steel embedded items shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Provide concrete produced by the ready-mixed process.
B. Comply with the requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. Proposed changes in mixing procedures, other than herein specified, must be accepted by ENGINEER before implementation.
1. Plant equipment and facilities: Conform to National Ready- Mix Concrete Association ìPlant and Delivery Equipment Specification.î
2. Mix concrete in revolving type truck mixers that are in good condition and which produce thoroughly mixed concrete of the specified consistency and strength.
3. Do not exceed the proper capacity of the mixer.
4. Mix concrete for a minimum of two minutes after arrival at the job site, or as recommended by the mixer manufacturer.
5. Mix concrete during transit only as recommended by the mixer manufacturer.
Packet Pg. 533 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
6. Mix at proper speed until concrete is discharged.
7. Maintain adequate facilities at the job site for continuous delivery of concrete at the required rates.
8. Provide access to the mixing plant for ENGINEER at all times.
3.2 TRANSPORTING CONCRETE
A. Transport and place concrete not more than 90 minutes after water has been added to the dry ingredients or before 250 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first.
B. If an admixture is used to retard the set time and the concrete temperature does not exceed 85 degrees F, the travel and placing time may be extended to 120 minutes or 300 revolutions of the drum or blades, whichever occurs first.
C. Take care to avoid spilling and separation of the mixture during transportation.
D. Do not place concrete in which the ingredients have been separated.
E. Do not retemper partially set concrete.
F. Use suitable and approved equipment for transporting concrete from mixer to forms.
3.3 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. General: Place concrete continuously so that no concrete will be placed on concrete, which has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness within the section. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as specified in Section 03251, Concrete Joints. Deposit concrete as nearly as practical in its final location to avoid segregation due to rehandling or flowing. Do not subject concrete to any procedure that will cause segregation.
1. Screed concrete that is to receive other construction to the proper level to avoid excessive skimming or grouting.
2. Do not use concrete which becomes non-plastic and unworkable, or does not meet the required quality control limits, or which has been contaminated by foreign materials. Do not use retempered concrete. Remove rejected concrete from the job site and dispose of it in an acceptable location.
3. Do not place concrete until all forms, bracing, reinforcement, and embedded items are in final and secure position.
4. Do not place in cold weather, unless adequate precautions are taken against frost action.
5. Do not place footings, piers or pile caps on frozen soil.
6. Unless otherwise approved, place concrete only when ENGINEER is present.
7. Allow a minimum of 3 days before placing concrete against a slab or wall already in place.
B. Concrete Conveying:
1. Handle concrete from the point of delivery and transfer to the concrete conveying equipment and to the locations of final deposit as rapidly as practical by methods that will prevent segregation and loss of concrete mix materials.
2. Provide mechanical equipment for conveying concrete to ensure a continuous flow of concrete at the delivery end. Provide runways for wheeled concrete conveying Packet Pg. 534 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-7
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
equipment from the concrete delivery point to the locations of final deposit. Keep interior surfaces of conveying equipment, including chutes, free of hardened concrete, debris, water, ice and other deleterious materials.
3. Pumping concrete is permitted, however do not use aluminum pipe for conveying.
C. Placing Concrete into Forms:
1. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, place concrete at such a rate that concrete that is being integrated with fresh concrete is still plastic.
2. Do not permit concrete to free fall within the form from a distance exceeding 8'-0", except as noted in Section 03100. Use ìelephant trunksî or ìwall pipesî to prevent free fall and excessive splashing on forms and reinforcement.
3. Remove temporary spreaders in forms when concrete placing has reached the elevation of such spreaders.
4. Consolidate concrete placed in forms by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand-spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with the applicable recommended practices of ACI 309. Vibration of forms and reinforcing will not be permitted.
5. Vibrators shall have a frequency of at least 8,000 vpm, with amplitude required to consolidate the concrete in the section being placed. At least one stand-by vibrator in operable condition shall be at the placement site prior to initiating placement of the concrete.
6. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside of forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than the visible effectiveness of the machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate the layer of concrete and at least 6" into the preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion, limit the duration of vibration to the time necessary to consolidate the concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing segregation of the mix.
7. The forms shall contain sufficient windows or be limited in height to allow visual observation of the concrete and the vibrator operators shall be required to see the concrete being consolidated to ensure good quality workmanship or the CONTRACTOR shall have a person who is actually observing the vibration of the concrete at all times and advising the vibrator operators of any changes needed to assure complete consolidation.
8. Do not place concrete in beam and slab forms until the concrete previously placed in columns and walls is no longer plastic.
9. Force concrete under pipes, sleeves, openings and inserts from one side until visible from the other side to prevent voids.
D. Placing Concrete Slabs and Footings:
1. Deposit and consolidate concrete in a continuous operation, within the limits of construction joints, until the placing of a panel or section is completed.
2. Consolidate concrete during placing operations using mechanical vibrating equipment, so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
3. Consolidate concrete placed in beams and girders of supported slabs, and against bulkheads of slabs on ground, as specified for formed concrete structures.
Packet Pg. 535 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-8
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
4. Bring surfaces to the correct level. Smooth the surface, leaving it free of humps or hollows. Do not sprinkle water on the plastic surface. Do not disturb the surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations.
E. Bonding for Next Concrete Pour: Per Section 03251, Concrete Joints.
F. Quality of Concrete Work:
1. Make all concrete solid, compact and smooth, and free of laitance, cracks and cold joints.
2. All concrete for liquid retaining structures, and all concrete in contact with earth, water, or exposed directly to the elements shall be watertight.
3. Cut out and properly replace to the extent ordered by ENGINEER, or repair to the satisfaction of ENGINEER, surfaces which contain cracks or voids, are unduly rough, or are in any way defective. Thin patches or plastering will not be acceptable.
4. Repair all leaks through concrete, and cracks, holes or other defective concrete in areas of potential leakage and make watertight.
5. Repair, remove, and replace defective concrete as ordered by ENGINEER at no additional cost to OWNER.
G. Cold Weather Placing:
1. Protect all concrete Work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures, in compliance with the requirements of ACI 306 and as herein specified.
2. When the air temperature has fallen to or may be expected to fall below 40°F, provide adequate means to maintain the temperature, in the area where concrete is being placed, at between 50°F and 70°F for at least seven days after placing.
Provide temporary housings or coverings including tarpaulins or plastic film.
Maintain the heat and protection, if necessary, to ensure that the ambient temperature does not fall more than 30°F in the 24 hours following the seven-day period. Avoid rapid dry-out of concrete due to overheating, and avoid thermal shock due to sudden cooling or heating.
3. When air temperature has fallen to or is expected to fall below 40°F, uniformly heat all water and aggregates before mixing as required to obtain a concrete mixture temperature of not less than 55°F and not more than 85°F at point of placement.
4. Do not use frozen materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Ascertain that forms, reinforcing steel, and adjacent concrete surfaces are entirely free of frost and ice before placing concrete.
5. When temperatures are expected to be below 32oF the night before the concrete is placed, then all reinforcing steel, forms and the ground shall be preheated, for a minimum of 12 hours, under a minimum temperature of 50oF.
6. Do not use salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators, or set-control admixtures, unless approved by ENGINEER, in mix designs.
7. Weather predictions made by the nearest NOAA station, and corrected for the local elevation and environmental conditions, may be used to determine whether cold weather protection shall be required. Thermometers will be used by ENGINEER and these readings shall determine whether cold weather protection shall be required and whether cold weather protection is adequate.
H. Hot Weather Placing:
Packet Pg. 536 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-9
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. When hot weather conditions exist as any combination of high air temperature, low relative humidity and wind velocity that would seriously impair the quality and strength of concrete, place concrete as recommended by ACI 305 and as herein specified.
2. Cool ingredients before mixing to maintain concrete temperature at time of placement below 85°F. No concrete shall be placed if its temperature exceeds 90°F.
Mixing water may be chilled, or chopped ice may be used, or liquid nitrogen may be added. Ice, when introduced into the mixer shall be in such form that it will be completely melted and dispersed throughout the mix at the completion of the mixing time. The addition of ice shall not increase the specified water to cement ratio.
3. Cover reinforcing steel with water-soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that the steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete.
4. Thoroughly wet forms before placing concrete. Forms shall be free of standing water when concrete is placed.
5. Do not use set-control admixtures, unless approved by ENGINEER in mix designs.
6. Fog spray shall be used during finishing operations whenever necessary to avoid surface plastic shrinkage cracking. Fog spray shall also be used after finishing and before the specified curing is commenced to avoid surface plastic shrinkage cracking.
7. Obtain ENGINEER'S approval of other methods and materials proposed for use.
I. Removal of Forms:
1. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all damage resulting from improper and premature removal of forms. Satisfy all applicable OSHA requirements with regard to safety of personnel and property.
2. Forms and shoring for elevated structural slabs or beams shall remain in place in accordance with ACI 318, Chapter 6, and until the concrete has reached a compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength as determined by test cylinders unless noted otherwise in Section 03100 - Concrete Formwork. Removal of all supports prior to obtaining adequate field cured cylinder results and reshoring shall not be permitted.
J. Backfill Against Walls:
1. Do not place backfill against walls until the concrete has obtained a compressive strength equal to the specified 28-day compressive strength. Where backfill is to be placed on both sides of the wall, the backfill shall be placed simultaneously on both sides to prevent differential pressures.
2. Since the walls of some structures are laterally restrained or supported by suspended slabs and/or slabs on grade and are not designed as cantilever retaining walls, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a schedule of wall shoring, bracing, and backfilling that is coordinated with the concrete curing, test cylinder reports and the design assumptions and obtain a review from the ENGINEER prior to proceeding.
K. Patching:
1. Patching of concrete shall provide an acceptable and structurally sound surface finish uniform in appearance or the CONTRACTOR shall upgrade the finish by other means at no additional cost.
2. Tie Holes: All tie holes, except where sealant is indicated, shall be filled with dry pack nonshrink grout. White cement shall be added as needed so the color of grout after curing matches the color of adjacent concrete. Tie holes shall be thoroughly sandblasted or roughened. Flush the patch area with water and allow to dry. Coat the surface of the existing concrete with an approved bonding agent prior to filling Packet Pg. 537 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-10
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
with nonshrink grout. Complete the repair in the time duration specified by the bonding agent manufacturer. The grout shall be rammed into place in thin layers and leveled to the plane of the surrounding concrete. Cure in accordance with the manufacturerís recommendations.
3. Defective Areas: Remove all defective concrete such as honeycombed areas and rock pockets out to sound concrete. Small shallow holes caused by air entrapment at the surface of the forms shall not be considered defects unless the amount is so great as to be considered not the standard of the industry and due primarily of poor workmanship. If chipping is required, the edges shall be perpendicular to the surface. Feather edges shall not be permitted. The defective area shall be filled with a nonshrink, nonmetallic, grout. Use an approved bonding agent on horizontal patches prior to placing nonmetallic, non shrink grout. Since some bonding agents may not be compatible for some vertical surface patching techniques, demonstrate all methods for repair of vertical surfaces using the actual materials, methods, and curing procedures required by the manufactures of the materials on the project site.
The CONTRACTOR shall consult with representatives of the bonding agent manufacturer and the nonshrink grout manufacturer, and these representatives shall be onsite and assist in the demonstration.
4. Blockouts at Pipes or Other Penetrations: Conform to details shown or submit proposed blockouts for review. Use nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.
3.4 FINISH OF FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough Form Finish:
1. Standard rough form finish is with concrete surface having the texture imparted by the form material, with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched with mortar of 1 part cement to 1½ parts sand & all fins and other projections exceeding 1/4" in height rubbed down or chipped off.
2. Use rough form finish for the following:
a. Exterior vertical surfaces up to 1' below grade.
b. Interior exposed vertical surfaces of liquid containers up to 1' below liquid level. c. Interior and exterior exposed beams and undersides of slabs. d. Other areas shown.
B. Smooth Form Finish:
1. Produce smooth form finish (Class A, as defined by ACI-347) by selecting form materials that will impart a smooth, hard, uniform texture. Arrange panels in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas as above with all fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed.
2. Use smooth form finish for surfaces that are to be covered with a coating material.
The material may be applied directly to the concrete or may be a covering bonded to the concrete such as waterproofing, damp proofing, painting or other similar system.
C. Smooth Rubbed Finish:
1. Provide smooth, rubbed finish to concrete surfaces which have received smooth form finish as follows:
a. Rubbing of concrete surfaces not later than the day after form removal. b. Moistening of concrete surfaces and rubbing with carborundum brick or other abrasive until a uniform color and texture is produced. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process.
Packet Pg. 538 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-11
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Except where surfaces have been previously covered as specified above, use smooth rubbed finish for the following:
a. Interior exposed walls and other vertical surfaces.
b. Other areas shown.
D. Sack Rubbed Finish:
1. Before applying the sack-rubbed finish, fill all tie rod holes and large cavities and remove or correct all fins and irregularities as specified in the Smooth Rubbed Finish.
2. Produce a sack rubbed finish by rubbing the concrete surface with a clean rubber float or wad of burlap and mortar. Use mortar made of premixed sacking mortar or one part portland cement and 1.5 parts, by volume, clean sand passing a No. 16 sieve, mixed with sufficient water to provide a consistency equal to that of a thick cream. Use the same type and brand cement as used in the concrete or colored premixed sacking mortar. The mortar finish color shall match the surrounding concrete. If necessary, blend white cement into the mortar to match the surrounding concrete surface.
3. Thoroughly wet the surface of the concrete and then perform sack rubbing while the surface is damp but not wet. Thoroughly rub the mortar over the area with a rubber float or wad of burlap, filling all pits. While the mortar is still plastic in the pits, rub the surface with the rubber float or burlap using a dry mix of the above proportions, removing all excess plastic material and placing enough dry material in the pits to stiffen and solidify the mortar, then finish the mortar fillings flush with the surface.
At the end of the rubbing, no mortar or material shall remain on the surface other than that within the pits.
4. Ensure the completed surface is free of surface voids and blemishes, and is uniform in appearance and texture, except for the difference in texture between the filled voids and the remainder of the surface.
5. A thorough wash-down with stiff bristle brushes shall follow the final bagging or stoning operation. No extraneous materials shall remain on the surface of the wall.
The wall shall be sprayed with a fine fog spray periodically to maintain a continually damp condition for at least 3 days after the application.
6. Use a sack rubbed finish for the following areas or as indicated in the Drawings:
a. Exterior exposed walls and other vertical surfaces down to 1í below grade. b. Or other areas shown.
E. Related Unformed Surfaces:
1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces occurring adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching the adjacent formed surfaces. Continue the final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across the adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise shown.
3.5 MONOLITHIC SLAB FINISHES
A. Float Finish:
1. After placing concrete slabs, do not work the surface further until ready for floating.
Begin floating when the surface water has disappeared or when the concrete has stiffened sufficiently. Check and level the surface plane to a tolerance not exceeding 1/4" in 10'when tested with a 10' straightedge. Cut down high spots and fill all low spots. Uniformly slope surface to drains as shown. Immediately after leveling, refloat the surface to a uniform, smooth, granular texture.
2. Use float finish for the following:
Packet Pg. 539 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-12
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
a. Interior horizontal surfaces of liquid containers, except those to receive grout topping.
b. Exterior below grade horizontal surfaces.
c. Surfaces to receive additional finishes, except as shown or specified.
B. Trowel Finish:
1. After floating, begin the first trowel finish operation using a power-driven trowel.
Begin final troweling when the surface produces a ringing sound as the trowel is moved over the surface.
2. Consolidate the concrete surface by the final hand troweling operation. Finish shall be free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appearance, and with a surface plane tolerance not exceeding 1/8" in 10' when tested with a 10' straight edge. Grind smooth surface defects that would telegraph through applied floor covering system.
3. Use trowel finish for the following:
a. Interior exposed slabs, unless otherwise shown or specified. b. Slabs to receive resilient floor finishes.
C. Non-Slip Broom Finish:
1. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen the concrete surface by brooming in the direction perpendicular to the main traffic route. Use fiber-bristle broom, unless otherwise directed. Coordinate the required final finish with ENGINEER before application.
2. Use Non-Slip Broom Finish for the following:
a. Exterior exposed horizontal surfaces subject to light foot traffic. b. Interior and exterior concrete steps and ramps.
c. Horizontal surfaces which will receive a grout topping or a concrete equipment base slab.
3.6 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION
A. General:
1. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperature, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete.
2. Start initial curing after placing and finishing concrete as soon as free moisture and bleed water sheen has disappeared from the concrete surface. Keep concrete continuously moist during initial curing.
3. Begin final curing procedures immediately following initial curing and before the concrete has dried. The total curing duration shall not be less than ten (10) days.
For concrete sections over 30" thick, continue curing for an additional seven (7) days, minimum. Avoid rapid drying at the end of the final curing period.
B. Use one of the following methods as approved by ENGINEER:
1. Walls:
a. Method 1: Leave concrete forms in place and keep entire surfaces of forms and exposed concrete surfaces wet for the entire curing duration. If forms are loosened and the contact between the concrete surface and forms is broken then the entire wall shall be wet cured.
b. Method 2: Continuously sprinkle or fog with water 100 percent of the exposed surfaces for the curing duration immediately after removal of forms.
Packet Pg. 540 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-13
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
c. Method 3: When approved by ENGINEER and as noted below, apply curing compound immediately after removal of forms.
2. Slab and Curbs:
a. Method 1: Protect surface by water ponding for the entire curing duration. b. Method 2: Cover concrete surfaces and exposed edges with the specified absorptive cover, thoroughly saturating the cover with water, and keeping the absorptive cover continuously wet with sprinklers or porous hoses during the curing duration. Lap adjacent absorptive cover sections 3-inches minimum. c. Method 3: Cover the concrete surfaces and exposed edges with the specified moisture-retaining cover during the curing duration. Seal edges and seams with waterproof tape, adhesive or sand berm. Water must be introduced between the moisture-retaining cover and the concrete surface whenever moist drops cannot be detected on the concrete side of the cover or the concrete surface is noticeably dry.
d. Method 4: Continuously sprinkle or fog exposed surfaces for the curing duration. e. Method 5: When approved by ENGINEER and as noted below, apply liquid curing compound immediately after final finishing when surface will no longer be damaged by traffic necessary to apply curing compound.
C. Liquid curing compound:
1. Apply the specified curing compound to concrete surfaces when permitted by ENGINEER. Slabs to receive terrazzo floors, concrete/grout topping or ceramic tile, concrete of water bearing structures, and concrete that will receive coatings shall not be cured with liquid curing compound. The compounds shall be applied by power spray equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas, which are subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application.
Maintain the continuity of the coating and repair damage to the coat during the entire curing period. Remove curing compound from exposed surfaces at the end of the curing duration. For concrete surfaces, which will be in contact with potable water, the manufacturer shall certify that the curing compound used is NSF 61 approved.
D. Temperature of Concrete During Curing:
1. When the nighttime low temperature may drop to 40°F or below, maintain the concrete temperature between 50°F and 70°F continuously throughout the curing period, by heating, covering, insulation or housing as required.
2. When the daytime high temperature may rise to 90°F or above, maintain the concrete temperature at a minimum and reduce temperature variations by providing moist curing continuously for the concrete curing period.
3. During either of the conditions specified above, the minimum curing time shall be 10 days (240 hours), after which coverings, housings, and insulation shall remain on the work for an additional 3 days, to allow gradual temperature equalization with the atmosphere.
E. Protection from Mechanical Injury: During the curing period, protect concrete from damaging mechanical disturbances including load stresses, heavy shock, excessive vibration, and from damage caused by rain or flowing water. Protect all finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations.
Packet Pg. 541 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-14
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The OWNER will employ a testing laboratory to perform field quality control testing.
ENGINEER will direct the number of tests and cylinders required. Furnish all necessary assistance required by ENGINEER.
B. Quality Control Testing During Construction:
1. Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placement of concrete, as follows:
a. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C172.
b. Slump: ASTM C143; one test for each concrete load at point of discharge; and one for each set of compressive strength test specimens. c. Air Content: ASTM C231; one for the first concrete load, and one for every two concrete loads thereafter, or when required by an indication of change. Adjust mix if test results are unsatisfactory and resubmit for ENGINEER'S approval. d. Compressive Strength Tests: ASTM C39; one set of 4 standard compression cylinders for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof, of each mix design placed in any one day; 1 specimen tested at 7 days, and 2 specimens tested at 28 days, 1 held. Cast, store and cure specimens as specified in ASTM C31. 1) Adjust mix if test results are unsatisfactory and resubmit for ENGINEER'S approval.
2) Concrete that does not meet the strength requirements is subject to rejection and removal from the Work, or to other such corrective measures as directed by ENGINEER, at the expense of CONTRACTOR.
e. Concrete Temperature: Test each time a slump test is made.
2. Where questionable field conditions may exist during placing concrete or immediately thereafter, strength tests of specimens cured under field conditions will be required by ENGINEER to check the adequacy of curing and protecting of the concrete placed. Specimens shall be molded at the same time and from the same samples as the laboratory cured specimens.
a. Provide improved means and procedures for protecting concrete when the 28-day compressive strength of field- cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders.
b. When laboratory-cured cylinder strengths are appreciably higher than the minimum required compressive strength, field-cured cylinder strengths need not exceed the minimum required compressive strength by more than 500 psi even though the 85 percent criterion is not met.
3. The testing laboratory shall submit certified copies of test results directly to ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR after tests are made.
C. Evaluation of Quality Control Tests:
1. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement that has slump or temperature outside the specified values, nor that which is older than 90 minutes from batching.
2. Compressive strength tests for laboratory-cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of three consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28 day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete; and, no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi.
3. If the compressive strength tests fail to meet the minimum requirements specified, the concrete represented by such tests will be considered deficient in strength and subject to replacement, reconstruction or to other action approved by ENGINEER.
Packet Pg. 542 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-15
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. Testing Concrete Structure for Strength:
1. When there is evidence that the strength of the in-place concrete does not meet specification requirements, provide the services of a concrete testing service to take cores drilled from hardened concrete for compressive strength determination at no additional expense to OWNER. Provide tests complying with ASTM C42 and the following:
a. Take at least three (3) representative cores from each member or suspect area at locations directed by ENGINEER.
b. Strength of concrete for each series of cores will be considered satisfactory if their average compressive strength is at least 85% and no single core is less than 75% of the 28 day required compressive strength.
c. Report test results, in writing, to ENGINEER on the same day that tests are made. Include in test reports the Project identification name and number, date, name of CONTRACTOR, name of concrete testing service, location of test core in the structure, type or class of concrete represented by core sample, nominal maximum size aggregate, design compressive strength, compression breaking strength and type of break (corrected for length-diameter ratio), direction of applied load to core with respect to horizontal plane of the concrete as placed, and the moisture condition of the core at time of testing.
2. Fill core holes solid with non-shrink, high strength grout, and finish to match adjacent concrete surfaces.
3.8 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS
A. Filling-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for the passage of work by other contractors, unless otherwise shown or directed, after the work of other contractors is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide all other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete the Work.
B. Curbs:
1. Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel-troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded.
2. Exterior curbs shall have rubbed finish for vertical surfaces and a broomed finish for top surfaces.
C. Equipment Bases:
1. Unless specifically shown otherwise, provide concrete bases for all pumps and other equipment. Construct bases to the dimensions shown, or as required to meet manufacturers; requirements and drawing elevations. Where no specific elevations are shown, bases shall be 6-inches thick and extend 3-inches outside the metal equipment base or supports. Bases to have smooth trowel finish, unless a special finish such as terrazzo, ceramic tile or heavy duty concrete topping is required. In those cases, provide appropriate concrete finish.
2. Include all concrete equipment base work not specifically included under other Sections.
3. In general, place bases up to 1-inch below the metal base. Properly shim equipment to grade and fill 1-inch void with non-shrink grout as specified in Section 03600, Grout.
D. Installation of embedded items
Packet Pg. 543 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-16
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Install all embedded items prior to concrete placement, or, if necessary, as soon after concrete placement as possible, before concrete is set.
2. Use temporary support and bracing to keep embedded items in place while concrete cures.
3. Protect all embedded items from damage during concrete installation.
3.9 CONCRETE REPAIRS
A. Repair of Formed surfaces:
1. Repair exposed-to-view formed concrete surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect the appearance of the finish. Surface defects that require repair include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets, and holes left by the rods and bolts; fins and other projections on the surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
2. Repair concealed formed concrete surfaces that may contain defects that adversely affect the durability of the concrete. Surface defects that require repair include cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide, cracks of any width and other surface deficiencies which penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections, honeycomb, rock pockets, holes left by tie rods and bolts, and spalls except minor breakage at corner.
3. Repair structural cracks and cracks in water-holding structures.
B. Method of Repair of Formed Surfaces:
1. Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms and as directed by ENGINEER.
2. Cut out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/2" diameter, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less than 1".
Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Before placing the cement mortar, thoroughly clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat the area to be patched with the specified bonding agent.
a. For exposed-to-view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, the patching mortar color will match the color of the surrounding concrete. CONTRACTOR shall impart texture to repaired surfaces to match texture of existing adjacent surfaces. Provide test areas at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture, texture and color match before proceeding with the patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than the surrounding surface.
3. Cracks which require repair shall be pressure grouted, epoxy injected, using one of the following in accordance with Section 03740. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations.
a. Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod L.V. and Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation Company.
b. Euco Epoxy #452 Epoxy System, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company.
c. Or approved equal.
4. Fill holes extending through concrete by means of a plunger- type gun or other suitable device from the least exposed face, using a flush stop held at the exposed face to ensure completely filling.
5. Sandblast exposed-to-view surfaces that require removal of stains, grout accumulations, sealing compounds, and other substances marring the surfaces. Use sand finer than No. 30 and air pressure from 15 to 25 psi.
Packet Pg. 544 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-17
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
C. Repair of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and to verify surface plane to the tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified.
2. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having the required slope. Correct high and low areas as herein specified.
3. Repair finish of unformed surfaces that contain defects which adversely affect the durability of the concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01-inch wide or which penetrate to the reinforcement or completely through non-reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, popouts, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions.
4. Repair structural cracks and cracks in water-holding structures.
D. Methods of Repair of Unformed Surfaces:
1. Correct high areas in unformed surfaces by grinding, after the concrete has cured sufficiently so that repairs can be made without damage to adjacent areas.
2. Correct low areas in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out the low areas and replacing with fresh concrete. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Use one of the following. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations.
a. Euco Poly-Patch, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikatop 122, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
c. Or approved equal.
3. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 2" diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts, and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4" clearance all around. Dampen all concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place patching concrete before grout takes its initial set. Mix patching concrete of the same materials and proportions to provide concrete of the same type or class as the original adjacent concrete. Place, compact and finish as required to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in the same manner as adjacent concrete.
4. Repair isolated random cracks, as approved be ENGINEER, and single holes not over 2" diameter, by the dry-pack method. Groove the top of cracks, and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt and loose particles. Dampen all cleaned concrete surfaces and brush with the specified bonding agent. Place dry-pack before the cement grout takes its initial set. Mix dry-pack, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2½ parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for handling and placing. Compact dry-pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched areas continuously moist for not less than 72 hours.
5. Cracks which extend through the full member section, or any cracks determined by ENGINEER to require pressure grouting repair, shall be pressure grouted, epoxy injected, using one of the following in accordance with Section 03740. Apply in accordance with the manufacturer's directions and recommendations. a. Sikadur 35, Hi-Mod L.V. and Sikadur 31, Hi-Mod Gel, as manufactured by Sika Corporation.
b. Euco Epoxy #452 Epoxy System, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company.
c. Or approved equal.
Packet Pg. 545 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03300-18
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
6. Assure that surface is acceptable for flooring material to be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Other Methods of Repair:
1. Repair methods not specified above may be used if approved by ENGINEER. + + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 546 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03400
PRECAST CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DESCRIPTION
A. Section includes all plant-precast products, including wet wells, catch basins, manholes, vaults, and wheel stops.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Precast products shall be designed for the indicated service, the loadings specified in the Contract Documents, and all transportation, handling, and erection loads, in accordance with requirements and recommendations of the references.
1. Precast products not subjected to traffic loads shall be designed to meet and exceed the requirements of ACI 318-11.
2. Precast products subjected to traffic loads shall be designed to meet and exceed the requirements of the current AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications.
3. Liquid containing precast products shall be designed for the additional requirements of ACI 350-06.
B. If precast products are proposed as substitutes for cast-in-place designed structures, such precast products shall meet the above requirements and any other requirements for which the cast-in-place structures were designed by the ENGINEER. Such products shall be designed by an engineer licensed to practice in the State where the project is performed.
C. Items located in or adjacent to traffic areas shall be designed to resist AASHTO HL93 loading, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Lifting inserts shall have a minimum safety factor of 4.
1.3 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer:
1. Manufacturer shall have at least 5 years experience in the design and manufacture of precast concrete products substantially similar to those required for this project.
B. Installer:
1. Precast Items shall be in stalled by the Manufacturer or by an installer regularly engaged for at least 5 years in erection of precast products similar to those required on this project.
Packet Pg. 547 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit to the Engineer for review, shop drawings of the proposed details, and design calculations; all calculations and shop drawings shall be stamped and signed by a Civil or Structural Engineer registered in the State of California.
2. Material specifications.
3. All dead, live and other applicable loads used in the design.
4. Applicable standards (from "References") met by the item(s).
5. Setting plans locating and designating all items furnished by the manufacturer, with all major openings shown and located.
6. Details to indicate quantities, location and type of reinforcing and prestressing steel.
7. Sections and details showing connections, edge conditions, support conditions, and connections of the items.
8. Description of all embeds, including stripping, lifting and erection inserts, with piece mark and location, including those cast into products or sent loose to the job site.
9. Description and drawings of all frames and covers.
10. Dimensions and special finishes.
B. Mix Designs: Submit all precast mix designs for approval. Mix designs shall be prepared by an independent testing facility or qualified employee of the Precast Manufacturer.
C. Design Modifications:
1. Submit design modifications necessary to meet performance requirements and field conditions.
2. Variations in details or materials shall not adversely affect the appearance, durability or strength of products.
3. Maintain general design concept without altering size of members, profiles and alignment unless otherwise approved by the Architect/Engineer.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. In-Plant Quality Control
1. The Manufacturer shall have an established PCI quality control program in effect prior to bidding. If requested, a copy of this program shall be submitted to the ENGINEER.
2. Testing of materials and inspection of production techniques shall be the responsibility of the Manufacturer's Quality Control Department.
3. Keep quality control records available for two years after final acceptance.
4. Keep certificates of compliance available for five (5) years after final acceptance.
B. All other testing and inspection, if any, to be provided by OWNER.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Handle and transport products in a position consistent with their shape and design in order to avoid excessive stresses or damage.
B. Lift or support products only at the points shown on the Shop Drawings.
C. Installer shall be responsible for the repair of damage to items except that caused by others.
Packet Pg. 548 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-3
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
D. After items are installed in their final positions, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for their protection. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the repair of any damage to the items caused by someone other than the Manufacturer/Installer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type I, II or III cement or ASTM C595 Type 1L.
B. Aggregates:
1. Fine and coarse aggregate for mix shall conform to ASTM C33 or C330.
2. Aggregates shall be clean, hard, strong, durable, inert, and free of staining and deleterious materials.
C. Water Potable, free from deleterious material.
D. Admixtures:
1. Conforming to ASTM C260 and/or ASTM C494.
2. Calcium chloride or admixtures containing chlorides shall not be used.
E. Concrete Strength: Concrete strength shall be determined by design with a minimum 28 day design strength of 4,000 psi.
2.2 STEEL MATERIALS
A. Products:
1. Structural Shapes, Bars & Plates (1.6mm and thicker): ASTM A36
2. Pipe: ASTM A53 Grades A or B
3. Tube Steel: ASTM A500 Grades A or B
4. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615 Grades 300 & 420 or ASTM A706
5. Prestressing Strand: ASTM A416 Grade 270, low relaxation
6. Deformed Steel Bar Mats: ASTM A184
7. Deformed Bar Anchors: ASTM A496
8. Deformed Welded Wire Fabric: ASTMA497
9. Plain Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185
10. Welded Headed Studs: AWS D1.1 Type B
11. Standard Machine Bolts: ASTM A307 Grade A or SAE J429 Grade 2
12. Standard Studs/Threaded Round Stock: ASTM A307 Grade C, ASTM A572 Grade 345
13. Nuts for Standard Machine Bolts and Threaded Studs: ASTM A563 Grade A Hex Nuts
14. High Strength Bolts: ASTM A325 Type 1, ASTM A449 Type 1, or SAE J429 Grade 5
15. Nuts for High-Strength Bolts and Threaded Studs: ASTM A563 Grade DH Heavy Hex Nuts
16. Coil Rods and Bolts: ASTM A108 - SAE 1016 to 1026, Fu/FY = 480/380 MPa minimum
17. Coil Nuts for Coil Rods and Bolts: Nuts passing a proof load stress of 80 ksi, based on the tensile stress area of the matching coil rods and bolts.
18. Carbon Steel Castings: ASTM A27 Grade 415-205
Packet Pg. 549 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-4
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
B. Protective Coatings:
1. All connection hardware permanently exposed to weather after completion shall be protected. All connection hardware not exposed to weather after completion may be uncoated, except as otherwise explicitly required by the contract drawings. Fasteners can have either an electroplated zinc or cadmium coating.
2. Alkyd Rust Inhibitive Primers (shop primers such as red iron oxide) :
a. Tnemec Series FD88 Azeron Primer
b. Ameron 5105
c. Weld-Thru Primer, Red, 2-0101 & Gray, 2-0102
3. Zinc Coatings:
a. Hot-Dip Galvanizing: ASTM A123, or ASTM A153
b. Electroplated Zinc for Steel Products and Steel Hardware: ASTM B633 c. Zinc Rich Paints: DOD-P-21035
4. Cadmium Coatings:
a. Electrodeposited Coatings of Cadmium: ASTM B766
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Grout:
1. Cement Grout: Portland cement, sand and water sufficient for placement and hydration.
2. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed, packaged non-ferrous aggregate shrink resistant.
3. Epoxy Resin Grout: Two-component mineral-filled resin: ASTM C881.
B. Joint Sealing Compound: The joint sealing compound shall be a permanently flexible plastic material complying in every detail to Federal Specification SS S-00210 (GSAFSS) dated July 26, 1965. "Quickseal", or approved equal.
C. Frames and Covers: Catch basins, manholes, and vaults shall be provided with fabricated aluminum or steel frames and covers as specified or shown on the drawings and shall be built up so that the cover is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Unless otherwise noted, precast concrete structure dimensions called out on the Drawings are interior dimensions.
B. Manufacturing procedures shall be in general compliance with PCI MNL-116.
C. Manufacturer shall provide for those openings 10 in. or larger, round or square as shown on the drawings. Other openings shall be located and field drilled or cut by the trade requiring them after the units have been erected. Openings and/or cutting of prestressing strand shall be approved by ENGINEER and manufacturer before drilling or cutting.
D. Forms:
1. Forms for precast products shall be rigid and constructed of materials that will result in finished products conforming to the profiles, dimensions and tolerances indicated by this Section, the Contract Documents and the reviewed Shop Drawings.
2. Construct forms to withstand vibration method selected.
3. Release agents shall be applied and used according to manufacturerís instructions.
Packet Pg. 550 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-5
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
E. Concreting:
1. Batching of Concrete shall be in accordance with approved Mix Design(s).
2. Convey concrete by methods which will prevent separation, segregation or loss of material.
3. Consolidate all concrete in the form to minimize honeycombing or entrapped air.
F. Curing: Procedures sufficient to insure specified concrete strength of all products must be employed. Stripping of a panel shall not occur until concrete strength is sufficient to prevent cracking or damage of the panel.
G. Manufacturing Tolerances:
1. Cross Sectional Dimensions:
a. Less than 24 inches: ±1/4"
b. 24 to 36 inches: ±3/8"
c. Over 36 inches: ±1/2"
2. Length:
a. Less than 25 ft: ±1/2"
b. 25 to 50 ft: ±3/4"
c. Over 50 ft: ±1"
3. Variation from square or designed skew (difference in length of two diagonal measurements): Max. ±3/4"
H. Identification: Mark each precast item to correspond to identification mark on Shop Drawings for product location, and with casting date.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Access: Clear unloading areas and access roadways to point of component placement shall be provided and maintained by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all required traffic controls, barricades, warning lights and/or signs to insure a safe installation.
B. Sitework: The CONTRACTOR shall excavate and prepare the subgrade, including 2 inches of clean sand, graded level and to the proper elevation.
C. Installer Responsibility: Prior to installation of the precast products, notify the CONTRACTOR of any discrepancies discovered which affect the work under this contract.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Precast products shall be lifted with suitable lifting devices at points provided by the Manufacturer to prevent excessive stresses or damage to the products. Brace and secure items before unhooking.
B. Sitework:
Packet Pg. 551 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03400-6
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
1. Openings or "knockouts" shall be located as shown on the drawings and shall be sized sufficiently to permit passage of the largest dimension of pipe and/or coupling flange. Upon completion of installation, all voids or openings in the vault walls around pipes shall be filled with 4,000-psi concrete or mortar, using an approved epoxy for bonding concrete surfaces.
2. All joints between precast sections shall be made watertight using preformed mastic material. The sealing compound shall be installed according to the manufacturer's recommendations to provide a watertight joint which remains impermeable throughout the design life of the structure. All joints shall be filled with dry-pack non-shrink grout. If plastic liner system is used, after the joint has been made and is cured, install plastic liner weld strip at all joints and seams.
3. Frames and covers shall be built up so that the cover is flush with the surrounding surface unless otherwise specified. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for placing the cover at the proper elevation where paving is to be installed and shall make all necessary adjustments so that the cover meets these requirements.
4. After the structure and all appurtenances are in place and approved, and after any required disinfection or testing, backfill shall be placed to the original ground line or to the limits designated on the plans.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Hydrostatic Testing:
1. All Manholes, Wetwells, Junction Boxes, or other water bearing structures shall be hydrostatically tested prior to acceptance.
2. Test Procedure:
a. Plug all inlets and outlets with temporary plugs
b. Fill water bearing structure with clean, potable water c. Let stand for 24 hours, if desired, to allow for ìsoaking-inî d. Fill to rim elevation
e. Let stand for a minimum of 2 hours
f. Check distance from rim to water surface
g. Calculate water loss. Leakage in each manhole may not exceed 0.1-gallon per hour per foot of water depth during the test.
3. Repair all manholes which do not meet the above test requirements with a method approved by the ENGINEER and re-test until passing.
3.4 PATCHES AND REPAIRS:
A. Patching of products, when required, shall be performed to industry standards for structural concrete. Repairs shall be sound, permanent and flush with adjacent surface.
3.5 WARRANTY:
A. All labor and materials under the Precast Manufacturers contract shall be warranted by the Precast Manufacturer for a period of one (1) year after substantial completion. + + END OF SECTION + +
Packet Pg. 552 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03600-1
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
SECTION 03600
GROUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes epoxy, non-metallic, non-shrink, and ordinary Portland cement-sand grouts.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates.
2. ASTM C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement.
3. ASTM C595, Standard Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements.
4. ASTM C1107, Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish ordinary cement-sand grout for the following:
1. Foundation grout.
2. Construction joint grout.
3. As shown in the Drawings.
B. Furnish non-shrink, non-metallic grout for the following:
1. Equipment bases, 25 hp or less.
2. Base plates.
3. Guardrail and railings.
4. Through-bolt and form tie openings.
5. As shown in the Drawings.
C. Furnish epoxy grout for the following:
1. Equipment bases, 26 hp or more and/or sole plates with vibration, thermal movement, etc.
2. Blockouts for gate guides.
3. Retrofit waterstop installation.
4. As shown in the Drawings.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
1. Manufacturer's specifications and installation instructions for all proprietary materials.
2. Proposed method for keeping existing concrete surfaces wet prior to placing grout.
3. Forming method for fluid grout placements.
4. Curing method for grout.
B. Laboratory Test Reports and Certificates:
1. For proprietary materials, submit copies of reports on quality control tests.
Packet Pg. 553 Attachment: Specifications and Special Provisions (4.11(c)--Award BS No. 5381 Well 12 Water Treatment Plant) 03600-2
City of Redding March 2023
Well 12 WTP Project
21-065 Final
2. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements for nonproprietary materials.
3. For ordinary cement-sand grout, copies of grout mix design and laboratory strength test reports.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Delivery of Materials: Deliver grout materials from manufacturers in unopened containers and bearing intact manufacturer's labels.
B. Storage of Materials: Store grout materials in a dry shelter and protected from moisture.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. High-Strength Epoxy Grout.
1. Use 100% solids, prepackaged, solvent-free, moisture insensitive, high-strength epoxy grout.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. E3-HP, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company. b. Sikadur 42 Grout Pak, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. c. Five Star HP Epoxy Grout by Five Star Products, Incorporated. d. Or approved equal.
B. Non-shrink, Non-metallic Grout:
1. Prepackaged non-staining cementitious grout which shall meet the minimum requirements of ASTM C1107 and requiring only the addition of water at the jobsite.
2. Product and Manufacturer: Provide one of the following:
a. NS, as manufactured by The Euclid Chemical Company.
b. Five Star Grout, as manufactured by Five Star Products, Incorporated. c. Sika Grout 212, as manufactured by Sika Corporation. d. Or approved equal.